10-K
Table of Contents


 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
ý      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2015
 
o         TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from           to           
 
Commission File Number: 001-15781
BERKSHIRE HILLS BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware
 
04-3510455
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
24 North Street, Pittsfield, Massachusetts
 
01201
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (413) 236-3149
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
 
Title of each class
 
Name of Exchange on which registered
 
 
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o No ý
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o No ý
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ý No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes ý No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one)
 
Large Accelerated Filer x
 
Accelerated Filer o
 
 
 
Non-Accelerated Filer o
 
Smaller Reporting Company o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o No ý
 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates was approximately $822 million, based upon the closing price of $28.48 as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
 
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of February 25, 2016 was 31,078,770.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
 
 
 
 
 



Table of Contents


INDEX
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

2



Table of Contents


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE INDEX
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



3



Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
Certain statements contained in this document that are not historical facts may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (referred to as the Securities Act), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (referred to as the Securities Exchange Act), and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify these statements from the use of the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “plan,” “potential,” “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “target” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks, assumptions and uncertainties, including among other things, changes in general economic and business conditions, increased competitive pressures, changes in the interest rate environment, legislative and regulatory change, changes in the financial markets, and other risks and uncertainties disclosed from time to time in documents that Berkshire Hills Bancorp files with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect our expectations only as of the date of this report. We do not assume any obligation to revise forward-looking statements except as may be required by law.
 
GENERAL

Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. (“Berkshire” or “the Company”) is headquartered in Pittsfield, Massachusetts. Berkshire is a Delaware corporation and the holding company for Berkshire Bank (“the Bank”) and Berkshire Insurance Group.

The Bank profiles itself as follows:




4



Table of Contents

The Company views itself as well positioned in an attractive footprint as illustrated below:


Berkshire’s common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “BHLB.” At year-end 2015, Berkshire’s closing stock price was $29.11 and there were 30.974 million shares outstanding. Berkshire is a regional bank and financial services company providing the service capabilities of a larger institution and the focus and responsiveness of a local partner to its communities. The Company seeks to distinguish itself based on the following attributes:
Diversified revenue drivers and controlled expenses
Well positioned footprint in attractive markets
AMEB culture
Solid internal capital generation supports growth
Focused on long-term profitability goals and shareholder value
Acquisition disciplines a strength in a consolidating market

5



Table of Contents

The Bank operates under the brand of America’s Most Exciting Bank® providing an engaging and innovative customer experience driven by its AMEB culture which is:


The Bank has 93 full-service banking offices in its New England and upstate New York footprint, which extends along Interstate 90 from Boston to Syracuse, and along Interstate 91 from Hartford into Vermont. The Bank also has commercial and retail lending offices located in Eastern Massachusetts. The Company’s operations include those acquired as a result of four bank mergers in 2011 through 2012, a mortgage banking company acquisition in 2012, the acquisition of 20 New York branches in 2014, and the acquisition of Hampden Bancorp, Inc. (“Hampden”), in the second quarter of 2015.

To augment its commercial lending operations, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity of Firestone Financial Corp. (“Firestone”), which now operates as a subsidiary of Berkshire Bank. Firestone is a commercial specialty finance company providing secured installment loan equipment financing for small and medium-sized businesses. Firestone originates commercial and industrial loans to a national customer base in several niche industries.

On October 27, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with 44 Business Capital, LLC (“44 Business Capital”) and Parke Bank. The Company will acquire the business model of 44 Business Capital and certain other assets of Parke Bank's SBA 7(a) loan program operations. The Company has agreed to purchase certain small business loans from Parke Bank. The transaction is subject to receipt of required regulatory approvals and is expected to be completed during the first six months of 2016.

The Bank serves the following regions:
Western New England, with 23 banking offices, including the Company’s headquarters in Pittsfield, Mass. This region includes Berkshire County, Mass., which is the Company’s traditional market, where it has a leading market share in many of its product lines. This region also includes Southern Vermont, and many of the region’s branches are in communities close to Route 7, which runs north/south through the valleys to the west of the Berkshire Hills and Green Mountains. This region is within commuting range of both Albany, N.Y., and Springfield, Mass., and is known throughout the world as a tourist and recreational destination area, with vacation and second home traffic from Boston and New York City. The Pittsfield 2014 MSA GDP totaled $6 billion.
New York, with 43 banking offices serving the Albany Capital District and Central New York. Albany is the state capital and is part of New York’s Tech Valley which is gaining prominence as a world technology hub including leading edge nanotechnology initiatives representing a blend of private enterprise and public investment. The Company’s Central New York area includes operations in the Rome/Utica MSA and in the Syracuse MSA. These are markets along Interstate 90 with longstanding local industries and expansion influences from the Albany Capital District. The Albany/Schenectady 2014 MSA GDP was $49 billion, and the Rome/Utica/Syracuse total 2014 MSA GDP was $42 billion.

6



Table of Contents

Hartford/Springfield, with 25 banking offices serving the market along the Connecticut River in this region, which is the second largest economic area in New England. This region is centrally located between Boston and New York City at the crossroads of Interstate 91, which traverses the length of New England, and Interstate 90, which traverses the width of Massachusetts. This region also has easy access to Bradley International Airport, which is a major airport serving central New England. The Springfield area is receiving major commercial investment including the first Massachusetts casino/entertainment complex, railcar manufacturing, and highway development. The Hartford/Springfield combined 2014 MSA GDP was $110 billion.
Eastern Massachusetts, with lending offices and two branch offices located in towns west and north of Boston. Eastern Massachusetts is the largest economic area in New England, and the Company’s banking operations extend from Worcester within the commuting and commerce area of Boston, east to Boston and its suburbs. Boston is viewed as a leading commercial real estate market nationally, including foreign demand for commercial and multifamily properties.  The Bank’s Asset Based Lending Group is headquartered in this region, and serves middle market businesses throughout the Company’s footprint. The Boston/Worcester combined 2014 MSA GDP was $420 billion.

During 2015, the Company continued to execute its strategy to align individual branch profitability within the context of the breadth of its footprint as a core competency. The Company sold or consolidated eight branches during the year, including three acquired from Hampden. The Company also sold its Tennessee operations and consolidated three other branches in its New York and Springfield markets. The Company expects to further execute this strategy in 2016 through continued analysis of sale and consolidation opportunities.

Shown below is information about total loans and deposits within the Company’s New England/New York footprint, by region, as of year-end 2015.


These regions are viewed as having favorable demographics and provide an attractive regional niche for the Bank to distinguish itself from larger national and super-regional banks, as well as from smaller community banks, while serving its market area. The Bank is the only locally headquartered regional bank serving this footprint. The Company views its footprint as comparatively stable, with modest economic growth prospects in rural areas and higher growth prospects in more developed areas. The strongest growth is expected to be in Eastern Massachusetts and the New York Capital District. The Company views itself as positioned to take advantage of the best growth opportunities as they develop across its geography. The Company’s regions have competitive economic strengths in precision manufacturing, distribution, technology, health care, and education which are expected to continue to support above average personal incomes and wealth. As a result of its growth, the Company has increased and diversified its revenues both geographically and by product type and this has improved its flexibility in pursuing growth opportunities as they arise. The Company believes it has attractive long-term growth prospects because of the

7



Table of Contents

Bank’s positioning as one of the leading regional banks in its markets with the ability to serve retail and commercial customers with a strong product set and responsive local management. The Company also has a goal to deepen its wallet share as a result of its focused cross sales program across its various business lines including insurance and wealth management.
 
The Company has recruited executives with experience in regional bank management and has augmented its management team as it has expanded into a diversified regional financial services provider. In addition to business acquisitions, Berkshire’s expansion has been based on team and talent recruitment. The Company also pursues organic growth through ongoing business development, de novo branching, and product development. The Bank promotes itself as America’s Most Exciting Bank®
. Its vision is to excel as a high performing market leader with the right people, attitude, and energy providing an engaging and exciting customer and team member experience. This brand and culture statement is expected to drive customer engagement, loyalty, market share, and profitability.
 
The Company offers a wide range of deposit, lending, insurance, and wealth management products to retail, commercial, not-for-profit, and municipal customers in its market areas. The Company’s product offerings also include retail and commercial electronic banking, commercial cash management, and commercial interest rate swaps. The Company stresses a culture of teamwork and performance excellence to produce customer satisfaction to support its strategic growth and profitability. The Company utilizes Six Sigma tools to improve operational effectiveness and efficiency. The Company converted its core banking systems to a new scalable technology platform in 2012, with goals to enhance service, efficiency, reliability, customer relationship management, distribution channels, product quality, and revenue generation. The systems provide deeper and more granular customer and operational data that Berkshire is mining in order to better inform its strategic direction and business execution. Berkshire has also expanded its mobile banking and remote capture offerings and utilizes its web site and online banking tools to extend the convenience that it offers to customers.

COMPANY WEBSITE AND AVAILABILITY OF SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION FILINGS

Information regarding the Company is available through the Investor Relations tab at berkshirebank.com. The Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge at sec.gov and at berkshirebank.com under the Investor Relations tab. Information on the website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this annual report on Form 10-K.
 
COMPETITION

The Company is subject to strong competition from banks and other financial institutions and financial service providers. Its competition includes national and super-regional banks. Non-bank competitors include credit unions, brokerage firms, insurance providers, financial planners, and the mutual fund industry. New technology is reshaping customer interaction with financial service providers and the increase of internet-accessible financial institutions increases competition for the Company’s customers. The Company generally competes on the basis of customer service, relationship management, and the fair pricing of loan and deposit products and wealth management and insurance services. The location and convenience of branch offices is also a significant competitive factor, particularly regarding new offices. The Company does not rely on any individual, group, or entity for a material portion of its deposits.
 
LENDING ACTIVITIES

General. The Bank originates loans in the four basic portfolio categories discussed below. Lending activities are limited by federal and state laws and regulations. Loan interest rates and other key loan terms are affected principally by the Bank’s credit policy, asset/liability strategy, loan demand, competition, and the supply of money available for lending purposes. These factors, in turn, are affected by general and economic conditions, monetary policies of the federal government, including the Federal Reserve, legislative tax policies, and governmental budgetary matters. Most of the Bank’s loans are made in its market areas and are secured by real estate located in its market areas. Lending is therefore affected by activity in these real estate markets. The Bank does not engage in subprime lending activities. The Bank monitors and manages the amount of long-term fixed-rate lending volume. Adjustable-rate loan products generally reduce interest rate risk but may produce higher loan losses in the event of sustained rate increases. The Bank retains most of the loans it originates, although the Bank generally sells its originations of conforming fixed rate residential mortgages. The Bank also conducts wholesale purchases and sales of loans and loan participations generally with other banks doing business in its markets. The Bank’s loan portfolio includes loans acquired in recent business combinations and such loans generally conform to the loans from the Bank’s business activities.

8



Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Analysis. The following table sets forth the year-end composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio at the dates indicated. Further information about the composition of the loan portfolio is contained in the Loans footnote in the consolidated financial statements.

Item 1 - Table 1 - Loan Portfolio Analysis
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
Percent
 
 
 
Percent
 
 
 
Percent
 
 
 
Percent
 
 
 
Percent
 
 
 
 
of
 
 
 
of
 
 
 
of
 
 
 
of
 
 
 
of
(In millions)
 
Amount
 
Total
 
Amount
 
Total
 
Amount
 
Total
 
Amount
 
Total
 
Amount
 
Total
Residential mortgages
 
$
1,815.0

 
32
%
 
$
1,496.2

 
32
%
 
$
1,384.3

 
33
%
 
$
1,324.3

 
33
%
 
$
1,020.4

 
35
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
 
2,059.8

 
36

 
1,611.6

 
34

 
1,417.1

 
34

 
1,413.5

 
35

 
1,156.2

 
39

Commercial and industrial loans
 
1,048.3

 
18

 
804.4

 
17

 
687.3

 
16

 
600.1

 
15

 
410.3

 
14

Total commercial loans
 
3,108.1

 
54

 
2,416.0

 
52

 
2,104.4

 
50

 
2,013.6

 
50

 
1,566.5

 
53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
802.2

 
14

 
768.4

 
16

 
691.8

 
17

 
650.7

 
16

 
369.6

 
13

Total loans
 
$
5,725.3

 
100
%
 
$
4,680.6

 
100
%
 
$
4,180.5

 
100
%
 
$
3,988.6

 
100
%
 
$
2,956.5

 
100
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
(39.3
)
 


 
(35.7
)
 


 
(33.3
)
 


 
(33.2
)
 
 

 
(32.4
)
 
 

Net loans
 
$
5,686.0

 
 

 
$
4,644.9

 


 
$
4,147.2

 


 
$
3,955.4

 
 

 
$
2,924.1

 
 


Residential Mortgages. The Bank offers fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of up to 30 years that are fully amortizing with monthly loan payments. Berkshire’s loan products are available through FNMA, FHLMC, government insured, and state programs. In addition, the Bank offers a suite of portfolio products through Berkshire Bank. Berkshire Bank is an in-house Direct Endorsed Lender for FHA. It also offers VA, USDA, FHA Reverse, State Housing, Home Path, HARP, and other government sponsored mortgage programs. The Company targets that its programs and pricing are highly competitive in the marketplace as it pursues opportunities to expand market share in its footprint.
 
Residential mortgages are generally underwritten according to the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association (“Freddie Mac”) guidelines for loans they designate as “A” or “A-” (these are referred to as “conforming loans”). Private mortgage insurance is generally required for loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%. The Bank also originates loans above conforming loan amount limits, referred to as “jumbo loans,” which are generally conforming to secondary market guidelines for these loans. The Bank does not offer subprime mortgage lending programs.
 
The Bank generally sells most of its newly originated conforming fixed rate mortgages. It also purchases or sells seasoned mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market when opportunities become available. The Bank is approved as a direct seller to Fannie Mae, retaining the servicing rights. The majority of the Bank’s secondary marketing is to national institutional secondary market investors on a servicing-released basis. Sales of mortgages generally involve customary representations and warranties and are nonrecourse in the event of borrower default. The Bank is also an approved originator of loans for sale to the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs (“VA”), and state housing agency programs.
 
The Bank offers adjustable rate (“ARM”) mortgages which do not contain interest-only or negative amortization features. After an initial term of six months to 10 years, the rates on these loans generally reset every year based upon a contractual spread or margin above the average yield on U.S. Treasury securities. ARM loan interest rates may rise as interest rates rise, thereby increasing the potential for default. At year-end 2015, the Bank’s adjustable rate mortgage portfolio totaled $544 million. The Bank also originates loans to individuals for the construction and acquisition of personal residences. These loans generally provide 15-month construction periods followed by a permanent mortgage loan, and follow the Bank’s normal mortgage underwriting guidelines.
 
Following its purchase of a mortgage banking company in 2012, the Bank has expanded its residential mortgage program and in 2014 rebranded the program as Berkshire Home Lending. Berkshire Bank is the preferred mortgage lender for the Massachusetts Teachers Association, and has been among the top ten banks in Massachusetts and Rhode Island for residential mortgage volume in certain periods in recent years.

9



Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate. The Bank originates commercial real estate loans on properties used for business purposes such as small office buildings, industrial, healthcare, lodging, recreation, or retail facilities. This portfolio also includes commercial 1-4 family and multifamily properties. Loans may generally be made with amortizations of up to 25 years and with interest rates that adjust periodically (primarily from short-term to five years). Most commercial real estate loans are originated with final maturities of 10 years or less. As part of its business activities, the Bank also enters into commercial loan participations with regional and national banks and purchases and sells commercial loans in its footprint.
 
Commercial real estate loans are among the largest of the bank’s loans, and may have higher credit risk and lending spreads.The Company believed that its competitive advantage for new originations was strongest in the $5-10 million size range. Because repayment is often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks through strict adherence to its underwriting standards and portfolio management processes. The Bank generally requires that borrowers have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of available cash flows before debt service to debt service) of at least 1.25 times based on stabilized cash flows of leases in place, with some exceptions for national credit tenants. For variable rate loans, the Bank underwrites debt service coverage to interest rate shocks of 300 basis points or higher based on a minimum of 1.0 times coverage and it uses loan maturities to manage risk based on the lease base and interest sensitivity. Loans at origination may be made up to 80% of appraised value based on property type and risk, with sublimits of 75% or less for designated specialty property types. Generally, commercial real estate loans require personal guarantees by the principals. Credit enhancements in the form of additional collateral or guarantees are normally considered for start-up businesses without a qualifying cash flow history.
 
The Bank offers interest rate swaps to certain larger commercial mortgage borrowers. These swaps allow the Bank to originate a mortgage based on short-term LIBOR rates and allow the borrower to swap into a longer-term fixed rate. The Bank simultaneously sells an offsetting back-to-back swap to an investment grade national bank so that it does not retain this fixed-rate risk. The Bank also records fee income on these interest rate swaps based on the terms of the offsetting swaps with the bank counterparties.
 
The Bank originates construction loans to developers and commercial borrowers in and around its markets. The maximum loan to value limits for construction loans follow FDIC supervisory limits, up to a maximum of 80 percent. The Bank commits to provide the permanent mortgage financing on most of its construction loans on income-producing property. Advances on construction loans are made in accordance with a schedule reflecting the cost of the improvements. Construction loans include land acquisition loans up to a maximum 50 percent loan to value on raw land. Construction loans may have greater credit risk due to the dependence on completion of construction and other real estate improvements, as well as the sale or rental of the improved property. The Bank generally mitigates these risks with presale or preleasing requirements and phasing of construction.
 
Commercial and Industrial Loans. The Bank offers secured commercial term loans with repayment terms which are normally limited to the expected useful life of the asset being financed, and generally not exceeding ten years. The Bank also offers revolving loans, lines of credit, letters of credit, time notes and Small Business Administration guaranteed loans. Business lines of credit have adjustable rates of interest and are payable on demand, subject to annual review and renewal. Commercial and industrial loans are generally secured by a variety of collateral such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, and are generally supported by personal guarantees. Loan-to-value ratios depend on the collateral type and generally do not exceed 80 percent of orderly liquidation value. Some commercial loans may also be secured by liens on real estate. The Bank generally does not make unsecured commercial loans. Commercial loans are of higher risk and are made primarily on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flows of its business. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to monitor and appraise and may fluctuate in value. The Bank gives additional consideration to the borrower’s credit history and the guarantor’s capacity to help mitigate these risks. Additionally, the Bank uses loan structures including shorter terms, amortizations, and advance rate limitations to additionally mitigate credit risk.
 
The Asset Based Lending Group serves the commercial middle market in New England, as well as the Bank’s market in northeastern New York. This group expands the Bank’s business lending offerings to include revolving lines of credit and term loans secured by accounts receivable, inventory, and other assets to manufacturers, distributors and select service companies experiencing seasonal working capital needs, rapid sales growth, a turnaround, buyout or recapitalization with credit needs ranging from $2 to $25 million. Asset based lending involves monitoring loan collateral so that outstanding balances are always properly secured by business assets, which reduces the risks associated with these loans.
 
The acquisition of Firestone Financial in the third quarter of 2015 allowed the Company to expand its specialty commercial and industrial lending. Firestone originates loans secured by business-essential equipment through over 160 equipment distributors and manufacturers and directly via the end borrower in all fifty states. Key customer segments include the fitness, carnival,

10



Table of Contents

gaming, and entertainment industries. These loans function similarly to the Bank’s commercial and industrial portfolio. However, some credits have payment schedules tailored to the meet the needs of the seasonality of these borrowers’ businesses. These loans generally have higher interest rates than the Bank's other commercial loans, reflecting the niche expertise required in servicing these industries.

The Bank also reorganized its small business lending function to include the retail division in the origination of conforming small business loans in order to provide the best service to community businesses. The small business lending program is for businesses generally with annual revenues of up to $10 million and whose loan relationship with the bank is $2 million or less. The program has two distinct thresholds: branch originated loans for borrowers with revenues of $2 million or less, total loan relationship with the bank is $250 thousand or less -- and loan requests are $50 thousand or less for lines of credit and $100 thousand or less for term loans; and Business Banker originated loans for borrowers with revenues of $10 million or less, total loan relationship is $2 million or less and loan requests up to $2 million for all lending products. The program also handles an exception managed loan portfolio for loans and loan relationships under $250 thousand which require limited documentation to provide timely credit to small businesses.

With the acquisition of 44 Business Capital, which is expected to close in the first six months of 2016, the Company intends to expand its small business lending operations to a national customer footprint. With increased originations, the Company expects to actively sell many of these credits in the secondary market.

Consumer Loans. The Bank’s consumer loans consist principally of home equity lines of credit and indirect automobile loans, together with second mortgage loans and other consumer loans. The Bank’s home equity lines of credit are typically secured by first or second mortgages on borrowers’ residences. Home equity lines have an initial revolving period up to 15 years, followed by an amortizing term up to 20 years. These loans are normally indexed to the prime rate. Home equity loans also include amortizing fixed-rate second mortgages with terms up to 15 years. Lending policies for combined debt service and collateral coverage are similar to those used for residential first mortgages, although underwriting verifications are more streamlined. The maximum combined loan-to-value is 85 percent. Home equity line credit risks include the risk that higher interest rates will affect repayment and possible compression of collateral coverage on second lien home equity lines. Acquired operations of Beacon Federal in 2012 included a significant consumer lending function focused on indirect originations of automobile loans, primarily in central New York. For new automobiles, the amount financed could be up to 100 percent of the value of the vehicle, plus applicable taxes and dealer charges (i.e., warranty and insurance charges). For used automobiles, the amount of the loan was limited to the “loan value” of the vehicle, as established by industry guides. Beginning in the latter part of 2013, the Bank decided to de-emphasize originations of super-prime loans, and as a result, the indirect portfolio has been declining. In the third quarter of 2015, the Bank recruited a senior leader for this business line to develop an indirect program in New England and New York for prime auto loans with a goal of later developing a secondary marketing program to further support this activity.
 
Maturity and Sensitivity of Loan Portfolio. The following table shows contractual final maturities of selected loan categories at year-end 2015. The contractual maturities do not reflect premiums, discounts, deferred costs, and prepayments.
 
Item 1 - Table 2 - Loan Contractual Maturity - Scheduled Loan Amortizations are not included in the maturities presented.
Contractual Maturity
 
One Year
 
One to
 
More Than
 
 
(In thousands)
 
or Less
 
Five Years
 
Five Years
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction mortgage loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential
 
$
20,962

 
$
7,093

 
$

 
$
28,055

Commercial
 
27,340

 
226,330

 

 
253,670

Commercial and industrial loans
 
269,075

 
599,318

 
179,870

 
1,048,263

Total
 
$
317,377

 
$
832,741

 
$
179,870

 
$
1,329,988

 
For the $1.0 billion of loans above which mature in more than one year, $253 million of these loans are fixed-rate and $837 million are variable rate.

Loan Administration. Lending activities are governed by a loan policy approved by the Board’s Risk Management Committee.  Internal staff perform and monitor post-closing loan documentation review, quality control, and commercial loan administration. The lending staff assigns a risk rating to all commercial loans, excluding point scored small business loans.  Management primarily relies on internal risk management staff to review the risk ratings of the majority of commercial loan balances.


11



Table of Contents

The Bank’s lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by the Risk Management Committee and Management. The Bank’s loan underwriting is based on a review of certain factors including risk ratings, recourse, loan-to-value ratios, and material policy exceptions. The Risk Management Committee has established individual and combined loan limits and lending approval authorities. Management’s Executive Loan Committee is responsible for commercial and residential loan approvals in accordance with these standards and procedures. Generally, commercial lending management has the authority to approve pass rated secured loans (with normal credit risk) up to $1 million, in conjunction with a Credit Officer up to $4.5 million and in conjunction with the Chief Credit Officer up to $10 million. The Chief Credit Officer has the authority to approve up to $7.5 million for pass rated credits with major policy exceptions and pass/watch rated credits and up to $2.5 million for special mention rated credits. The Executive Loan Committee approves secured loans over these amounts (and over $1.5 million unsecured). The Bank tracks exceptions that are approved to loan underwriting standards and exception reports are actively monitored by executive lending management. In 2015, the Bank promoted its Chief Risk Officer to President of the Bank and recruited an experienced credit professional to the position of Chief Risk Officer.
 
The Bank’s lending activities are conducted by its salaried and commissioned loan personnel. Designated salaried branch staff originate conforming residential mortgages and receive bonuses based on overall performance. Additionally, the Bank employs commissioned residential mortgage originators. Commercial lenders receive salaries and are eligible for bonuses based on individual and overall performance. The Bank purchases whole loans and participations in loans from banks headquartered in its market and from outside of its market. These loans are underwritten according to the Bank’s underwriting criteria and procedures and are generally serviced by the originating lender under terms of the applicable agreement. The Bank routinely sells newly originated, fixed-rate residential mortgages in the secondary market. Customer rate locks are offered without charge and rate locked applications are generally committed for forward sale or hedged with derivative financial instruments to minimize interest rate risk pending delivery of the loans to the investors. The Bank also sells residential mortgages and commercial loan participations on a non-recourse basis. The Bank issues loan commitments to its prospective borrowers conditioned on the occurrence of certain events. Loan origination commitments are made in writing on specified terms and conditions and are generally honored for up to 60 days from approval; some commercial commitments are made for longer terms. The Company also monitors pipelines of loan applications and has processes for issuing letters of interest for commercial loans and preapprovals for residential mortgages, all of which are generally conditional on completion of underwriting prior to the issuance of formal commitments.
 
The loan policy sets certain limits on concentrations of credit and requires periodic reporting of concentrations to the Risk Management Committee. In most cases, the commercial loan hold limit is 5% of risk based capital for loan transactions and 8% of risk based capital for lending relationships. Loans outstanding to the ten largest relationships averaged $24.2 million each, or 3.8% of the Bank's risk based capital at year-end 2015. The Bank also actively monitors its 25 largest borrower relationships. Commercial real estate is generally managed within federal regulatory monitoring guidelines of 300% of risk based capital for commercial real estate and 100% for commercial construction loans. At year-end 2015, non-owner occupied commercial real estate totaled 227% of Bank risk based capital and outstanding commercial construction loans were 39% of Bank risk based capital. The Bank has hold limits for several categories of commercial specialty lending including healthcare, hospitality, designated franchises, and leasing, as well as hold limits for designated commercial loan participations purchased. In most cases, these limits are below 100% of risk based capital for all outstandings in each monitored category.
 
Problem Assets. The Bank prefers to work with borrowers to resolve problems rather than proceeding to foreclosure. For commercial loans, this may result in a period of forbearance or restructuring of the loan, which is normally done at current market terms and does not result in a “troubled” loan designation. For residential mortgage loans, the Bank generally follows FDIC guidelines to attempt a restructuring that will enable owner-occupants to remain in their home. However, if these processes fail to result in a performing loan, then the Bank generally will initiate foreclosure or other proceedings no later than the 90th day of a delinquency, as necessary, to minimize any potential loss. Management reports delinquent loans and non-performing assets to the Board quarterly. Loans are generally removed from accruing status when they reach 90 days delinquent, except for certain loans which are well secured and in the process of collection. All loan collections are managed through the Bank’s special assets group, except for consumer loan collections, which are managed by the Retail group and Firestone collections, which are handled by that subsidiary.
 
Real estate acquired by the Bank as a result of loan collections is classified as real estate owned until sold. When property is acquired it is recorded at fair market value less estimated selling costs at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Holding costs and decreases in fair value after acquisition are expensed. Interest income that would have been recorded for 2015 if non-accruing loans had been current according to their original terms, amounted to $0.8 million. Included in the amount is $177 thousand related to troubled debt restructurings. The amount of interest income on those loans that was recognized in net income in 2015 was $0.1 million. Included in this amount is $95 thousand related to troubled debt restructurings. Interest

12



Table of Contents

income on accruing troubled debt restructurings totaled $0.8 million for 2015. The total carrying value of troubled debt restructurings was $22.0 million at year-end.

The following table sets forth additional information on year-end problem assets and accruing troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”). Due to accounting standards for business combinations, non-accrual loans of acquired banks are recorded as accruing on the acquisition date. Therefore, measures related to accruing and non-accruing loans reflect these standards and may not be comparable to prior periods.

Item 1 - Table 3 - Problem Assets and Accruing TDR

(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-accruing loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages
 
$
3,966

 
$
3,908

 
$
7,868

 
$
7,466

 
$
7,010

Commercial real estate
 
4,882

 
12,878

 
13,739

 
12,617

 
14,280

Commercial and industrial loans
 
8,259

 
1,705

 
2,355

 
3,681

 
990

Consumer
 
3,768

 
3,214

 
3,493

 
1,748

 
1,954

Total non-performing loans
 
20,875

 
21,705

 
27,455

 
25,512

 
24,234

Real estate owned
 
1,725

 
2,049

 
2,758

 
1,929

 
1,900

Total non-performing assets
 
$
22,600

 
$
23,754

 
$
30,213

 
$
27,441

 
$
26,134

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Troubled debt restructurings (accruing)
 
$
12,497

 
$
12,612

 
$
8,344

 
$
3,641

 
$
1,263

Accruing loans 90+ days past due
 
$
5,229

 
$
4,568

 
$
9,223

 
$
18,977

 
$
10,184

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total non-performing loans/total loans
 
0.36
%
 
0.46
%
 
0.66
%
 
0.64
%
 
0.82
%
Total non-performing assets/total assets
 
0.29
%
 
0.37
%
 
0.53
%
 
0.52
%
 
0.65
%
 
Asset Classification and Delinquencies. The Bank performs an internal analysis of its commercial loan portfolio and assets to classify such loans and assets in a manner similar to that employed by federal banking regulators. There are four classifications for loans with higher than normal risk: Loss, Doubtful, Substandard, and Special Mention. Usually an asset classified as Loss is fully charged-off. Substandard assets have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful assets have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values questionable, and there is a high possibility of loss. Assets that do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses, are designated Special Mention. Please see the additional discussion of non-accruing and potential problem loans in Item 7 and additional information in the Loan Loss Allowance Note to the consolidated financial statements. Impaired loans acquired in business combinations are normally rated Substandard or lower and the fair value assigned to such loans at acquisition includes a component for the possibility of loss if deficiencies are not corrected.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses. The Bank’s loan portfolio is regularly reviewed by management to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The allowance represents management’s estimate of inherent losses that are probable and estimable as of the date of the financial statements. The allowance includes a specific component for impaired loans (a “specific loan loss reserve”) and a general component for portfolios of all outstanding loans (a “general loan loss reserve”). At the time of acquisition, no allowance for loan losses is assigned to loans acquired in business combinations. These loans are carried at fair value, including the impact of expected losses, as of the acquisition date. An allowance on such loans is established subsequent to the acquisition date through the provision for loan losses based on an analysis of factors including environmental factors.  The loan loss allowance is discussed further in the Note about Significant Accounting Policies in the consolidated financial statements.
 
Management believes that it uses the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses. However, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary, and results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making its determinations. Because the estimation of inherent losses cannot be made with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loan or loan portfolio category deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above. Additionally, the regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, also periodically review

13



Table of Contents

the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to make additional provisions for estimated losses based upon judgments different from those of management. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations.

The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the five years indicated:

Item 1 - Table 4 - Allowance for Loan Loss
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
35,662

 
$
33,323

 
$
33,208

 
$
32,444

 
$
31,898

Charged-off loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages
 
1,857

 
2,596

 
2,426

 
2,647

 
1,322

Commercial real estate
 
7,546

 
5,684

 
5,026

 
4,229

 
4,046

Commercial and industrial loans
 
3,110

 
3,010

 
2,917

 
697

 
1,443

Consumer
 
2,175

 
2,563

 
2,467

 
1,877

 
885

Total charged-off loans
 
14,688

 
13,853

 
12,836

 
9,450

 
7,696

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recoveries on charged-off loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages
 
205

 
365

 
399

 
103

 
231

Commercial real estate
 
582

 
270

 
549

 
52

 
189

Commercial and industrial loans
 
458

 
228

 
211

 
96

 
109

Consumer
 
363

 
361

 
414

 
373

 
150

Total recoveries
 
1,608

 
1,224

 
1,573

 
624

 
679

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loans charged-off
 
13,080

 
12,629

 
11,263

 
8,826

 
7,017

Allowance attributed to loans acquired by merger
 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses
 
16,726

 
14,968

 
11,378

 
9,590

 
7,563

Transfer of commitment reserve
 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year
 
$
39,308

 
$
35,662

 
$
33,323

 
$
33,208

 
$
32,444

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratios:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net charge-offs/average loans
 
0.25

 
0.29

 
0.29

 
0.26

 
0.27

Recoveries/charged-off loans
 
10.95

 
8.84

 
12.25

 
6.60

 
8.82

Net loans charged-off/allowance for loan losses
 
33.28

 
35.41

 
33.80

 
26.58

 
21.63

Allowance for loan losses/total loans
 
0.69

 
0.76

 
0.80

 
0.83

 
1.10

Allowance for loan losses/non-accruing loans
 
188.30

 
164.30

 
121.37

 
130.17

 
133.88


14



Table of Contents

The following tables present year-end data for the approximate allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan categories at the dates indicated (including an apportionment of any unallocated amount). The first table shows for each category the amount of the allowance allocated to that category as a percentage of the outstanding loans in that category. The second table shows the allocated allowance together with the percentage of loans in each category to total loans. Management believes that the allowance can be allocated by category only on an approximate basis. The allocation of the allowance to each category is not indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of any of the allowance to absorb losses in any category. Due to the impact of accounting standards for acquired loans, data in the accompanying tables may not be comparable between accounting periods.

Item 1 - Table 5A - Allocation of Allowance for Loan Loss by Category (as of year-end)
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
Allocated
 
Percent of
Amount
Allocated
to Total
Loans in
Each Category
 
Amount
Allocated
 
Percent of
Amount
Allocated
to Total
Loans in
Each Category
 
Amount
Allocated
 
Percent of
Amount
Allocated
to Total
Loans in
Each Category
 
Amount
Allocated
 
Percent of
Amount
Allocated
to Total
Loans in
Each Category
 
Amount
Allocated
 
Percent of
Amount
Allocated
to Total
Loans in
Each Category
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
 
$
8,614

 
0.47
%
 
$
7,480

 
0.50
%
 
$
7,562

 
0.55
%
 
$
6,444

 
0.49
%
 
$
3,420

 
0.34
%
Commercial real estate
 
16,493

 
0.80
%
 
15,539

 
0.96

 
16,112

 
1.13

 
19,275

 
1.36

 
22,176

 
1.92

Commercial and industrial loans
 
8,688

 
0.83
%
 
6,322

 
0.79

 
5,770

 
0.85

 
5,707

 
0.95

 
4,566

 
1.11

Consumer
 
5,513

 
0.69
%
 
6,321

 
0.82

 
3,879

 
0.56

 
1,782

 
0.27

 
2,282

 
0.62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
39,308

 
0.69
%
 
$
35,662

 
0.76
%
 
$
33,323

 
0.80
%
 
$
33,208

 
0.83
%
 
$
32,444

 
1.10
%
 

Item 1 - Table 5B - Allocation of Allowance for Loan Loss (as of year-end)
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
Allocated
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to Total
Loans
 
Amount
Allocated
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to Total
Loans
 
Amount
Allocated
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to Total
Loans
 
Amount
Allocated
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to Total
Loans
 
Amount
Allocated
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to Total
Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
 
$
8,614

 
21.91
%
 
$
7,480

 
31.97
%
 
$
7,562

 
33.11
%
 
$
6,444

 
33.20
%
 
$
3,420

 
34.51
%
Commercial real estate
 
16,493

 
41.96

 
15,539

 
34.43

 
16,112

 
41.26

 
19,275

 
35.44

 
22,176

 
39.11

Commercial and industrial loans
 
8,688

 
22.10

 
6,322

 
17.19

 
5,770

 
9.08

 
5,707

 
15.05

 
4,566

 
13.88

Consumer
 
5,513

 
14.03

 
6,321

 
16.41

 
3,879

 
16.55

 
1,782

 
16.31

 
2,282

 
12.50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
39,308

 
100.00
%
 
$
35,662

 
100.00
%
 
$
33,323

 
100.00
%
 
$
33,208

 
100.00
%
 
$
32,444

 
100.00
%


INVESTMENT SECURITIES ACTIVITIES
 
The securities portfolio provides cash flow to protect the safety of customer deposits and as a potential source of liquidity. The portfolio is also used to manage interest rate risk and to earn a reasonable return on investment. Decisions are made in accordance with the Company’s investment policy and include consideration of risk, return, duration, and portfolio concentrations. Day-to-day oversight of the portfolio rests with the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Enterprise Risk Management/Asset-Liability Committee meets multiple times each quarter and reviews investment strategies. The Risk Management and Capital Committee of the Board of Directors provides general oversight of the investment function.
 
The Company has historically maintained a high-quality portfolio of managed duration mortgage-backed securities, together with a portfolio of municipal bonds including national and local issuers and local economic development bonds issued to non-profit organizations. Nearly all of the mortgage-backed securities are issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, and consisting principally of collateralized mortgage obligations (generally consisting of planned amortization class bonds). Other than securities issued by the above agencies, no other issuer concentrations exceeding 10% of stockholders’ equity existed at year-end 2015. The municipal portfolio provides tax-advantaged yield, and the local economic development bonds were originated by the Company to area borrowers. All of the Company’s available for sale municipal securities are investment-grade rated and most of the portfolio carries credit enhancement protection. The Company invests in investment grade corporate bonds and non-investment grade fixed-income securities consisting primarily of capital instruments issued by local and regional financial institutions and a mutual fund investing in non-investment grade bonds of national corporate issuers. The Company also invests in equity securities of local financial institutions, including those that might be future potential partners, as well as dividend yielding equity securities of national corporate exchange traded issuers. Historically, the Company acquired equity securities in the Bank, which was allowed under its savings bank charter. As a result of the Bank's charter change in 2014, the Bank can no longer purchase equity securities. Due to the higher financing costs at the holding company and changes in risk based capital calculations, the Company decreased its total holdings of equity securities in 2015. The Company owns restricted equity in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) based on its operating relationship with the FHLBB. The Company owns an interest rate swap against a tax advantaged economic development bond issued to a local not-for-profit organization, and as a result this security is carried as a trading account security. The Bank did not record any write-downs of investment securities during the year and none of the Company’s investment securities were other-than-temporarily impaired at year-end. The Company generally designates investment securities as available for sale, but sometimes designates municipal bonds and similar securities as held to maturity based on its intent. This also allows the Company to more effectively manage the potential impact of longer-duration, fixed-rate securities on stockholders' equity in the event of rising interest rates.

The following tables present the year-end amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s securities, by type of security, for the three years indicated.
 
Item 1 - Table 6A - Amortized Cost and Fair Value of Securities
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(In thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
Securities available for sale
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 
$
99,922

 
$
104,561

 
$
127,013

 
$
133,699

 
$
77,852

 
$
77,671

Mortgage-backed securities
 
960,907

 
959,865

 
824,865

 
829,652

 
610,326

 
601,429

Other bonds and obligations
 
57,742

 
56,064

 
74,953

 
73,525

 
61,123

 
58,975

Marketable equity securities
 
30,522

 
33,967

 
48,992

 
54,942

 
20,041

 
21,973

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total securities available for sale
 
$
1,149,093

 
$
1,154,457

 
$
1,075,823

 
$
1,091,818

 
$
769,342

 
$
760,048

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities held to maturity
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 
$
94,642

 
$
97,967

 
$
4,997

 
$
4,997

 
$
4,244

 
$
4,244

Mortgage-backed securities
 
68

 
71

 
70

 
74

 
73

 
75

Tax advantaged economic development bonds
 
36,613

 
38,537

 
37,948

 
39,594

 
40,260

 
41,101

Other bonds and obligations
 
329

 
329

 
332

 
332

 
344

 
344

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total securities held to maturity
 
$
131,652

 
$
136,904

 
$
43,347

 
$
44,997

 
$
44,921

 
$
45,764

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account security
 
$
11,984

 
$
14,189

 
$
12,554

 
$
14,909

 
$
13,096

 
$
14,840

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted equity securities
 
$
71,018

 
$
71,018

 
$
55,720

 
$
55,720

 
$
50,282

 
$
50,282



Item 1 - Table 6B - Amortized Cost and Fair Value of Securities
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(In thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasuries, other Government agencies and corporations
 
$
991,497

 
$
993,903

 
$
873,927

 
$
884,668

 
$
630,442

 
$
623,478

Municipal bonds and obligations
 
243,162

 
255,254

 
182,513

 
193,199

 
135,451

 
137,855

Other bonds and obligations
 
129,089

 
127,410

 
131,004

 
129,577

 
111,749

 
109,601

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Securities
 
$
1,363,750

 
$
1,376,568

 
$
1,187,444

 
$
1,207,444

 
$
877,642

 
$
870,934


The schedule includes available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, as well as the trading security and restricted equity securities.

15



Table of Contents

The following table summarizes year-end 2015 amortized cost, weighted average yields, and contractual maturities of debt securities. Yields are shown on a fully taxable equivalent basis. A significant portion of the mortgage-based securities are planned amortization class bonds. Their expected durations are 3-5 years at current interest rates, but the contractual maturities shown reflect the underlying maturities of the collateral mortgages. Additionally, the mortgage-based securities maturities shown below are based on final maturities and do not include scheduled amortization. Yields include amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts.

Item 1 - Table 7 - Weighted Average Yield
 
One Year or Less
 
More than One
Year to Five Years
 
More than Five Years
to Ten Years
 
More than Ten Years
 
Total
(In millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Municipal bonds and obligations
$
3.6

 
1.22
%
 
$
4.1

 
4.3
%
 
$
10.5

 
5.2
%
 
$
176.4

 
5.6
%
 
$
194.6

 
5.5
%
Mortgage-backed securities
0.1

 
5.5
%
 
2.6

 
2.8
%
 
6.2

 
2.1
%
 
952.1

 
2.3
%
 
$
961.0

 
2.3
%
Other bonds and obligations

 
%
 
17.0

 
6.7
%
 
31.3

 
5.0
%
 
46.4

 
5.1
%
 
$
94.7

 
5.3
%
Total
$
3.7

 
1.34
%
 
$
23.7

 
5.9
%
 
$
48.0

 
4.6
%
 
$
1,174.9

 
2.9
%
 
$
1,250.3

 
3.0
%


DEPOSIT ACTIVITIES AND OTHER SOURCES OF FUNDS
 
Deposits are the major source of funds for the Bank’s lending and investment activities. Deposit accounts are the primary product and service interaction with the Bank’s customers. The Bank serves personal, commercial, non-profit, and municipal deposit customers. Most of the Bank’s deposits are generated from the areas surrounding its branch offices. The Bank offers a wide variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. The Bank also periodically offers promotional interest rates and terms for limited periods of time. The Bank’s deposit accounts consist of demand deposits (non-interest-bearing checking), NOW (interest-bearing checking), regular savings, money market savings, and time certificates of deposit. The Bank emphasizes its transaction deposits -- checking and NOW accounts -- for personal accounts and checking accounts promoted to businesses. These accounts have the lowest marginal cost to the Bank and are also often a core account for a customer relationship. The Bank offers a courtesy overdraft program to improve customer service, and also provides debit cards and other electronic fee producing payment services to transaction account customers. The Bank promotes remote deposit capture devices so that commercial accounts can make deposits from their place of business. Additionally, the Bank offers a variety of retirement deposit accounts to personal and business customers. Deposit related fees are a significant source of fee income to the Bank, including overdraft and interchange fees related to debit card usage. Deposit service fee income also includes other miscellaneous transaction and convenience services sold to customers through the branch system as part of an overall service relationship. The Bank offers compensating balance arrangements for larger business customers as an alternative to fees charged for checking account services. Berkshire’s Business Connection is a personal financial services benefit package designed for the employees of its business customers. In addition to providing service through its branches, Berkshire provides services to deposit customers through its private bankers, MyBankers, commercial/small business relationship managers, and call center representatives.
 
The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC. The Bank has in the past offered additional 100 percent deposit insurance at no charge to customers through the Massachusetts Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). The Bank terminated its participation in this fund in 2014 and the related insurance protection was phased out in 2015. The Bank began using brokered deposits more actively in 2014 and continued to expand this funds source in 2015 in order to broaden its funding base, augment its interest rate risk management vehicles, and to support loan growth. The primary source of brokered deposits is time deposits, which increased from $23 million at year-end 2013 to $380 million at year-end 2014 and $784 million at year-end 2015. The Bank also expanded its use of brokered reciprocal money market deposits to provide additional deposit protection to certain large commercial and institutional accounts. These balances are viewed as part of overall relationship balances with regional customers. These deposits increased from $9 million at year-end 2014 to $102 million at year-end 2015. Brokered deposits are sourced through four Board approved brokers; these deposits are viewed as potentially more volatile than other deposits and are managed as a component of the Bank's liquidity policies.

16



Table of Contents

The following table presents information concerning average balances and weighted average interest rates on the Bank’s interest-bearing deposit accounts for the years indicated. Deposit amounts in the following tables include balances associated with discontinued operations.

Item 1 - Table 8 - Average Balance and Weighted Average Rates for Deposits
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(In millions)
 
Average
Balance
 
Percent
of Total
Average
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Percent
of Total
Average
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Percent
of Total
Average
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand
 
$
972.6

 
19
%
 

 
$
805.0

 
18
%
 

 
$
655.7

 
17
%
 

NOW
 
462.9

 
9

 
0.2

 
417.2

 
9

 
0.1

 
355.2

 
9

 
0.1

Money market
 
1,444.1

 
28

 
0.4

 
1,442.3

 
33

 
0.1

 
1,389.2

 
35

 
0.9

Savings
 
582.4

 
11

 
0.2

 
476.4

 
11

 
0.1

 
442.2

 
11

 
0.1

Time
 
1,684.8

 
33

 
0.9

 
1,265.4

 
29

 
0.7

 
1,085.8

 
28

 
1.2

Total
 
$
5,146.8

 
100
%
 
0.5
%
 
$
4,406.3

 
100
%
 
0.4
%
 
$
3,928.1

 
100
%
 
0.5
%


At year-end 2015, the Bank had time deposit accounts in amounts of $100 thousand or more maturing as follows:
 
Item 1 - Table 9 - Maturity of Deposits > $100,000
Maturity Period
 
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
(In thousands)
 
 

 
 

Three months or less
 
$
384,389

 
0.62
%
Over 3 months through 6 months
 
408,160

 
0.71

Over 6 months through 12 months
 
182,438

 
0.97

Over 12 months
 
465,793

 
1.42

Total
 
$
1,440,780

 
1.01
%
 
The Company also uses borrowings from the FHLBB as an additional source of funding, particularly for daily cash management and for funding longer duration assets. FHLBB advances also provide more pricing and option alternatives for particular asset/liability needs. The FHLBB functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for member institutions. As an FHLBB member, the Company is required to own capital stock of the organization. Borrowings from this institution are secured by a blanket lien on most of the Bank’s mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities, as well as certain other assets. Advances are made under several different credit programs with different lending standards, interest rates, and range of maturities. The Company has a $15 million trust preferred obligation outstanding as well as $74 million in senior subordinated notes. The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Subject to certain limitations, the Company can also choose to issue common stock in public stock offerings and can also potentially obtain privately placed common and preferred stock, and subordinated, and senior debt from institutional and private investors. The Company maintains a universal shelf registration with the SEC to facilitate future potential capital issuances.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
The Company uses interest rate swap instruments for its own account to fix the interest rate on some of its borrowings, all of which are designated as cash flow hedges. The Company also offers interest rate swaps to commercial loan customers who wish to fix the interest rates on their loans, and the Company backs these swaps with offsetting swaps with national bank counterparties. With other lending institutions, the Company engages in risk participation agreements. These arrangements are structured similarly to its swaps with commercial borrowers, but a different bank is the lead underwriter. The Company gets paid a fee to take on the risk associated with having to make the lead bank whole on Berkshire’s portion of the pro-rated swap should the borrower default. These swaps are designated as economic hedges.

Additionally, the Company’s mortgage banking activities result in derivatives. Interest rate lock commitments are provided on applications for residential mortgages intended for resale and are accounted for as non-hedging derivatives. The Company arranges offsetting forward sales commitments for most of these rate-locks with national bank counterparties, which are

17



Table of Contents

designated as economic hedges. Rate locks provided for applications intended to be held for investment are not accounted for as derivative financial instruments.The Company has a policy for managing its derivative financial instruments, and the policy and program activity are overseen by the Risk Management and Capital Committee. Derivative financial instruments with counterparties which are not customers are limited to a select number of national financial institutions. Collateral may be required based on financial condition tests. The Company works with third-party firms which assist in marketing derivative transactions, executing transactions, and providing information for bookkeeping and accounting purposes.

WEALTH MANAGEMENT SERVICES
 
The Company’s Wealth Management Group provides consultative investment management and trust relationships to individuals, businesses, and institutions, with an emphasis on personal investment management. The Wealth Management Group has built a track record over more than a decade with its dedicated in-house investment management team. Wealth Management services include investment management, trust administration, and estate planning. The Bank also provides a full line of investment products, financial planning, and brokerage services utilizing Commonwealth Financial Network as the broker/dealer. The Group’s principal operations are in Western New England and it is expanding services in the Company’s other regions.

At year-end 2015, assets under management totaled $1.5 billion, including $0.9 billion in the Bank’s traditional wealth/trust platform, $0.3 billion in the Bank’s registered investment advisor Renaissance Investment Group targeting high net worth clients, and $0.3 billion in investment accounts offered through BerkshireBanc Investment Services offered through the Commonwealth Financial Network. Total wealth management assets have more than doubled in the past five years through acquisition and talent recruitment and reflecting investment performance and the strength of the AMEB brand and referrals from the banking business teams. The wealth platforms have been designed to be scalable as the Group further penetrates markets in its footprint. The Company employs over 20 wealth management professionals many of whom are licensed and credentialed with the CFP®, CFA, CTFA, and/or a JD. Wealth management is a significant element of the Berkshire’s plan to increase market and wallet share, diversify revenues, and improve profitability. The Company considers acquisitions of wealth management businesses in support of its growth strategy.
 
INSURANCE

As an independent insurance agent, the Berkshire Insurance Group represents a carefully selected group of financially sound, reputable insurance companies offering attractive coverage at competitive prices. The Insurance Group offers a full line of personal and commercial property and casualty insurance. It also offers employee benefits insurance and a full line of personal life, health, and financial services insurance products. Berkshire Insurance Group operates a focused cross-sell program of insurance and banking products through all offices and branches of the Bank with some of the Group’s offices located within the Bank’s branches. The Group’s principal operations are in Western New England, and it is expanding its services in the Company’s other regions. The Group focuses on the Bank’s distribution channels in order to broaden its retail and commercial customer base. The Company may consider acquisitions of insurance agencies in support of its growth strategy.
 
PERSONNEL

At year-end 2015, the Company had 1,221 full time equivalent employees -- an increase of 130 since the end of 2014, including staff added through the business combinations with Hampden and Firestone. Berkshire continues to develop its staffing, including staff for new branches and hires related to team development. The Company has also developed staff with targeted skills to deepen the Company’s infrastructure. The Company’s employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit.
 
SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES
 
The Company wholly-owns two active consolidated subsidiaries: the Bank and Berkshire Insurance Group. The Bank operates as a commercial bank under a Massachusetts trust company charter. Berkshire Insurance Group is incorporated in Massachusetts. Berkshire Bank owns Firestone Financial, LLC which is a Massachusetts corporation, as well as consolidated subsidiaries operated as Massachusetts securities corporations. The Company also owns all of the common stock of a Delaware statutory business trust, Berkshire Hills Capital Trust I. The capital trust is unconsolidated and its only material asset is a $15 million trust preferred security related to the junior subordinated debentures reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Additional information about the subsidiaries is contained in Exhibit 21 to this report.

18



Table of Contents

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
 
General

The Company is a Delaware corporation and a bank holding company, within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. As such, it is registered with, supervised by and required to comply with the rules and regulations of, the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board requires the Company to file various reports and also conducts examinations of the Company. The Company must receive the approval of the Federal Reserve Board to engage in certain transactions, such as acquisitions of additional banks and savings associations. The Company was previously regulated as a savings and loan holding company. However, in July 2014, the Company became a bank holding company in connection with the Bank’s conversion to a Massachusetts trust company charter. As a result, the Company is now regulated as a bank holding company and has further elected to become a financial holding company. As a financial holding company, the Company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity.
 
The Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered trust company and its deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC. The Bank was previously a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank and converted to a Massachusetts-chartered trust company in July 2014. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”) as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer. The Bank is required to file reports with the Commissioner and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions or branches of other institutions. The Commissioner and the FDIC conduct periodic examinations to test the Bank’s safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements. The regulatory structure gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the Commissioner, the Massachusetts legislature, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank and their operations.
 
In January 2015, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts enacted “An Act Modernizing the Banking Laws and Enhancing the Competitiveness of State-Chartered Banks.” Among other things, the legislation attempts to better synchronize Massachusetts laws with federal requirements in the same area, streamlines the process for an institution to engage in activities permissible for federally chartered and out of state institutions, consolidates corporate governance statutes, and authorizes the Commissioner to establish a tiered supervisory system for Massachusetts chartered institutions based on factors such as asset size, capital level, balance sheet composition, examination rating, compliance, and other factors deemed appropriate. The new provisions of Massachusetts banking law took effect on April 7, 2015.
 
Federal Legislation

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was enacted in 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and is affecting the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Company’s previous primary federal regulator, as of July 21, 2011.

Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau assumed responsibility for the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations, a function previously assigned to prudential regulators, and has authority to impose new requirements. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. However, institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and are subject to the primary enforcement authority of their prudential regulator rather than the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.
The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has finalized the rule implementing the “Ability to Repay” requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. The regulations generally require creditors to make a reasonable, good faith determination as to a borrower’s ability to repay most residential mortgage loans. The final rule establishes a safe harbor for certain “Qualified Mortgages,” which contain certain features deemed less risky and omit certain other characteristics considered to enhance risk. The Ability to Repay final rules became effective on January 10, 2014.

The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments for deposit insurance and permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance to $250,000 per depositor. The Dodd-Frank Act increased shareholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive

19



Table of Contents

compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The legislation directed the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to company executives, regardless of whether or not the company is publicly traded. The Dodd-Frank Act also provided for originators of certain securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for transferred credits, directed the Federal Reserve Board to regulate pricing of certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on paying interest on checking accounts and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage origination.

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates and/or require the issuance of implementing regulations. The regulatory process is ongoing and the impact on operations cannot yet be fully assessed. However, there is a significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for the Company and the Bank.

Certain regulatory requirements applicable to the Company, including certain changes made by the Dodd-Frank Act, are referred to below or elsewhere herein. The description of statutory provisions and regulations applicable to financial institutions and their holding companies set forth in this Form 10-K does not purport to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Company and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations.
 
Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision
 
General. As a Massachusetts-chartered depository institution, the Bank is subject to supervision, regulation, and examination by the Commissioner and to various Massachusetts statutes and regulations which govern, among other things, investment powers, lending and deposit-taking activities, borrowings, maintenance of surplus and reserve accounts, distribution of earnings, and payment of dividends. In addition, the Bank is subject to Massachusetts consumer protection and civil rights laws and regulations. The approval of the Commissioner is required for a Massachusetts-chartered institution to establish or close branches, merge with other financial institutions, issue stock, and undertake certain other activities.
 
Massachusetts law and regulations generally allow Massachusetts institutions to engage in activities permissible for federally chartered banks or banks chartered by another state. The 2015 legislation established a 30-day notice procedure to the Commissioner in order to engage in such activities. The legislation also authorized Massachusetts institutions to engage in activities determined to be “financial in nature”, or incidental or complementary to such a financial activity, subject to a 30-day notice to the Commissioner.

Dividends. A Massachusetts stock institution, such as the Bank, may declare cash dividends from net profits not more frequently than quarterly and non-cash dividends at any time. No dividends may be declared, credited, or paid if the institution’s capital stock is impaired. A Massachusetts stock institution with outstanding preferred stock may not, without the prior approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, declare dividends to the common stock without also declaring dividends to the preferred stock. The approval of the Commissioner is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock. Net profits for this purpose means the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state taxes.

Loans to One Borrower Limitations. Massachusetts banking law grants broad lending authority. However, with certain limited exceptions, total obligations of one borrower to an institution may not exceed 20.0% of the total of the institution’s capital, which is defined under Massachusetts law as the sum of the institution’s capital stock, surplus account and undivided profits.
 
Loans to a Bank’s Insiders. The 2015 Massachusetts legislation provided that Massachusetts law incorporates federal regulations governing extensions of credit to insiders and the prior Massachusetts requirements were repealed.
 
Investment Activities. In general, Massachusetts-chartered institutions may invest in preferred and common stock of any corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any state provided such investments do not involve control of any corporation and do not, in the aggregate, exceed 4.0% of the bank’s deposits. Massachusetts-chartered institutions may also invest an amount equal to 1.0% of their deposits in stocks of Massachusetts corporations or companies with substantial employment in Massachusetts which have pledged to the Commissioner that such monies will be used for further development within the Commonwealth. However, these powers are constrained by federal law.
 
Regulatory Enforcement Authority. Any Massachusetts-chartered institution that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies, and directives of the Commissioner may be sanctioned for non-compliance, including seizure of the property and business of the institution and suspension or revocation of its charter. The Commissioner may, under certain

20



Table of Contents

circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the institution’s business in a manner which is unsafe, unsound or contrary to the depositors interests, or been negligent in the performance of their duties. In addition, upon finding that an institution has engaged in an unfair or deceptive act or practice, the Commissioner may issue an order to cease and desist and impose a fine on the institution concerned. Finally, Massachusetts consumer protection and civil rights statutes applicable to the Bank permit private individual and class action lawsuits and provide for the rescission of consumer transactions, including loans, and the recovery of statutory and punitive damage and attorney’s fees in the case of certain violations of those statutes.
 
Massachusetts has other statutes or regulations that are similar to the federal provisions discussed below. 

Federal Regulations
 
Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require FDIC insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets of 8.0%, and a 4.0% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. The existing capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing regulatory amendments based on recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus, meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. The Bank chose the opt-out election. Institutions that have not exercised the AOCI opt-out have AOCI incorporated into common equity Tier 1 capital (including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities). Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations.

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first lien one to four-family residential mortgages, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% is assigned to certain past due loans and a risk weight of between 0% and 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors.

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the FDIC takes into consideration not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where deemed necessary. As a bank holding company, the Company is also subject to regulatory capital requirements, as described in a subsequent section.
 
Interstate Banking and Branching. Federal law permits an institution, such as the Bank, to acquire another institution by merger in a state other than Massachusetts unless the other state has opted out. Federal law, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, authorizes de novo branching into another state to the extent that the target state allows its state chartered banks to establish branches within its borders. The Bank operates branches in New York, Vermont, and Connecticut, as well as Massachusetts. At its interstate branches, the Bank may conduct any activity authorized under Massachusetts law that is permissible either for an institution chartered in that state (subject to applicable federal restrictions) or a branch in that state of an out-of-state national bank. The New York State Superintendent of Banks, the Vermont Commissioner of Banking and Insurance, and the Connecticut Commissioner of Banking may exercise certain regulatory authority over the Bank’s branches in their respective states.

21



Table of Contents

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes three categories of capital deficient institutions: undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

Federal law establishes a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The FDIC has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. The regulations were amended to incorporate the previously mentioned increased regulatory capital standards that were effective January 1, 2015. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%, or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%, or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

“Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend), and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. No institution may make a capital distribution, including payment as a dividend, if it would be “undercapitalized” after the payment. A bank’s compliance with such plans is required to be guaranteed by its holding company in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s total assets when deemed “undercapitalized” or the amount needed to comply with regulatory capital requirements. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the FDIC to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized”, requirements to reduce assets and cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers, and capital distributions by the holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions must comply with additional sanctions including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.
 
At December 31, 2015, the Bank met the criteria for being considered “well capitalized” as defined in the prompt corrective action regulations.

Transactions with Affiliates and Loans to Insiders. Transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. In a holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of an institution and any companies which are controlled by such holding company are affiliates of the institution. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the institution or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions,” such as loans, with any one affiliate to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to 20% of capital stock and surplus. Loans to affiliates and certain other specified transactions must comply with specified collateralization requirements. Section 23B requires that transactions with affiliates be on terms that are no less favorable to the institution or its subsidiary as similar transactions with non-affiliates.
 
Further, federal law restricts an institution with respect to loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders (“insiders”). Loans to insiders and their related interests may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the institution’s total capital and surplus. Loans to insiders above specified amounts must receive the prior approval of the Board of Directors. Further, loans to insiders must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, except that such insiders may receive preferential loans made under a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to the institution’s employees and does not give preference to the insider over the employees. Federal law places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.
 
Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured institutions, including the Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. The FDIC has authority under federal law to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured institution under certain circumstances.
 
Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured by the deposit insurance fund of the FDIC up to applicable limits. The FDIC insures deposits up to the standard maximum deposit insurance amount (“SMDIA”) of $250,000. 

22



Table of Contents

The deposit insurance limit was increased in response to the Dodd-Frank Act, which, among other provisions, made permanent the increase in the SMDIA from $100,000 to $250,000. The Dodd-Frank Act provided for temporary unlimited coverage of certain noninterest bearing transaction accounts, but such unlimited coverage expired on December 31, 2012.

The FDIC has adopted a risk-based insurance assessment system. The FDIC assigns an institution to one of four risk categories based on the institution’s financial condition and supervisory ratings. An institution’s assessment rate depends on the capital category and supervisory category to which it is assigned and certain adjustments set forth in FDIC regulations. Institutions deemed to present higher risk to the insurance fund pay higher assessments. The overall assessment range, including prospective adjustments, is 2.5 to 45 basis points. Assessment rates are scheduled to decline as the FDIC fund reserve ratio improves. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, FDIC assessments are now based on each institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital, rather than deposits, as was previously the case.
 
FDIC insured institutions are also required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize a predecessor deposit insurance fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017 through 2019. The assessment rate is adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the assessment base of the fund. For the quarter ended December 31, 2015, the Financing Corporation assessment amounted to 0.60 basis points of total assets less Tier 1 capital.
 
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by a regulator. Management does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of FDIC deposit insurance.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target federal deposit insurance fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.50% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the FDIC. The FDIC has exercised that discretion by establishing a long range fund ratio of 2.00%.
 
The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks that provide a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. The Bank, as a member, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBB.
 
The Federal Home Loan Banks are required to provide funds for certain purposes including contributing funds for affordable housing programs. These requirements, and general financial results, could reduce the amount of dividends that the Federal Home Loan Banks pay to their members and result in the Federal Home Loan Banks imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members. Historically, the FHLBB has paid dividends to member banks based on money market rates. These dividends were suspended for a time due to losses reported in 2008 and they remain at nominal levels.
 
Enforcement
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has primary federal enforcement responsibility over state chartered banks. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to bring enforcement actions against such institutions and their “institution-related parties,” including officers, directors, certain shareholders, and attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution or receivership or conservatorship in certain circumstances. Potential civil money penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25 thousand per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1.0 million per day.

Holding Company Regulation
 
General. In July 2014, the Company’s changed status from that of a savings and loan holding company to that of a bank holding company through the Bank’s conversion from a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank to a Massachusetts-chartered

23



Table of Contents

trust company. By doing so, the previously applicable requirement that the Bank comply with the Qualified Thrift Lender Test, which required that a specified percentage of assets be in primarily residential mortgage-related investments, was eliminated.
 
The Company is now subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any other bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval would be required for the Company to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than five percent of any class of voting shares of the bank or bank holding company. In addition to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, prior approval may also be necessary from other agencies having supervisory jurisdiction over the bank to be acquired before any bank acquisition can be completed.
 
A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in non-banking activities, or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than five percent of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing discount brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings and loan association whose direct and indirect activities are limited to those permitted for bank holding companies.
 
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 authorized a bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including being “well capitalized” and “well managed,” to opt to become a “financial holding company” and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities than previously permitted. Such activities can include insurance and investment banking. The Company has elected to become a financial holding company.
 
The Company is subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies (on a consolidated basis). Such guidelines have historically been similar to, though less stringent than, those of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for the depository institution subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act, however, required the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. Instruments such as cumulative preferred stock and trust preferred securities are no longer includable as Tier 1 capital, as was primarily the case with bank holding companies, subject to certain grandfathering rules. The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implements the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding company capital standards. Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the Bank are applied to the Company, effective January 1, 2015. As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer will be phased in between 2016 and 2019.
 
A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. There is an exception to this approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength doctrine.
 
The Federal Reserve Board issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase of shares of common stock by bank holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to dividends in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends’ previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. The guidance also provides for regulatory consultation prior to a holding company redeeming or repurchasing regulatory capital instruments when the

24



Table of Contents

holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock that would result in a net reduction as of the end of a quarter in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends, repurchase shares of its stock, or otherwise engage in capital distributions.
The status of the Company as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act does not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.
 
Acquisition of the Company. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a bank holding company such as the Company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquirer has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, is the case with the Company, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Massachusetts Holding Company Regulation. In addition to the federal holding company regulations, a bank holding company organized or doing business in Massachusetts must comply with regulations under Massachusetts law. Approval of the Massachusetts regulatory authorities would be required for the Company to acquire 25 percent or more of the voting stock of another depository institution. Similarly, prior regulatory approval would be necessary for any person or company to acquire 25 percent or more of the voting stock of the Company. The term “bank holding company,” for the purpose of Massachusetts law, is defined generally to include any company which, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with power to vote more than 25 percent of the voting stock of each of two or more banking institutions, including commercial banks and state co-operative banks, savings banks and savings and loan association and national banks, federal savings banks and federal savings and loan associations. In general, a holding company controlling, directly or indirectly, only one banking institution will not be deemed to be a bank holding company for the purposes of Massachusetts law. Under Massachusetts law, the prior approval of the Board of Bank Incorporation is required before any of the following: any company becoming a bank holding company; any bank holding company acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting stock of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, a banking institution; or any bank holding company merging with another bank holding company. Although the Company is not a bank holding company for purposes of Massachusetts law, any future acquisition of ownership, control, or the power to vote 25 percent or more of the voting stock of another banking institution or bank holding company would cause it to become such.

Legislation. The U.S. Congress, state lawmaking bodies, and federal and state regulatory agencies continue to consider a number of wide-ranging and comprehensive proposals for altering the structure, regulation, and competitive relationships of the nation’s financial institutions. Any such legislation may impact the business of the Company and the Bank.
 
Other Regulations
 
Consumer Protection Laws. The Bank is subject to federal and state consumer protection statutes and regulations applicable to depository institutions including, but not limited to, the following:
Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide certain information about home mortgage and refinance loans;
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;
Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the provision of consumer information to credit reporting agencies and the use of consumer information;
Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and
Electronic Funds Transfer Act, governing automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.
 
The Bank also is subject to federal laws protecting the confidentiality of consumer financial records, and limiting the ability of the institution to share non-public personal information with third parties.

25



Table of Contents

The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) establishes a requirement for federal banking agencies that, in connection with examinations of depository institutions within their jurisdiction, the agencies evaluate the record of the depository institutions in meeting the credit needs of their local communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those institutions. These factors are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or new facility. Under the CRA, institutions are assigned a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “substantial non-compliance.” A less than “satisfactory” rating would result in the suspension of any growth of the Bank through acquisitions or opening de novo branches until the rating is improved. As of the most recent CRA examination by the FDIC, the Bank’s CRA rating was “satisfactory.”
 
Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The Bank is subject to extensive anti-money laundering provisions and requirements, which require the institution to have in place a comprehensive customer identification program and an anti-money laundering program and procedures. These laws and regulations also prohibit depository institutions from engaging in business with foreign shell banks; require depository institutions to have due diligence procedures and, in some cases, enhanced due diligence procedures for foreign correspondent and private banking accounts; and improve information sharing between depository institutions and the U.S. government. The Bank has established policies and procedures intended to comply with these provisions.
 
Taxation
 
The Company reports its income on a calendar year basis using the accrual method of accounting. This discussion of tax matters is only a summary and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries. Further discussion of income taxation is contained in the income taxes note to the consolidated financial statements. The federal income tax laws apply to the Company in the same manner as to other corporations with some exceptions. The Company may exclude from income 100 percent of dividends received from the Bank and from Berkshire Insurance Group as members of the same affiliated group of corporations. The Company reports income on a calendar year basis to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Massachusetts tax law generally permits special tax treatment for a qualifying limited purpose “securities corporation.” The Bank’s securities corporations all qualify for this treatment, and are taxed at a 1.3% rate on their gross income.

26



Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
 
The risks set forth below, in addition to the other risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition to the risks set forth below and the other risks described in this annual report, there may also be additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. As a result, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors set forth below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of us.
 
Overall Business Risks
 
The Company’s Business May Be Adversely Affected by Conditions in the Financial Markets and Economic Conditions Generally and Locally.
National and international markets continue to recover from the aftermath of the severe recession. Numerous fiscal and monetary policy measures address the evolving conditions related to the uneven conditions of economic and financial recovery. National and international economic and financial events pose risks to the financial services industry and to the Company and its markets. A deterioration of business and economic conditions, particularly in our local markets, could adversely affect the credit quality of the Company’s loans, results of operations and financial condition.

Lending
 
Deterioration in the Housing Sector, Commercial Real Estate, and Related Markets May Adversely Affect Business and Financial Results.
Real estate lending is a major business activity for the Company. Real estate market conditions affect the value and marketability of real estate collateral, and they also affect the cash flows, liquidity, and net worth of many borrowers whose operations and finances depend on real estate market conditions. Adverse conditions in our market areas could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans and generally affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The Company’s Emphasis on Commercial Lending May Expose the Company to Increased Lending Risks, Which Could Hurt Profits.
Berkshire plans to continue to emphasize the origination of commercial loans, which generally exposes us to a greater risk of nonpayment and loss because repayment of such loans often depends on the successful operations and income stream of the borrowers. Commercial loans are historically more sensitive to economic downturns. Such sensitivity includes potentially higher default rates and possible reduction of collateral values. Commercial lending involves larger loan sizes and larger relationship exposures, which can have a greater impact on profits in the event of adverse loan performance. The majority of the Company’s commercial loans are secured by real estate and subject to the previously discussed real estate risk factors.   Commercial lending sometimes involves construction or other development financing, which is dependent on the future success of new operations. The Company’s commercial lending activities have extended across wider parts of its New England and New York markets into areas where the Company has less business experience. The Company’s commercial lending includes asset based lending, which depends on the Company’s processes for monitoring and being able to liquidate collateral on which these loans rely. The Company has expanded and re-engineered its small business loan origination process in order to accelerate growth. The acquisition of Firestone Financial and the pending acquisition of 44 Business Capital expand the Company’s commercial lending outside of the Northeast and involve customers and business operations more removed from its traditional customer base and operating organization. Additionally, the Company has expanded its wholesale purchases and sales of loans and loan participations with other banks doing business in its markets, including participations in national credits. Commercial loans may increase as a percentage of total loans, and commercial lending may continue to expose the company to increased risks.

The Allowance for Loan Losses May Prove to be Insufficient to Absorb Losses in The Loan Portfolio.
Like all financial institutions, the Company maintains an allowance for loan losses which is its estimate of the probable losses that are inherent in the loan portfolio as of the financial statement date. The allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses, and future provisions for loan losses could materially and adversely affect operating results. The accounting measurements related to impairment and the loan loss allowance require significant estimates which are subject to uncertainty and changes relating to new information and changing circumstances. Additionally, the allowance can only reflect

27



Table of Contents

those losses which are reasonably estimable. Accordingly, at any time, there may be probable losses inherent in the portfolio but which are not reasonably estimable until additional information emerges which can form the basis for a reasonable estimate.
 
State and federal regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses through additional provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to decrease the allowance for loan losses through loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. Any such additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as required by these regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Estimates Related to Accounting for Acquired Loans May Differ From Actual Results.
Under generally accepted principles for business combinations, there is no loan loss allowance initially recorded for acquired loans, which are recorded at net fair value on the acquisition date. This net fair value generally includes embedded loss estimates for acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality. These estimates are based on projections of expected cash flows for these problem loans, which in many cases rely on estimates deriving from the liquidation of collateral. If the projections are inadequate, the fair value estimates may exceed the actual collectability of the balances, and this may result in the related loans being considered by Berkshire as impaired, which would result in a reduction in interest income. The tangible book value recorded by the Company is based in part on these estimates, and if fair value estimates differ from actual collectability and subsequent earnings may differ from original estimates. Measures of tangible book value and earnings impacts of business combinations are frequently used in evaluating the merits and value of business combinations. The Company has recorded significant income resulting from collections of acquired impaired loans which exceeded the fair value estimates originally established. Additionally, accounting for acquired loans involves ongoing assessments of the timing and amount of expected loan collections. Numerous assumptions and estimates are integral to purchased loan accounting, and actual results could be different from prior estimates.
 
New Regulations Could Restrict the Company’s Ability to Originate and Sell Mortgage Loans.
The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB") issued a rule designed to clarify for lenders how they can avoid monetary damages under the Dodd-Frank Act, which would hold lenders accountable for ensuring a borrower’s ability to repay a mortgage. Loans that meet this “qualified mortgage” definition will be presumed to have complied with the new ability-to-repay standard. The CFPB’s rule on qualified mortgages could limit our ability or desire to make certain types of loans or loans to certain borrowers, or could make it more expensive and/or time consuming to make these loans, which could limit our growth or profitability.
 
Operating

Expansion, Growth, and Acquisitions Could Negatively Impact Earnings If Not Successful.
The Company plans to achieve significant growth organically, by geographic expansion, through business line expansion, and through acquisitions. We have recently expanded into new geographic markets and anticipate that we will continue to expand into additional geographic markets as we grow. The success of this expansion depends on our ability to continue to maintain and develop an infrastructure appropriate to support and integrate such growth. Also, success depends on the acceptance by customers of us and our services in these new markets and, in the case of expansion through acquisitions, our success depends on many factors, including the long-term recruitment and retention of key personnel and acquired customer relationships. The profitability of our expansion strategy also depends on whether the income we generate in the new markets will offset the increased expenses of operating a larger entity with increased personnel, more branch locations and additional product offerings. In 2013, revenues decreased in the second half of the year due to changes related to loans and operations acquired in the prior two years. The Company has implemented certain expense restructuring activities, related in part to the rationalization of acquired operations. Such activities expose us to risk that revenues may be affected or that changes in operations may result in inefficiencies or control deficiencies that could contribute to financial or market share losses.

Berkshire continues to identify and evaluate opportunities to expand through acquisition of banks, branches, finance companies, insurance agencies, and wealth management firms. Some of these opportunities could result in further geographic expansion. Merger and acquisition activities are subject to a number of risks, including lending, operating, and integration risks. Growth through acquisition requires careful due diligence, evaluation of risks, and projections of future operations and financial conditions. Actual results may differ from our expectations and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Growth through acquisition also often involves the negotiation and execution of extensive merger agreements. Such agreements may give rise to litigation, constrain us in certain ways, or expose us to other risks beyond our normal operating risks.
 
The Company has recruited executive and business line management to support its growth and expansion, and it has absorbed management of acquired operations. The integration of new management exposes the Company to retention risks, operating

28



Table of Contents

risks, and financial risks. Such recruitment can affect the retention of new and old business, and can also be affected by competitive reactions and other relationship risks in retaining accounts.
 
Regulatory examinations of existing and acquired operations may result in the identification of certain operating matters requiring remediation, undisclosed deficiencies related to regulatory compliance, deficiencies that arise as a result of integration of acquired operations and operating activities conducted by those operations subsequent to the merger date, or impacts on existing business operations which are being integrated with the acquired operations. Any identified deficiencies related to regulatory compliance may result in changes that affect operating revenues and costs, including the scope or scale of business activities and/or potential future expansion initiatives. As a privately held company, Firestone was not recently subject to bank regulatory supervision and the integration of its operations required additional compliance initiatives for existing and acquired operations. Due to the pending acquisition agreement for the operations of 44 Business Capital, which is an SBA preferred lender operating in the mid-Atlantic, additional compliance activities are anticipated to integrate these operations.

Competition From Financial Institutions and Other Financial Service Providers May Adversely Affect the Company’s Growth and Profitability.
Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. Larger banking institutions have substantially greater resources and lending limits and may offer certain services that we do not. Local competitors with excess capital may accept lower returns on new business. There is increased competition by out-of-market competitors through the internet and mobile technology. Federal regulations and financial support programs may in some cases favor competitors. Competition includes competition for banking teams and talent. Competition creates risk that revenues, earnings, or market share could be adversely affected by the loss of talent.
 
Market Changes May Adversely Affect Demand For The Company’s Services and Impact Revenue, Costs, and Earnings.
Channels for servicing the Company’s customers are evolving rapidly, with less reliance on traditional branch facilities, more use of online and mobile banking, and demand for universal bankers and other relationship managers who can service multiple product lines. The Company has an ongoing process for evaluating the profitability of its branch system and other office and operational facilities. The identification of unprofitable operations and facilities can lead to restructuring charges and introduce the risk of disruptions to revenues and customer relationships. The Company competes with larger providers who are rapidly evolving their service channels and escalating the costs of evolving the service process.
 
The Company is Subject to Security and Operational Risks Relating to Our Use of Technology that Could Damage Our Reputation and Our Business.
Security breaches of confidential information in our internet and mobile banking activities could expose us to possible liability and damage our reputation. Any compromise of our data security could also deter customers from using our internet banking services. We rely on industry standard internet security systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of data. These precautions may not protect our security systems from compromises or breaches and could result in damage to our reputation and our business. We utilize third party core banking software and for some systems we have outsourced our data processing to a third party. If our third party providers encounter difficulties or if we have difficulty in communicating and/or transmitting with such third parties, it could significantly affect our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which could significantly affect our business operations. We utilize file encryption in designated internal systems and networks and are subject to certain state and federal regulations regarding how we manage data security. Our enterprise governance risk and compliance function includes a framework of controls, policies and technologies to monitor and protect information from cyberattacks, mishandling, and loss, together with safeguards related to the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information. Natural disasters and disaster recovery risks could affect our operating systems, which could affect our reputation. Our business continuity program addresses crisis management, business impact, and data and systems recovery. Potential problems with the management of technology security and operational risks may affect regulatory compliance, which could affect operating costs and expansion plans.
 
The Company Faces Cybersecurity Risks, Including Denial of Service Attacks, Hacking and Identity Theft that Could Result in the Disclosure of Confidential Information, Which Could Adversely Affect the Company’s Business or Reputation and Create Significant Legal and Financial Exposure.
The Company’s computer systems and network infrastructure are subject to security risks and could be susceptible to cyber-attacks, such as denial of service attacks, hacking, terrorist activities or identity theft. Financial services institutions and companies engaged in data processing have reported breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyber-attacks and other means. Denial of service attacks have been launched against a number of large financial services institutions. As a growing regional bank, the Company anticipates that it may be subject to similar attacks in the future. Hacking and

29



Table of Contents

identity theft risks could cause serious reputational harm to the Company. Cyber threats are rapidly evolving and the Company may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks.

The Company may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize these risks and could be held liable for any security breach or loss. Despite efforts to ensure the integrity of its systems, the Company will not be able to anticipate all security breaches of these types, and the Company may not be able to implement effective preventive measures against such security breaches. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including outside groups such as external service providers, organized crime affiliates, terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of the Company’s systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to its data or that of its clients.

These risks may increase in the future as the Company continues to increase its mobile-payment and other internet-based product offerings and expands its internal usage of web-based products and applications. A successful penetration or circumvention of system security could cause serious negative consequences to the Company, including significant disruption of operations, misappropriation of confidential information of the Company or that of its customers, or damage to computers or systems of the Company or those of its customers and counterparties. A security breach could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to the Company or to its customers, loss of confidence in the Company’s security measures, significant litigation exposure, and harm to the Company’s reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
Financial and Operating Counterparties Expose the Company to Risks.
We have increased our use of derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swaps, which exposes us to financial and contractual risks with counterparty banks. We maintain correspondent bank relationships, manage certain loan participations, engage in securities transactions, and engage in other activities with financial counterparties that are customary to our industry.  We also utilize services from major vendors of technology, telecommunications, and other essential operating services. There is financial and operating risk in these relationships, which we seek to manage through internal controls and procedures, but there are no assurances that we will not experience loss or interruption of our business as a result of unforeseen events with these providers. Our expanded mortgage lending and mortgage banking operations have also exposed us to more counterparty transactions including the use of third parties to participate in the management of interest rate risk and mortgage sales and hedging. Financial and operational risks are inherent in these counterparty relationships.
 
The Company May Not Be Able to Attract and Retain Skilled People.
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract new employees, retain and motivate our existing employees, and continue to compensate employees competitively. Competition for the best people in our industry can be intense and we may not be able to hire or retain appropriately qualified individuals. As a result of recent revenue declines and expense restructuring activities, the Company could experience challenges in the retention of existing employees.

Controls and Procedures May Fail or Be Circumvented.
Management regularly reviews and updates the Company’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Retail Lending Changes Expose the Company to Operating Risks.
Volatile conditions in mortgage markets have been reflected in changes in the Company’s mortgage operations. The Company has expanded its recruitment and re-engineered its mortgage banking activities (including a systems conversion) and changed its management of this function. Similarly, consumer indirect auto lending has varied between high growth and declines in a short amount of time. In 2015, the Company recruited new indirect auto lending leadership. These changes expose us to operating risks and expose the Bank to the risk of loan losses, losses related to interest rate risk management, compliance, litigation, and other risks common in consumer lending operations.
 
Derivatives and Counterparty Risks Have Increased.
Berkshire could experience losses if there are failures in the controls or accounting for these activities or if there are performance failures by any of these new counterparties. The risk of loss is increased when interest rates change suddenly and if the intended hedging objectives are not achieved as a result of market or counterparty behaviors. The sudden change in interest rates in 2013 contributed to lower mortgage banking profitability in 2013.

30



Table of Contents

Liquidity
 
Our Wholesale Funding Sources May Prove Insufficient to Replace Deposits at Maturity and Support Our Operations and Future Growth.
We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. These sources include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, proceeds from the sale of loans, and liquidity resources at the holding company. Most recently, the Company has expanded its use of brokered deposits both to support ongoing growth and to provide enhanced deposit insurance to support large dollar commercial relationships. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable costs. Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected. Turbulence in the capital and credit markets may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.
 
Our Ability to Service Our Debt, Pay Dividends and Otherwise Pay Our Obligations as They Come Due Is Substantially Dependent on Capital Distributions from the Bank, and These Distributions Are Subject to Regulatory Limits and Other Restrictions.
A substantial source of our holding company income is the receipt of dividends from the Bank, from which we service our debt, pay our obligations, and pay shareholder dividends. The availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various statutes and regulations. It is possible, depending upon the financial condition of the Bank and other factors, that the applicable regulatory authorities could assert that payment of dividends or other types of payments are an unsafe or unsound practice. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service our debt, pay our obligations or pay dividends on our common stock. The inability to receive dividends from the Bank would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Interest Rates
 
Changes in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect Results of Operations and Financial Condition.
Net interest income is our largest source of income. Changes in interest rates can affect the level of net interest income. The Company’s interest rate sensitivity is discussed in more detail in Item 7A of this report. The Company principally manages interest rate risk by managing its volume and mix of earning assets and funding liabilities. In a changing interest rate environment, the Company may not be able to manage this risk effectively. If the Company is unable to manage interest rate risk effectively, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed. Changes in interest rates can also affect the demand for the Company’s products and services, and the supply conditions in the U.S. financial and capital markets. Changes in the level of interest rates may negatively affect the Company’s ability to originate real estate loans, the value of its assets and its ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately affect our earnings.
 
Securities Market Values
 
Declines in the Value of Certain Investment Securities Could Require Write-Downs, Which Would Reduce Our Earnings.
Unrealized losses on investment securities result from changes in credit spreads and liquidity issues in the marketplace, along with changes in the credit profile of individual securities issuers. A continued decline in the value of these securities or other factors could result in an other-than-temporary impairment write-down which would reduce earnings. The Company has increased its investment in equity securities and non-investment grade debt securities which may exhibit more credit risk and price volatility. Some of the Company’s securities are locally originated economic development bonds. These securities could become impaired due to economic and real estate market conditions which also affect loan risk. The Company has an investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. If the capitalization of a Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLBB"), including the FHLBB, became substantially diminished it could result in a write-down which would reduce our earnings. Future regulatory pronouncements could affect the securities portfolio and its carrying value.

Taxation

Changes in Tax Preference Items May Affect Results of Operations.
The Company’s effective income tax rate is lower than the statutory rate. The benefit of tax preference items increased in 2015, primarily due to the Bank’s increased equity ownership in investment tax credit entities as an aspect of its overall operating and financial strategy for building customer relationships, supporting its communities, and contributing to profitability. These investments are discussed below in the Income Tax Expense section of Item 7. The availability of these benefits depends on federal and state tax legislation and on rulings by taxing authorities. Additionally, the availability of these investments depends

31



Table of Contents

on the qualifying supply of eligible projects and their utility to the Company depends on risk management and regulatory factors. The Company expects that tax preference items will contribute less benefit to its future effective tax rate due to increased pre-tax profits as a result of its growth. Higher tax expense due to planned or unplanned changes in tax preference items may result in lower profitability. Quarterly results depend on the timing of investments and accounting principles for income tax expense recognition, and quarterly results may vary significantly from annual results.

Regulatory
 
Legislative and Regulatory Initiatives May Affect Business Activities and Increase Operating Costs.
The potential exists for additional federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending, funding practices, capital, and liquidity standards. Bank regulatory agencies are expected to be more active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement orders. In addition, new laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes may also increase our compliance costs and affect our business and operations. Moreover, the FDIC sets the cost of our FDIC insurance premiums, which can affect our profitability.
 
The Company is required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. Regulatory capital requirements and their impact on the Company may change. It may need to raise additional capital in the future to support operations and continued growth. Our ability to raise capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and on our financial performance. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, it could affect operations and the execution of the strategic plan, which includes further expanding operations through internal growth and acquisitions.

The Dodd-Frank Act made extensive changes in the regulation of insured depository institutions. In addition to eliminating the OTS and creating the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, directed changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, mandated the imposition of more rigorous consolidated capital requirements on savings and loan holding companies, required originators of certain securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, stipulated regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits, and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. The impact of many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is ongoing as further regulations are promulgated. The Company expects that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for the Company. New laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes, along with negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets, may significantly affect the markets in which the Company does business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. For more information, see “Regulation and Supervision” in Item 1 of this report.
 
The Short-term and Long-term Impact of the Changing Regulatory Capital Requirements and New Capital Rules is Uncertain.
The federal banking agencies have adopted proposals that have substantially amended the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Bank and the Company. The amendments implemented the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The new rules apply regulatory capital requirements to both the Bank and the consolidated Company. The amended rules included new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective in January 2015, with certain requirements to be phased in beginning in 2016, and refined the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios.

The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Bank and the Company include: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The amended rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital ratios, and would result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

The Basel III changes and other regulatory capital requirements will result in generally higher regulatory capital standards. The application of more stringent capital requirements to the Bank and the consolidated Company could, among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the

32



Table of Contents

implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy and could further limit our ability to make distributions, including paying out dividends or buying back shares.
 
Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, and Delaware Law, as Well as State and Federal Banking Regulations, Could Delay or Prevent a Takeover of Us by a Third Party.
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the corporate law of the State of Delaware, and state and federal regulations could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders, or otherwise adversely affect the price of our common stock. These provisions include: limitations on voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10 percent of our common stock; supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations; the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; and advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors and for proposing matters that stockholders may act on at stockholder meetings. In addition, we are subject to Delaware laws, including one that prohibits us from engaging in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years from the date the person became an interested stockholder unless certain conditions are met. These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Acquisitions Have Resulted in Significant Goodwill, Which if it Becomes Impaired Would be Required to be Written Down, Resulting in a Negative Impact on Earnings.
The initial recording and subsequent impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets requires subjective judgments about the estimates of the fair value of assets acquired. Factors that may significantly affect the estimates include specific industry or market sector conditions, changes in revenue growth trends, customer behavior, competitive forces, cost structures and changes in discount rates. It is possible that future impairment testing could result in an impairment of the value of goodwill or intangible assets, or both. If we determine impairment exists at a given point in time, our earnings and the book value of the related intangible asset(s) will be reduced by the amount of the impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the results of impairment testing on goodwill and adjusted deposit intangible assets have no impact on our tangible book value or regulatory capital levels. These are non-GAAP financial measures. They are not a substitute for GAAP measures and should only be considered in conjunction with the Company’s GAAP financial information.

Trading of our Common Stock
 
The Trading History of The Company’s Common Stock Is Characterized By Low Trading Volume. The Value of Your Investment May be Subject To Sudden Decreases Due To the Volatility of the Price of Our Common Stock.
The level of interest and trading in the Company’s stock depends on many factors beyond our control. The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the factors discussed in other risk factors and the following: actual or anticipated fluctuations in operating results; changes in interest rates; changes in the legal or regulatory environment; press releases, announcements or publicity relating to the Company or its competitors or relating to trends in its industry; changes in expectations as to future financial performance, including financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts and investors; future sales of our common stock; changes in economic conditions in our marketplace, general conditions in the U.S. economy, financial markets or the banking industry; and other developments affecting our competitors or us. These factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent stockholders from selling their common stock at a desirable price.
 
In the past, stockholders have brought securities class action litigation against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. We could be the target of similar litigation in the future, which could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources.

33



Table of Contents

Recent Mergers

Recent Merger Activity May Create Unforeseen Risks For the Bank and the Company.
The Company previously reported risk factors related to the acquisitions of Hampden and Firestone. While these business combinations have been completed, the Company continues to manage the business, compliance, and control risks of these recently acquired operations. The Company has a pending agreement to acquire the business operation of 44 Business Capital. The Company expects to complete this acquisition in the first quarter of 2016 and the consummation of this acquisition will expose the Company to risk factors similar to those related to Hampden and Firestone, including achieving the targeted benefits and investment returns. If this acquisition is not completed, the Company may face risks related to liabilities arising from the failure to complete the merger agreement and disruption of its business plans for expanding its operations and earnings.


ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
 
The Company and Bank's headquarters are located in owned and leased facilities located in Pittsfield, Mass. The Company also owns or leases other facilities within its primary market areas: Berkshire County, Massachusetts; Pioneer Valley (Springfield area), Massachusetts; Southern Vermont; the Capital Region (Albany area), New York; Central New York; Northern Connecticut; and Central/Eastern Massachusetts. The Company has 93 full-service branches in Massachusetts, New York, Connecticut, and Vermont, including seven branches in the Springfield area resulting from the Hampden acquisition in 2015.
 
The Company also has seven regional headquarters. The seven regional locations are full-service commercial offices located in Pittsfield, Mass.; Springfield, Mass.; Albany, N.Y.; East Syracuse, N.Y.; Hartford, Conn.; Westborough, Mass.; and Burlington, Mass. In addition, the Company has five residential mortgage lending locations in Central/Eastern, Massachusetts. Firestone is headquartered in the Boston metro area.
 
Berkshire Insurance Group operates from 12 locations in Western Massachusetts and East Syracuse, N.Y. in both standalone premises as well as in rented space located in the Bank’s premises.

The Company obtained 10 branch banking locations through its acquisition of Hampden Bancorp in the second quarter of 2015. The Company consolidated three of these branches on acquisition date. The three branches were identified as overlapping with existing banking locations and the Company reasoned their consolidation would create operational efficiencies. Additionally, in October 2014, the Bank opened a new branch banking office in the Westborough, Massachusetts facility which it had previously established as a regional commercial headquarters serving the Worcester and Central/Eastern Massachusetts markets. In January 2014, Berkshire completed the acquisition of 20 New York branches, reaching more communities between Albany and Syracuse. As part of the acquisition, two branches were consolidated in Central New York. The Company also opened a new office in Loudonville, New York in January 2014, as part of its ongoing organic expansion. During the fourth quarter, the Company sold its Tennessee operations which consisted of one branch banking location.

Berkshire continues to expand its new retail branch design which eliminates traditional teller counters and provides an interactive customer service environment through “pod” stations which include automated cash handling technology. In many cases, this branch design also includes a multimedia community room which is offered for use by nonprofit community groups.

34



Table of Contents


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
At December 31, 2015, neither the Company nor the Bank was involved in any pending legal proceedings believed by management to be material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. Periodically, there have been various claims and lawsuits involving the Bank, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which the Bank holds security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to the Bank’s business. However, neither the Company nor the Bank is a party to any pending legal proceedings that it believes, in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of the Company.
 
Following the public announcement of the execution of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 3, 2014 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company and Hampden Bancorp, Inc. (“Hampden”), on or about February 11, 2015, a purported shareholder of Hampden filed a shareholder class action lawsuit in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for Hampden County against Hampden, the Directors of Hampden and the Company (the “Hampden shareholder litigation”). The Hampden shareholder litigation purports to be brought on behalf of all of Hampden’s public stockholders and alleges that (i) the directors of Hampden breached their fiduciary duties to its stockholders by, among other things, failing to take steps necessary to obtain a fair and adequate price for Hampden’s common stock, (ii) Hampden and its directors failed to disclose material facts in its proxy solicitation materials for its shareholder vote to approve the transaction set forth in the Merger Agreement, and (iii) the Company knowingly aided and abetted Hampden’s directors’ breach of fiduciary duty.
 
Hampden, its Directors and the Company all deny and are vigorously defending each of the allegations asserted in the Hampden shareholder litigation. Management of the Company believes the Hampden shareholder litigation will not have any material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of the Company.


ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.


35



Table of Contents

PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

The common shares of the Company trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BHLB”. The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low sales price information and dividends declared per share of common stock in 2015 and 2014.
2015
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividends
Declared
First quarter
 
$
27.85

 
$
24.32

 
$
0.19

Second quarter
 
28.99

 
27.12

 
0.19

Third quarter
 
29.49

 
26.91

 
0.19

Fourth quarter
 
30.40

 
26.93

 
0.19

2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
First quarter
 
$
27.28

 
$
23.95

 
$
0.18

Second quarter
 
26.64

 
22.06

 
0.18

Third quarter
 
25.11

 
22.37

 
0.18

Fourth quarter
 
26.91

 
22.84

 
0.18

 
The Company had approximately 3,679 holders of record of common stock at February 25, 2016.
 
Dividends

The Company intends to pay regular cash dividends to common stockholders; however, there is no assurance as to future dividends because they are dependent on the Company’s future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, and regulatory environment. Dividends from the Bank have been a source of cash used by the Company to pay its dividends, and these dividends from the Bank are dependent on the Bank’s future earnings, capital requirements, and financial condition.  Further information about dividend restrictions is provided in the Stockholders’ Equity note in the consolidated financial statements.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

The Company occasionally engages in the practice of transferring unregistered securities for the purpose of completing business transactions. These shares are issued to vendors or other organizations as consideration for services performed in accordance with each contract. The Company transferred 7,688 shares in 2015 and 3,316 shares in 2014.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases
 
The Company purchased 18,113 shares of common stock in the fourth quarter of 2015, which was the maximum number of shares available for purchase under the repurchase program authorized on March 26, 2013. On December 2, 2015, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program, pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to 500 thousand shares of the Company's common stock, representing approximately 1.6% of the Company’s then outstanding shares. The timing of the purchases will depend on certain factors, including but not limited to, market conditions and prices, available funds, and alternative uses of capital. The stock repurchase program may be carried out through open-market purchases, block trades, negotiated private transactions or pursuant to a trading plan adopted in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Any repurchased shares will be recorded as treasury shares. The repurchase plan will continue until it is completed or terminated by the Board of Directors. As of year-end 2015, no shares had been purchased under this program.

36



Table of Contents


Period 
 
Total number of
shares purchased
 
Average price
paid per share
 
Total number of shares
purchased as part of
publicly announced
plans or programs
 
Maximum number of
shares that may yet
be purchased under
the plans or programs
October 1-31, 2015
 

 
$

 

 
18,113

November 1-30, 2015
 

 

 

 
18,113

December 1-31, 2015
 
18,113

 
30.31

 
18,113

 
500,000

Total
 
18,113

 
30.31

 
18,113

 
500,000

 
Common Stock Performance Graph

The performance graph compares the Company’s cumulative stockholder return on its common stock over the last five years to the cumulative return of the NYSE Composite Index and the KBW Regional Bank Index. Total stockholder return is measured by dividing total dividends (assuming dividend reinvestment) for the measurement period plus share price change for a period by the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. The Company’s cumulative stockholder return over a five-year period is based on an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2010.

Information used on the graph and table was obtained from a third party provider, a source believed to be reliable, but the Company is not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information.


 
 
Period Ending
Index
 
12/31/10
 
12/31/11
 
12/31/12
 
12/31/13
 
12/31/14
 
12/31/15
Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc.
 
100.00

 
103.50

 
114.74

 
134.86

 
135.80

 
152.33

NYSE Composite Index
 
100.00

 
93.89

 
106.02

 
130.59

 
136.10

 
130.67

PHLX KBW Regional Banking Index
 
100.00

 
92.86

 
102.57

 
147.35

 
147.65

 
156.50


In accordance with the rules of the SEC, this section captioned “Common Stock Performance Graph,” shall not be incorporated by reference into any of our future filings made under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the Securities Act of 1933. The Common Stock Performance Graph, including its accompanying table and footnotes, is not deemed to be soliciting material or to be filed under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

37



Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following summary data is based in part on the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, and other schedules appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Historical data is also based in part on, and should be read in conjunction with, prior filings with the SEC.
 
 
At or For the Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selected Financial Data:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total assets
 
$
7,831,915

 
$
6,502,031

 
$
5,672,799

 
$
5,296,809

 
$
3,992,257

Securities
 
1,371,316

 
1,205,794

 
870,091

 
573,871

 
533,181

Loans
 
5,725,236

 
4,680,600

 
4,180,523

 
3,988,654

 
2,956,570

Allowance for loan losses
 
(39,308
)
 
(35,662
)
 
(33,323
)
 
(33,208
)
 
(32,444
)
Goodwill and intangibles
 
334,607

 
276,270

 
270,662

 
274,258

 
223,364

Deposits
 
5,589,135

 
4,654,679

 
3,848,529

 
4,100,409

 
3,101,175

Borrowings and subordinated notes
 
1,264,147

 
1,052,323

 
1,064,107

 
448,088

 
237,402

Total stockholders’ equity
 
887,189

 
709,287

 
678,062

 
667,265

 
551,808

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selected Operating Data:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total interest and dividend income
 
$
247,030

 
$
207,042

 
$
203,741

 
$
175,939

 
$
138,260

Total interest expense
 
33,181

 
28,351

 
34,989

 
32,551

 
31,740

Net interest income (1)
 
213,849

 
178,691

 
168,752

 
143,388

 
106,520

Fee income
 
57,480

 
53,434

 
50,525

 
51,265

 
33,727

All other non-interest (loss) income
 
(3,192
)
 
(5,664
)
 
7,707

 
2,791

 
2,076

Total net revenue
 
268,137

 
226,461

 
226,984

 
197,444

 
142,323

Provision for loan losses
 
16,726

 
14,968

 
11,378

 
9,590

 
7,563

Total non-interest expense
 
196,829

 
165,986

 
157,359

 
140,806

 
116,442

Income tax expense - continuing operations
 
5,064

 
11,763

 
17,104

 
13,223

 
1,884

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations
 

 

 

 
(637
)
 
914

Net income
 
$
49,518

 
$
33,744

 
$
41,143

 
$
33,188

 
$
17,348

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends per common share
 
$
0.76

 
$
0.72

 
$
0.72

 
$
0.69

 
$
0.65

Basic earnings per common share
 
1.74

 
1.36

 
1.66

 
1.49

 
0.97

Diluted earnings per common share
 
1.73

 
1.36

 
1.65

 
1.49

 
0.97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic
 
28,393

 
24,730

 
24,802

 
22,201

 
17,885

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted
 
28,564

 
24,854

 
24,965

 
22,329

 
17,952

 ____________________________________
(1) For the years 2014 and 2013, the above schedule includes an immaterial adjustment of prior period interest income earned on loans acquired in bank acquisition. For the year 2011, the above schedule includes an immaterial correction for prior year lease accounting.

38



Table of Contents

 
 
At or For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selected Operating Ratios and Other Data: (1)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Share Data:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Book value per share
 
$
28.64

 
$
28.17

 
$
27.08

 
$
26.53

 
$
26.09

Market price at year end
 
$
29.11

 
$
26.66

 
$
27.27

 
$
23.86

 
$
22.19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Ratios:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Return on average assets
 
0.68
%
 
0.55
%
 
0.78
%
 
0.73
%
 
0.50
%
Return on average equity
 
6.14

 
4.87

 
6.09

 
5.66

 
3.64

Interest rate spread
 
3.19

 
3.15

 
3.47

 
3.47

 
3.38

Net interest margin
 
3.31

 
3.26

 
3.63

 
3.62

 
3.57

Non-interest income/total net revenue
 
20.25

 
21.09

 
25.65

 
27.38

 
27.16

Non-interest expense/average assets
 
2.71

 
2.69

 
2.97

 
3.11

 
3.34

Dividend payout ratio
 
43.68

 
52.94

 
41.57

 
46.31

 
67.01

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Growth Ratios:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total loans
 
22.32
%
 
11.96
%
 
4.81
%
 
34.91
%
 
38.02
%
Total deposits
 
20.08

 
20.95

 
(6.14
)
 
32.22

 
40.68

Total net revenue
 
18.40

 
(0.23
)
 
14.96

 
38.73

 
33.39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset Quality Ratios: (3)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net loans charged-off/average total loans
 
0.25
%
 
0.29
%
 
0.29
%
 
0.26
%
 
0.27
%
Allowance for loan losses/total loans
 
0.69

 
0.76

 
0.80

 
0.83

 
1.10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Ratios:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Tier 1 capital to average assets - Company (4)
 
7.71
%
 
7.01
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Total capital to risk-weighted assets - Company (4)
 
11.91

 
11.38

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier 1 capital to average assets - Bank
 
7.66

 
7.18

 
7.99

 
7.46

 
8.41

Total capital to risk-weighted assets - Bank
 
11.16

 
10.78

 
11.62

 
11.79

 
11.29

Stockholders’ equity/total assets
 
11.33

 
10.91

 
11.95

 
12.60

 
13.82

Tangible common stockholders’ equity to tangible assets (2)
 
7.37

 
6.96

 
7.54

 
7.82

 
8.71

____________________________________
(1)
All performance ratios are based on average balance sheet amounts where applicable.
(2)
Tangible common stockholders’ equity to tangible assets exclude goodwill and other intangibles. This is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company believes provides investors with information that is useful in understanding its financial performance and condition.
(3)
Generally accepted accounting principles require that loans acquired in a business combination be recorded at fair value, whereas loans from business activities are recorded at cost. The fair value of loans acquired in a business combination includes expected loan losses, and there is no loan loss allowance recorded for these loans at the time of acquisition. Accordingly, the ratio of the loan loss allowance to total loans is reduced as a result of the existence of such loans, and this measure is not directly comparable to prior periods. Similarly, net loan charge-offs are normally reduced for loans acquired in a business combination since these loans are recorded net of expected loan losses. Therefore, the ratio of net loan charge-offs to average loans is reduced as a result of the existence of such loans, and this measure is not directly comparable to prior periods. Other institutions may have loans acquired in a business combination, and therefore there may be no direct comparability of these ratios between and among other institutions.
(4)
In July 2014, the Company changed its status from a savings and loan holding company to a bank holding company through the Bank's conversion from a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank to a Massachusetts-chartered trust company. As a result of this change, the Company became subject to bank holding company capital requirements including the requirement to report tier 1 capital to average assets and total capital to risk-weighted assets.

39



Table of Contents

Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields/Cost
 
The following table presents an analysis of average rates and yields on a fully taxable equivalent basis for the years presented. Tax exempt interest revenue is shown on a tax-equivalent basis for proper comparison.
 
Item 6 - Table 3 - Average Balance, Interest and Average Yields / Costs
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(Dollars in millions)
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-earning assets:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Loans: (1)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential loans
 
$
1,622.8

 
$
62.6

 
3.86
%
 
$
1,410.2

 
$
55.8

 
3.96
%
 
$
1,271.7

 
$
51.5

 
4.05
%
Commercial real estate
 
1,881.2

 
81.1

 
4.31

 
1,525.5

 
65.2

 
4.27

 
1,380.8

 
74.3

 
5.38

Commercial and industrial loans
 
932.4

 
41.8

 
4.48

 
709.9

 
28.1

 
3.95

 
637.9

 
29.6

 
4.64

Consumer loans
 
802.5

 
26.1

 
3.25

 
744.0

 
25.4

 
3.42

 
654.7

 
29.6

 
4.52

Total loans (3)
 
5,238.9

 
211.6

 
4.04

 
4,389.6

 
174.5

 
3.98

 
3,945.1

 
185.0

 
4.69

Investment securities (2)
 
1,300.9

 
38.9

 
2.99

 
1,158.7

 
35.2

 
3.04

 
701.1

 
19.6

 
2.79

Short-term investments and loans held for sale
 
62.2

 
0.7

 
1.10

 
37.9

 
0.6

 
1.47

 
71.3

 
1.5

 
2.10

Total interest-earning assets
 
6,602.0

 
251.2

 
3.81

 
5,586.2

 
210.3

 
3.76

 
4,717.5

 
206.1

 
4.37

Intangible assets
 
311.5

 
 

 
 

 
278.0

 
 

 
 

 
272.2

 
 

 
 

Other non-interest earning assets
 
341.0

 
 

 
 

 
308.6

 
 

 
 

 
317.1

 
 

 
 

Total assets
 
$
7,254.5

 
 

 
 

 
$
6,172.8

 
 

 
 

 
$
5,306.8

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Deposits:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

NOW accounts
 
$
462.9

 
$
0.7

 
0.15
%
 
$
417.2

 
$
0.6

 
0.15
%
 
$
355.2

 
$
0.8

 
0.23
%
Money market accounts
 
1,444.1

 
5.9

 
0.41

 
1,442.3

 
5.5

 
0.38

 
1,389.2

 
5.7

 
0.41

Savings accounts
 
582.4

 
0.9

 
0.15

 
476.4

 
0.7

 
0.15

 
442.2

 
0.7

 
0.17

Certificates of deposit
 
1,684.8

 
15.5

 
0.92

 
1,265.4

 
12.4

 
0.98

 
1,085.8

 
13.6

 
1.25

Total interest-bearing deposits (3)
 
4,174.2

 
23.0

 
0.55

 
3,601.3

 
19.2

 
0.53

 
3,272.4

 
20.8

 
0.63

Borrowings and notes (4)
 
1,212.5

 
10.2

 
0.84

 
1,024.4

 
9.2

 
0.89

 
655.3

 
14.1

 
2.16

Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
5,386.7

 
33.2

 
0.62

 
4,625.7

 
28.4

 
0.61

 
3,927.7

 
34.9

 
0.89

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits
 
972.6

 
 

 
 

 
805.0

 
 

 
 

 
655.7

 
 

 
 

Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
 
89.0

 
 

 
 

 
49.1

 
 

 
 

 
48.1

 
 

 
 

Total liabilities
 
6,448.3

 
 

 
 

 
5,479.8

 
 

 
 

 
4,631.5

 
 

 
 

Equity
 
806.1

 
 

 
 

 
693.0

 
 

 
 

 
675.3

 
 

 
 

Total liabilities and equity
 
$
7,254.4

 
 

 
 

 
$
6,172.8

 
 

 
 

 
$
5,306.8

 
 

 
 

Net interest-earning assets
 
$
1,215.3

 
 

 
 

 
$
960.5

 
 

 
 

 
$
802.4

 
 

 
 

Net interest income
 
 
 
$
218.0

 
 
 
 
 
$
181.9

 
 
 
 
 
$
171.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

40



Table of Contents

 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(Dollars in millions)
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
Supplementary data
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total non-maturity deposits
 
$
3,462.0

 
 

 
 

 
$
3,140.9

 
 

 
 

 
$
2,842.3

 
 

 
 

Total deposits
 
5,146.8

 
 

 
 

 
4,406.3

 
 

 
 

 
3,928.1

 
 

 
 

Fully taxable equivalent adjustment
 
4.2

 
 

 
 

 
3.3

 
 

 
 

 
2.6

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate spread
 
 

 
 

 
3.19
%
 
 

 
 

 
3.15
%
 
 

 
 

 
3.48
%
Net interest margin
 
 

 
 

 
3.31

 
 

 
 

 
3.26

 
 

 
 

 
3.63

Cost of funds
 
 

 
 

 
0.52

 
 

 
 

 
0.52

 
 

 
 

 
0.77

Cost of deposits
 
 

 
 

 
0.45

 
 

 
 

 
0.44

 
 

 
 

 
0.53

Interest-earning assets/interest-bearing liabilities
 
 

 
 

 
122.56

 
 

 
 

 
120.76

 
 

 
 

 
120.50

____________________________________
Notes:
(1)
The average balances of loans include nonaccrual loans, and deferred fees and costs.
(2)
The average balance of investment securities is based on amortized cost.
(3)
The above schedule includes loans and deposit balances of discontinued operations in operating accounts as well as loans and deposit balances associated with the Tennessee branch sale.
(4)
The average balances of borrowings and notes include the capital lease obligation presented under other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

41



Table of Contents

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

The following table presents the effects of rate and volume changes on the fully taxable equivalent net interest income. Tax exempt interest revenue is shown on a tax-equivalent basis for proper comparison. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate), and (3) changes in volume/rate (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) have been allocated proportionately based on the absolute value of the change due to the rate and the change due to volume.

Item 6 - Table 4 - Rate Volume Analysis
 
 
2015 Compared with 2014
 
2014 Compared with 2013 (1)
 
 
(Decrease) Increase Due to
 
(Decrease) Increase Due to
(In thousands)
 
Rate
 
Volume
 
Net
 
Rate
 
Volume
 
Net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
$

Residential loans
 
$
(1,396
)
 
$
8,234

 
$
6,838

 
$
(1,173
)
 
$
5,501

 
$
4,328

Commercial real estate
 
$
526

 
15,363

 
$
15,889

 
(16,074
)
 
6,987

 
$
(9,087
)
Commercial and industrial loans
 
$
4,117

 
9,622

 
$
13,739

 
(4,640
)
 
3,125

 
$
(1,515
)
Consumer loans
 
$
(1,299
)
 
1,877

 
$
578

 
(7,849
)
 
3,685

 
$
(4,164
)
Total loans
 
1,948

 
35,096

 
37,044

 
(29,736
)
 
19,298

 
(10,438
)
Investment securities
 
$
(529
)
 
4,227

 
$
3,698

 
1,234

 
14,390

 
$
15,624

Short-term investments and loans held for sale
 
$
(168
)
 
293

 
$
125

 
(376
)
 
(592
)
 
$
(968
)
Total interest income
 
1,251

 
39,616

 
40,867

 
(28,878
)
 
33,096

 
4,218

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

NOW accounts
 
$
(35
)
 
68

 
$
33

 
(301
)
 
126

 
$
(175
)
Money market accounts
 
$
410

 
7

 
$
417

 
(462
)
 
214

 
$
(248
)
Savings accounts
 
$
30

 
162

 
$
192

 
(101
)
 
55

 
$
(46
)
Certificates of deposit
 
$
(768
)
 
3,888

 
$
3,120

 
(3,236
)
 
2,031

 
$
(1,205
)
Total deposits (1)
 
(363
)
 
4,125

 
3,762

 
(4,100
)
 
2,426

 
(1,674
)
Borrowings
 
$
(543
)
 
1,610

 
$
1,067

 
(10,659
)
 
5,696

 
$
(4,963
)
Total interest expense (1)
 
(906
)
 
5,735

 
4,829

 
(14,759
)
 
8,122

 
(6,637
)
Change in net interest income
 
$
2,157

 
$
33,881

 
$
36,038

 
$
(14,119
)
 
$
24,974

 
$
10,855

____________________________________
Notes:
(1) The average yields presented in the average balances, interest and average yields/cost table for total deposits and total interest expense are based on total balances and show an increase in average yields from 2014 to 2015; however, the chart above shows a decrease due to rate for total deposits and total interest expense because of a change in mix.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

This document contains certain non-GAAP financial measures in addition to results presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). These non-GAAP measures are intended to provide the reader with additional supplemental perspectives on operating results, performance trends, and financial condition. Non-GAAP financial measures are not a substitute for GAAP measures; they should be read and used in conjunction with the Company’s GAAP financial information. A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP measures is provided below. In all cases, it should be understood that non-GAAP measures do not depict amounts that accrue directly to the benefit of shareholders. An item which management excludes when computing non-GAAP adjusted earnings can be of substantial importance to the Company’s results for any particular quarter or year. The Company’s non-GAAP adjusted earnings information set forth is not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP information which may be presented by other companies. Each non-GAAP measure used by the Company in this report as supplemental financial data should be considered in conjunction with the Company’s GAAP financial information.
 
The Company utilizes the non-GAAP measure of adjusted earnings in evaluating operating trends, including components for adjusted revenue and expense. These measures exclude amounts which the Company views as unrelated to its normalized operations, including securities gains/losses, losses recorded for hedge terminations, merger costs, restructuring costs, systems conversion costs, and out-of-period adjustments. Non-GAAP adjustments are presented net of an adjustment for income tax expense. In 2014, due to the comparative magnitude of the non-GAAP items, this adjustment was determined as the difference between the GAAP tax rate and the effective tax rate applicable to operating income.
The Company also calculates adjusted earnings per share based on its measure of adjusted earnings. The Company views these amounts as important to understanding its operating trends, particularly due to the impact of accounting standards related to merger and acquisition activity. Analysts also rely on these measures in estimating and evaluating the Company’s performance. Management also believes that the computation of non-GAAP adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings per share may facilitate the comparison of the Company to other companies in the financial services industry.

Charges related to merger and acquisition activity consist primarily of severance/benefit related expenses, contract termination costs, and professional fees. Systems conversion costs relate primarily to the Company’s core systems conversion and related systems conversions costs. Restructuring costs primarily consist of the Company's continued effort to create efficiencies in operations through calculated adjustments to the branch banking footprint. Out-of-period accounting adjustments for interest income on acquired loans were recorded following systems conversions and merger related accounting activity. Expense adjustments include variable rate compensation related to non-operating items.
 
The Company also adjusts certain equity related measures to exclude intangible assets due to the importance of these measures to the investment community.
The following table summarizes the reconciliation of non-GAAP items recorded for the time periods and dates indicated:
 
 
At or for the Quarters Ended
 
At or For the Years Ended
(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Net income (GAAP)
 
$
16,013

 
$
11,398

 
$
49,518

 
$
33,744

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-GAAP measures
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Adj: Gain on sale of securities, net
 
357

 

 
(2,110
)
 
(482
)
Adj: Loss on termination of hedges
 

 

 

 
8,792

Adj: Acquisition, restructuring, conversion and other related expenses (1)
 
1,118

 
1,762

 
17,611

 
8,492

Adj: Restructuring expense (1)
 
(112
)
 
54

 
4,454

 
3,095

Adj: Out-of-period adjustment (2) 
 

 

 

 
1,381

Adj: Income taxes
 
(959
)
 
(1,114
)
 
(5,409
)
 
(7,185
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net non-operating charges
 
516

 
648

 
10,092

 
10,998

Total adjusted income (non-GAAP) (A)
 
$
16,529

 
$
12,046

 
$
59,610

 
$
44,742

Total revenue
 
$
70,996

 
$
60,847

 
$
268,137

 
$
226,461

Adj: Gain on sale of securities and other non-recurring gain, net
 
357

 

 
(2,110
)
 
(482
)
Adj: Loss on termination of hedges
 

 

 

 
8,792

Adj: Out-of-period adjustment (2)
 

 

 

 
1,381

Total operating revenue
 
$
71,353

 
$
60,847

 
$
266,027

 
$
236,152

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total non-interest expense
 
$
48,279

 
$
41,676

 
$
196,830

 
$
165,986

Less: Total non-operating expense (see above)
 
(1,118
)
 
(1,762
)
 
(17,611
)
 
(8,492
)
Operating non-interest expense
 
$
47,161

 
$
39,914

 
$
179,219

 
$
157,494

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings per share, diluted (GAAP)
 
$
0.52

 
$
0.46

 
$
1.73

 
$
1.36

Plus: Non-operating earnings per share, diluted
 
0.02

 
0.02

 
0.36

 
0.44

Adjusted earnings per share, diluted (A/G)
 
0.54

 
0.48

 
2.09

 
1.80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average diluted shares outstanding (thousands) (GAAP)
 
30,694

 
24,912

 
28,564

 
24,854

Average operating diluted shares outstanding (thousands) (G)
 
30,694

 
24,912

 
28,564

 
24,854

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets, period-end (GAAP)
 
$
7,832

 
$
6,502

 
$
7,832

 
$
6,502

Less: intangible assets, period-end
 
335

 
276

 
335

 
276

Total tangible assets, period-end
 
7,497

 
6,226

 
7,497

 
6,226

Total stockholders’ equity, period-end (GAAP)
 
$
887

 
$
709

 
$
887

 
$
709

Less: intangible assets, period-end
 
335

 
276

 
335

 
276

Total tangible stockholders’ equity, period-end
 
553

 
433

 
553

 
433

____________________________________
(1)
Acquisition, restructuring, conversion, and other related expenses includes $13.2 million in merger and acquisition expenses and $4.5 million of restructuring expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year ended 2014, these expenses included $5.4 million in merger and acquisition expenses and $3.1 million of restructuring, conversion, and other expenses.
(2)
The out-of-period adjustments shown above relate to interest income earned on loans acquired in bank acquisitions.

42



Table of Contents

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL
This discussion is intended to assist in understanding the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes contained in this report.

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
 
The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K. Please see those policies in conjunction with this discussion. The accounting and reporting policies followed by the Company conform, in all material respects, to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and to general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. While the Company bases estimates on historical experience, current information and other factors deemed to be relevant, actual results could differ from those estimates.
The SEC defines “critical accounting policies” as those that require application of management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in future periods. Please see those policies in conjunction with this discussion. Management believes that the following policies would be considered critical under the SEC’s definition:

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses represents probable credit losses that are inherent in the loan portfolio at the financial statement date and which may be estimated. Management uses historical information, as well as current economic data, to assess the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses as it is affected by changing economic conditions and various external factors, which may impact the portfolio in ways currently unforeseen. Although management believes that it uses appropriate available information to establish the allowance for loan losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary if certain future events occur that cause actual results to differ from the assumptions used in making the evaluation. Conditions in the local economy and real estate values could require the Company to increase provisions for loan losses, which would negatively impact earnings.

Acquired Loans. Loans that the Company acquired in business combinations are initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related allowance for credit losses. Determining the fair value of the loans involves estimating the amount and timing of principal and interest cash flows initially expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at an appropriate market rate of interest. Going forward, the Company continues to evaluate reasonableness of expectations for the timing and the amount of cash to be collected. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows may result in changes in the amortization or accretion of fair market value adjustments, and in some cases may result in the loan being considered impaired. For collateral dependent loans with deteriorated credit quality, the Company estimates the fair value of the underlying collateral of the loans. These values are discounted using market derived rates of return, with consideration given to the period of time and costs associated with the foreclosure and disposition of the collateral.

Income Taxes. Significant management judgment is required in determining income tax expense and deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in which deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities. The realization of the net deferred tax asset generally depends upon future levels of taxable ordinary income, taxable capital gain income, and the existence of prior years' taxable income, to which "carry back" refund claims could be made. A valuation allowance is maintained for deferred tax assets that management estimates are more likely than not to be unrealizable based on available evidence at the time the estimate is made. In determining the valuation allowance, the Company uses historical and forecasted future operating results, including a review of the eligible carry-forward periods, tax planning opportunities and other relevant considerations. In particular, income tax benefits and deferred tax assets generated from tax-advantaged commercial development projects are based on management's assessment and interpretation of applicable tax law as it currently stands. These underlying assumptions can change from period to period. For example, tax law changes or variances in projected taxable ordinary income or taxable capital gain income could result in a change in the deferred tax asset or the valuation allowance. Should actual factors and conditions differ materially from those considered by management, the actual realization of the net deferred tax asset could differ materially from the amounts recorded in the financial statements. If the Company is not able to realize all or part of its net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset in excess of the valuation allowance would be charged to income tax expense in the period such determination is made.

43



Table of Contents

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets. Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are recorded as a result of business acquisitions and combinations. These assets are evaluated for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. When these assets are evaluated for impairment, if the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment charge is recorded to income. The fair value is based on observable market prices, when practicable. Other valuation techniques may be used when market prices are unavailable, including estimated discounted cash flows and analysis of market pricing multiples. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. In the event of future changes in fair value, the Company may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

Determination of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Securities. The Company evaluates debt and equity securities within the Company's available for sale and held to maturity portfolios for other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI"), at least quarterly. If the fair value of a debt security is below the amortized cost basis of the security, OTTI is required to be recognized if any of the following are met: (1) the Company intends to sell the security; (2) it is "more likely than not" that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. For all impaired debt securities that the Company intends to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the loss is recognized as OTTI through earnings. Credit-related OTTI for all other impaired debt securities is recognized through earnings. Noncredit related OTTI for such debt securities is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. In evaluating its marketable equity securities portfolios for OTTI, the Company considers its intent and ability to hold an equity security to recovery of its cost basis in addition to various other factors, including the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost and the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer. Any OTTI on marketable equity securities is recognized immediately through earnings. Should actual factors and conditions differ materially from those expected by management, the actual realization of gains or losses on investment securities could differ materially from the amounts recorded in the financial statements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. Trading assets, securities available for sale, and derivative instruments are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, or to establish a loss allowance or write-down based on the fair value of impaired assets. Further, the notes to financial statements include information about the extent to which fair value is used to measure assets and liabilities, the valuation methodologies used and its impact to earnings. For financial instruments not recorded at fair value, the notes to financial statements disclose the estimate of their fair value. Due to the judgments and uncertainties involved in the estimation process, the estimates could result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. 

SUMMARY
 
In 2015, Berkshire expanded through acquisition and business development, and made progress in rebuilding profitability compared to the prior two years. Berkshire acquired Hampden, a Springfield area community bank, in the second quarter and Firestone, a national specialty equipment finance company, in the third quarter. Business development included ongoing commercial expansion, recruitment of market managers in targeted business lines, and investment in tax advantaged development projects in the Company’s footprint. The Company's income also continued to benefit from recoveries achieved on the resolution of impaired loans acquired in recent acquisitions.

Berkshire financed the two acquisitions primarily through the issuance of common stock, which was accretive to most of the Company’s capital metrics. The Company completed its transition from the Massachusetts Depositors Insurance Fund (“DIF”), which was initiated in 2014. Demand deposit increases drove organic deposit growth throughout this transition, even while seven branches were being consolidated and one branch was being sold as part of Berkshire’s ongoing management of its sales and service channels across its regions. Including the loans acquired with Firestone, the Company increased its utilization of wholesale funding, including expanded use of brokered deposits. Berkshire increased its shareholder dividend and also grew its tangible book value per share as a result of the double digit return on tangible equity.

Interest rates remained low throughout much of the year, and credit conditions in the region continued to be comparatively strong. As a result, industry margins remained under pressure due to ongoing yield compression and competitive conditions. Through its acquisitions and balance sheet strategies, Berkshire increased its net interest margin while also maintaining strong asset performance metrics and maintaining positive asset sensitivity. Growth in the U.S. economy contributed to economic improvement throughout most of the Company’s markets, with conditions particularly strong in the Boston and Albany markets.

44



Table of Contents

The Company improved its efficiency including the benefit of achieving the targeted 35% cost saves associated with the Hampden acquisition and lowering the funding costs of the Firestone portfolio. Berkshire improved its brand messaging with new brand signage in all locations and targeted promotions with prominent spokespersons. Community support initiatives were expanded, and mobile banking solutions were enhanced including the addition of Apple Pay® functionality. The Company promoted and reorganized executive management to strengthen leadership across its footprint and business lines.

Berkshire’s near term goal is to generate further revenue driven positive operating leverage to improve profitability. The Company is pursuing initiatives to improve fee revenues and non-interest income and the balance sheet will continue to be managed to support profitability, capital, liquidity, and interest rate risk objectives. At year-end 2015, the Company had a pending agreement to purchase a prominent SBA lender scheduled for the first quarter of 2016, which is expected to contribute to these objectives.

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014
 
Summary: Berkshire continued to extend, deepen, and diversify its banking footprint in 2015. Total assets increased by $1.3 billion, or 20%, to $7.8 billion, including $687 million in assets resulting from the Hampden acquisition and $201 million in assets resulting from the Firestone acquisition. Excluding these acquisitions, organic asset growth totaled $442 million, or 7%, primarily due to 8% loan growth excluding acquired loans. Deposits acquired from Hampden totaled $484 million, and deposit growth from business activities totaled 10% which funded most of the remaining growth in the loan portfolio. The loan/deposit ratio increased slightly to 102% from 101% during the year. The Company’s risk management maintained the momentum of favorable and improving asset quality while also producing significant recoveries of purchased impaired loans which contributed to the year’s income. The acquisitions were primarily financed with stock consideration and were accretive to Berkshire’s capital ratios. Internal capital generation was also sufficient to support growth from business activities, along with a dividend increase and strengthening of capital metrics. Berkshire’s focus on improving profitability is targeted to further strengthen internal capital generation as a fundamental element of its capital strength. Berkshire continues to manage its interest rate sensitivity with the goal of benefiting income from expected future increases in interest rates and to limit the risk to income and equity from higher interest rates in the long term.

Investment Securities. Berkshire’s goal is to maintain a high quality portfolio consisting primarily of liquid investment securities with managed durations to limit the potential for market value declines in rising rate markets. Berkshire focuses on loan growth as the primary use of funds and the primary source of interest income. The investment portfolio is an additional source of interest income and also provides additional liquidity and interest rate risk management flexibility. The Company evaluates the portfolio within its overall objectives of producing growth in earnings per share and contributing to return on equity. The Company continuously evaluates options for managing the portfolio’s size, yield, diversification, risk, and duration.

In 2015, the portfolio was generally managed to maintain yield in the ongoing environment of low interest rates and yield compression. The most significant activity related to the integration of the acquired Hampden securities portfolio. Total securities increased by $165 million, or 14%, to $1.371 billion in 2015. This included $72 million of investment securities and $83 million in cash and short term investments acquired with Hampden Bank. Hampden had liquidated a portion of its $145 million year-end 2014 investment portfolio prior to the merger and some of these amounts were reinvested by Berkshire. The overall duration of these investments was lengthened to support a higher earnings contribution from the acquired Hampden operations, and the resulting growth in Berkshire’s portfolio was concentrated in medium term agency collateralized mortgage obligations and long term municipal bonds. Most acquired municipal bonds were designated as held to maturity as part of the Company's balance sheet strategies to manage the market price risk reflected in its equity capital. In addition to its activities with investment grade securities, the Bank reduced its investment in non-investment grade securities in 2015. Investments in bank capital instruments were reduced as a result of new regulatory requirements that increased the required capital support for these investments. The Bank reduced its investment in equity securities and trust preferred securities by $23 million in 2015.

As a result of the Company’s strategies, the fourth quarter yield on the investment portfolio decreased only slightly to 2.96% in 2015 compared to 3.00% in 2014, despite the decrease in rates between those periods. The average life of the bond portfolio was 4.9 years at year-end, compared to 4.5 years at the start of the year.

The net unrealized gain on the investment portfolio was $11 million, or 0.8% of cost at year-end. This was down from $18 million, or 1.6% of cost at the start of the year. While average long term interest rates were down in 2015, they increased near year-end following the historic increase in short term rates announced by the Federal Reserve Bank in December. This caused a reduction in unrealized bond gains as of year-end. There were no impairment losses recorded in 2015 and all securities were performing during the year and at year-end.

45



Table of Contents

The Company realized $4 million in securities gains and $2 million in losses in 2015. The gains were primarily on bank equity securities, including a $2 million gain on the investment in Hampden stock as well as gains on stocks of other banks due to mergers announced by those institutions during the year. The bond losses related primarily to the reduction in non-investment grade bonds in the final quarter due to deteriorating market conditions. In addition to net securities gains, the Company also had a $1 million benefit to non-interest income from special non-dividend distributions received from certain stocks and mutual funds. As a result of its charter change in 2014, the Bank is no longer permitted to invest in new equity securities, but the holding company is permitted to make equity investments subject to certain regulatory restrictions.

Loans. Berkshire posted loan growth of $1.04 billion, or 22%, to $5.7 billion in 2015, of which 14% was contributed as a result of acquisitions and 8% was due to business activities. Growth from business activities was in residential mortgage loans and commercial loans and was a primary focus of the Company’s initiatives to increase earnings and profitability. Business activities included both direct originations in market as well as wholesale transactions with other financial institutions. Strategies included targeted remixing of the portfolio to improve pricing spreads and relationship profitability. Despite the ongoing low rate environment, Berkshire achieved an increase in the fourth quarter loan yield to 4.15% in 2015 compared to 3.96% in 2014. The portfolio was further diversified in 2015 and credit metrics improved and remained comparatively strong. The portfolio duration was lengthened modestly to contribute to the yield objective. Through its executive team expansion, Berkshire continues to strengthen its commercial loan oversight and administration and to adhere to its disciplines for credit underwriting and portfolio management. Changes in the portfolio composition in 2015 included runoff of certain balances where competitive pricing and credit conditions for renewing credits were not consistent with the Company’s underwriting and pricing guidelines. Berkshire’s asset resolution team has continued to generate significant income through recoveries in its collection and resolution of impaired loans acquired in bank acquisitions.

Loan growth from acquisitions in 2015 included the Hampden acquisition in April and the Firestone acquisition in August. The $493 million Hampden loan portfolio consisted largely of Springfield area loans and included $130 million of residential mortgages, $281 million of commercial loans, and $82 million of consumer loans. At acquisition, the portfolio was recorded with a 1.7% discount to Hampden’s net carrying value. This $8 million discount included a $12 million discount on purchased credit impaired loans, and a net $4 million premium on non-impaired loans which primarily reflected the premium value of fixed rate loans. Since 2011, Hampden’s annual net loan charge-offs averaged less than 0.20% of average loans. The Firestone portfolio consisted of equipment loans to small specialized businesses in a national portfolio which have higher lending spreads that reflect the additional administration that is characteristic of this specialized business line. Berkshire views the credit history of these acquired operations as favorable. The $194 million Firestone portfolio was recorded with a 1.4% discount to net carrying value. This $3 million discount included a $4 million discount on purchased credit impaired loans, and a net $1 million premium on non-impaired loans.

Berkshire has also emphasized the development of its SBA loan program and has achieved a leading position as an originator of SBA guaranteed loans in several of its regional markets. Commercial loans secured with government guarantees increased to $39 million from $16 million in 2015. Near the end of 2015, Berkshire announced an agreement to acquire the lending team of 44 Business Capital, a nationally ranked SBA originator that will further contribute to the growth and diversification of Berkshire's SBA lending business.

Berkshire continues to focus on strategic commercial loan growth to increase earnings, market share, and business relationships, while taking advantage of its size and geographic positioning to gain market share from national banks. The Bank’s commercial banking teams operate out of its seven commercial regional offices to provide commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans together with commercial depository and banking services, as well as insurance and wealth management services. The Bank also has an asset based lending group based in its Burlington, MA office which services the entire footprint. The addition of Firestone represents an expansion of Berkshire’s commercial specialty lending operations and is the first line of business with a national footprint. The Company’s growing small business banking team is part of the Bank’s retail organization and small business loans are included in commercial loan totals. This team improved its competitive position and was a leader in SBA lending in several of Berkshire’s regions in 2015. The planned acquisition of 44 Business Capital will broaden and strengthen Berkshire’s SBA lending capabilities and add the Mid-Atlantic and other geographies to its lending operations. These expanded SBA operations will also add a secondary marketing and loan servicing capacity which is expected to diversify revenues, expand product competitiveness, and lead to further business volume growth. This complements the expanded wholesale component of the Company’s lending operations which include regional and national loan participations as well as loan purchases and potential sales of targeted commercial loan products.

The commercial loan portfolio increased by $692 million, or 29%, in 2015, including $475 million in acquired loans. The remaining $217 million increase in commercial loans represented 9% organic growth. Most of this growth was in commercial real estate loans, including construction loans, multifamily loans, and non-owner occupied commercial real estate. Recent regulatory pronouncements have reiterated guidance for management of commercial real estate exposures. As measured by

46



Table of Contents

regulatory categories, the commercial real estate portfolio measured 232% of the Bank's risk based capital at year-end 2015 and commercial construction loans measured 40% of risk based capital. The growth of commercial and industrial loans in 2015 was primarily due to the Firestone acquisition, and including the impact of this change, the Company reduced certain other C&I exposures to support its objectives for improving the net interest margin and overall return on equity. The Company has no significant direct exposure to the oil and gas industries. During the year, certain relationships were outplaced or released to competition based on the Company’s pricing and credit disciplines. Improvements in the loan yield and in asset quality included the benefit of these activities. In the final quarter of the year, the yield on commercial loans before purchased loan accretion was 4.27% which was increased significantly from 3.90% in the final quarter of 2014 due to the acquisition, growth, and mix strategies.

Berkshire’s Home Lending operation originated approximately $791 million in residential mortgages in 2015, compared to approximately $546 million in the prior year. A decrease in long term interest rates in the first quarter of 2015 spurred higher refinancing volume in the first half of the year, and originations slowed in the second half of the year.

Residential real estate markets were comparatively strong in Eastern Massachusetts, where the majority of the Company’s loan originators are located. Additionally, the Company added to its originations team in other regions in its footprint.

The Company originates a significant portion of its mortgages for sale to manage interest rate risk associated with fixed rate mortgages. Revenue is recorded at the time that the application is rate-locked. The Company originated $438 million in rate-locks of held for sale mortgages in 2015, compared to $304 million in the prior year. Most jumbo mortgages are retained due to the lack of secondary market demand, and much of the Eastern Massachusetts production consists of jumbo mortgages due to elevated home prices in that region. Rate lock income on mortgages originated for sale is the primary component of Berkshire’s mortgage banking fee income. Net of acquired Hampden loans and net of secondary market sales and other wholesale purchases and sales of residential mortgages, the mortgage portfolio increased by $189 million, or 13% in 2015. Wholesale purchases of mortgages in and around Berkshire’s markets totaled $124 million and wholesale sales of seasoned mortgages totaled $121 million. Gains on seasoned loan sales are a component of other loan related non-interest income. Due to ongoing interest rate compression, the yield on the portfolio decreased to 3.72% in the fourth quarter of 2015 compared to 3.88% in the same quarter of 2014.

The consumer loan portfolio increased by $34 million, or 4%, to $802 million in 2015 due to $82 million in acquired Hampden balances. Excluding the acquired balances, the portfolio decreased by $48 million, or 6% due to planned runoff of indirect auto loans. In the latter part of 2014, the Company changed its strategy to de-emphasize lower rate super prime indirect auto loans as part of its net interest margin strategy, and the indirect auto portfolio has declined steadily since that time. In the third quarter of 2015, Berkshire announced the recruitment of a new team leader to expand the Company’s network for prime indirect auto paper and the Company expects that consumer loan outstandings will increase in 2016 as this team builds new business volume, and the Company contemplates potential secondary market sales of indirect auto loans in future years based on its fee income and balance sheet strategies. The consumer loan portfolio yield decreased to 3.30% in the fourth quarter of 2015, compared to 3.35% in the final quarter of 2014 due to ongoing yield compression and the Company’s origination strategies. The portfolio yield was increasing in the second half of 2015, including the benefit of the acquired Hampden loans and the aging and runoff of the older super prime loans. The Company’s goal is to maintain the yield of this portfolio and to gradually increase it if interest rates remain steady or increase.

Berkshire favors a profile of net interest income related interest rate risk that is neutral or asset sensitive and accepts a profile of equity at risk which is modestly liability sensitive due to market factors in the ongoing low rate environment. The Bank offers back-to-back interest rate swaps to certain commercial loan customers, which allows the Bank to book a variable rate loan while providing the customer with a contract to fix its interest rate. This allows the Company to be more competitive with national financing sources without booking long-term, fixed rate assets at current low interest rates, as well as providing a source of fee income. At year-end 2015, approximately 32% of the loan portfolio was scheduled to reprice within one year, 27% was scheduled to reprice in one - five years, and 41% was scheduled to reprice over five years. The comparable percentages at the prior year-end were 37%, 24%, and 39% respectively. The duration of the portfolio lengthened modestly in 2015 as part of the Company’s strategy for improving the net interest margin. The Company estimated that the fair value of net loans exceeded carrying value by approximately 1.0% at year-end 2015, compared to 1.1% at the start of the year. This decrease reflected the impact of the acquired loans recorded at fair value and higher year-end interest rates, offsetting the benefit of improved asset quality.

Asset Quality. Berkshire has a Chief Risk Officer and a Risk Management and Capital Committee of the Board which keep a close focus on maintaining strong asset quality. This includes setting loan portfolio objectives, maintaining sound underwriting, close portfolio oversight, and careful management of problem assets and potential problem assets. Additionally, merger due diligence is an integral component of maintaining asset quality. Acquired loans are recorded at fair value and are deemed

47



Table of Contents

performing regardless of their payment status. Therefore, some overall portfolio measures of asset quality are not comparable between years or among institutions as a result of recent business combinations. A general goal is to achieve significant resolutions of impaired loans acquired in bank mergers in the first year following the acquisition date. Berkshire’s asset quality has reflected its strong credit disciplines together with the generally favorable economic characteristics of its region.

Net loan charge-offs were 0.25% of average loans in 2015, compared to 0.29% in the prior year. Year-end 2015 non-performing assets decreased to $23 million, or 0.29% of total assets, from $24 million, or 0.37% of total assets, at the start of the year. For loans from business activities, net loan charge-offs measured 0.26% of average loans in 2015, while this measure was 0.23% for average loans acquired in business combinations.

Loans classified as accruing troubled debt restructurings decreased to $12 million from $13 million during the year. Foreclosed real estate was unchanged at $2 million. Accruing loans over 90 days past due improved to 0.06% from 0.8% of total loans, and loans delinquent 30-89 days improved to 0.32% from 0.42% of total loans.

At year-end 2015, the remaining carrying balance of purchased credit impaired loans was $21 million and the contractual amount owed on these loans was $40 million. The comparable measures at year-end 2014 were $14 million and $26 million, respectively. In 2015, purchased credit impaired loans acquired from Hampden were recorded with a fair value of $17 million compared to a $29 million contractual balance. The balances acquired from Firestone were recorded with a value of $2 million compared to a $5 million contractual balance.

In the fourth quarter of 2015, Berkshire entered into an agreement to acquire the business model of 44 Business Capital and certain other assets of Parke Bank's SBA 7(a) loan program operations. As part of the agreement, 44 Business Capital's team will join Berkshire. The agreement includes the purchase of SBA loans totaling approximately $38 million that were originated through this team. These loans share pro rata with the SBA in the collateral and creditor rights under the loan agreements.
The underwriting parameters for the lending operations of Firestone and 44 Business Capital reflect the specialized nature of these operations and are in some respects outside of Berkshire’s traditional underwriting guidelines. Berkshire views the credit histories of these operations as favorable and has established controls to integrate these operations into its credit administration processes. They are expected to enhance the Company’s product capabilities and diversify its relationship base and related revenues and credit risk characteristics.

Loan Loss Allowance. The determination of the allowance for loan losses is a critical accounting estimate. The Company’s methodologies for determining the loan loss allowance are discussed in Item 1 of this report, and Item 8 includes further information about the accounting policy for the loan loss allowance and the Company’s accounting for the allowance in the consolidated financial statements.
 
The Company considers the allowance for loan losses appropriate to cover probable losses which can be reasonably estimated and which are inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Under accounting standards for business combinations, acquired loans are recorded at fair value with no loan loss allowance on the date of acquisition. The fair value of acquired loans includes the impact of estimated loan losses for the life of the portfolio, including factors which are not probable or inherent as of the acquisition date, and including subjective assessments of risk. A loan loss allowance is recorded by the Company for the emergence of new probable and estimable losses relating to acquired loans which were not impaired as of the acquisition date. Because of the accounting for acquired loans, some measures of the loan loss allowance are not comparable to periods prior to the acquisition date or to other financial institutions. Loans acquired in business combinations totaled $1.16 billion, or 20% of total loans at year-end 2015, compared to $762 million, or 16% of total loans at year-end 2014.

The Company viewed its asset quality as comparatively good and improving in 2015 based on both its loans from business activities as well as acquired loans. The Company viewed the overall environmental factors as supportive of this assessment, including economic conditions and real estate market conditions and values.

The total amount of the allowance increased in 2015, while the ratio of the allowance to total loans decreased to 0.69% from 0.76%. For loans from business activities, this ratio decreased to 0.76% of total loans from 0.84%. For loans acquired in business combinations, the ratio increased slightly to 0.41% from 0.38%. The year-end allowance provided 3.0X coverage of total net charge-offs in 2015, compared to 2.8X in 2014. The allowance provided 1.9X coverage of year-end non-accrual loans in 2015 compared to 1.6X in 2014.

The credit risk profile of the Company’s loan portfolio is described in the Loan Loss Allowance note in the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s risk management process focuses primary attention on loans with higher than normal risk, which includes loans rated special mention and classified (substandard and lower). These loans are referred to as criticized loans. Including acquired loans, criticized loans totaled $145 million, or 1.9% of total assets, at year-end 2015 compared to

48



Table of Contents

$130 million, or 2.0% of assets at year-end 2014. The Company views its potential problem loans as those loans from business activities which are rated as classified and continue to accrue interest. These loans have a possibility of loss if weaknesses are not corrected. Classified loans acquired in business combinations are recorded at fair value and are classified as performing at the time of acquisition and therefore are not generally viewed as potential problem loans. In 2015, potential problem loans decreased to $61 million from $67 million. Criticized assets include two $10 million secured commercial loan participations related to raw materials companies that are performing and which were downgraded in 2015 due to revenue declines. The Company’s evaluation of its credit risk profile also compares the amount of criticized loan and foreclosed assets to the total of the Bank’s Tier 1 Capital plus the loan loss allowance. This ratio was 24% at year-end 2015, compared to 28% at the start of the year.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued a Proposed Accounting Standards Update (Subtopic 825-15), more commonly referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss model, or CECL. It is proposed to move from an incurred loss model to a life-of-expected loss model. FASB has proposed to remove the probability threshold, adding forecasting, and requiring more in-depth analysis and disclosure for the credit loss estimation. It is anticipated that banks will generally carry higher loan loss allowance estimates as a result of this change and that loan loss estimates be made at acquisition date for loans acquired in business combinations. Further analysis of the impacts of this expected change will depend on final implementation rules.

Other Assets. There were immaterial changes in total premises and the category of other assets in 2015 due to the acquisitions and growth in business activities. Total intangible assets increased by $58 million to $335 million due to the goodwill associated with the Hampden and Firestone acquisitions. Intangibles totaled 6.3% of the assets acquired with Hampden and 7.8% of the acquired Firestone assets. Bank owned life insurance and the net deferred tax asset increased primarily due to the impact of the acquisitions. Cash and short term investments increased due to business growth and to high overnight funds at year-end.

Deposits. Berkshire’s deposits increased by $934 million, or 20%, to $5.6 billion in 2015. This funded most of the 22% increase in the loan portfolio. The acquired Hampden deposits contributed a 10% increase in the portfolio, brokered time deposits contributed 9%, and 3% growth was contributed by transaction account balances. Ongoing business development remains focused on relationship oriented retail and commercial offerings. The Company has actively managed its branch network in recent years. In 2015, the Company added ten branches through the Hampden acquisition and consolidated seven branches and sold its Tennessee branch (related to the 2012 Beacon Federal acquisition). The total branch count was 93 offices at the end of the year, compared to 91 at the start of the year. The Company is evaluating further opportunities for denovo locations and branch designs and technology enhancements, as well as additional sales/consolidations of existing branches. Berkshire continues to diversify its distribution network, including expanding its My Banker and private banking teams and integrating more closely with its wealth management, investment services, small business, insurance, and other business lines. Berkshire also continues to enhance its mobile and electronic delivery channels, and introduced the Apple Pay® service in 2015. The Company is initiating the rollout of real time customer feedback technology. In 2015, the Company completed its shift away from the Massachusetts Depositors Insurance Fund (“DIF”) due to the Company’s growth beyond the DIF insurance limits. There were mix shifts in the deposit portfolio as management adjusted its strategies following the Hampden acquisition and targeted newer market segments and institutional balances.

The Hampden deposit portfolio consisted largely of Springfield area accounts and increased Berkshire's estimated market share to a top four position in that market. These acquired deposits included $97 million in demand deposits, $51 million in NOW accounts, $62 million in money market accounts, $120 million in savings balances, and $154 million in time account balances. Berkshire’s deposit cost decreased from 0.44% in the fourth quarter of 2014 to 0.42% in the second quarter of 2015 and then increased to 0.48% in the fourth quarter reflecting higher costs of money market accounts related to targeted promotions.

Transaction accounts, which include demand deposit and NOW accounts, increased by 12% in 2015, excluding acquired balances. Most of this growth was in the second half of the year and included strong growth of both personal and commercial account balances. Checking accounts are an important focus of Berkshire’s relationship acquisition and development strategies. Total personal deposit accounts were $3.35 billion, or 69% of total deposits excluding brokered time accounts at year-end 2015. This percentage was unchanged from year-end 2014.

The Company has increased its utilization of brokered time deposits over the last two years to better manage deposit costs and interest rate risk, and to diversify its funding of loan portfolio growth. Brokered time deposits increased by $404 million to $784 million in 2015. At year-end, the average maturity of this portfolio was 7 months, with an average cost of 0.70%. Additionally, as a result of its DIF insurance termination, the Company has increased its use of reciprocal money market deposits, which offer full insurance to certain commercial and institutional customers in the Company’s markets. These balances increased to $102 million from $9 million during the year and are viewed as components of the Company’s relationship deposit balances. Also related to the DIF termination, the Company has increased its pledging of investment

49



Table of Contents

securities to collateralize certain municipal deposit account balances. Securities pledged to these accounts increased to $136 million from $42 million during the year.

Borrowings and Other Liabilities. All of Berkshire’s senior borrowings at year-end were provided by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston under established relationship programs. The FHLBB is secured by a general pledge of assets primarily consisting of mortgage backed securities and residential mortgages. The Bank uses FHLBB borrowings to manage overnight liquidity and generally to provide funding for its investment portfolio. Other components of the Bank’s wholesale funding program include correspondent banks and brokerages, and brokered deposits. For contingency liquidity purposes, the Bank has short term credit arrangements with the Federal Reserve Bank and with certain national banks and brokerages, and the holding company maintains a line of credit. There has been no regular ongoing use of these arrangements. As previously discussed, over the last two years, the Bank has expanded its use of time deposits raised through established broker relationships to fund a portion of loan growth, as an alternative to borrowed funds. The Company evaluates its use of borrowings and of wholesale funds in general in managing its liquidity and strategic growth plans. This is further discussed in the following section on Liquidity.

Total borrowings increased by $212 million, or 20%, to $1.26 billion in 2015. This included $119 million in acquired Hampden borrowings. Acquired Firestone borrowings were replaced with brokered time deposits. Most borrowings are short term; they totaled $1.07 billion, or 85% of total borrowings, at year-end 2015. The weighted average rate on short term borrowings was 0.43% at year-end. FHLBB short term rates are generally priced at a premium of up to 0.25% compared to short term treasury rates, and they are viewed as well correlated with LIBOR. Due to the Federal Reserve Bank’s 0.25% hike in the target Fed Funds rate in December 2015, the Company expects the cost of short term borrowings to increase in 2016. Additionally, the cost of interest rate swaps is a component of borrowings interest expense. These swaps are discussed in the following section, and the cost of forward starting swaps becomes effective in 2016 and is expected to contribute to higher borrowing costs in 2016.

Other liabilities increased by $6 million to $91 million in 2015. The balance at year-end 2014 included a $22 million amount payable for commercial loan participation interests purchased at year-end; there was no similar balance due at year-end 2015. This decrease was partially offset by a $10 million increase in the fair value liability of derivative securities which is discussed in a later section, along with growth in operating accruals.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities.  Berkshire utilizes derivative financial instruments to manage the interest rate risk of its borrowings, to offer these instruments to commercial loan customers for similar purposes, and as part of its residential mortgage banking activities. The instruments sold to commercial and residential mortgage customers are an important source of fee income. Demand for these products tends to vary inversely with the direction of interest rates, and they are more popular when interest rates are decreasing and customers wish to lock in long term fixed interest rates that the Company cannot offer directly based on its own funding sources.

The notional value of derivatives increased by $332 million, or 32%, to $1.37 billion in 2015. This included $320 million due to growth in commercial loan interest rate swaps, reflecting the improved market demand and the Company’s focus on serving this niche, which often involves larger, stronger commercial accounts with other relationship potential. Each such swap involves a derivative sold to the customer and a generally matching derivative purchased from a national counterparty. Accordingly, this net growth reflects about $160 million in underlying loans to provide commercial customers with a contracted fixed rate while allowing the Bank to record a variable rate loan. This net growth from $90 million in the prior year contributed to the increase in loan related fee income previously discussed.

There were no significant changes in the cash flow hedges on bank borrowings or the non-hedging derivatives related to mortgage banking. The cash flow hedges consist of $300 million in forward starting three year interest rate swaps which become effective on average in the second quarter of 2016 at an average annual cost of 2.29% and which hedge certain short term FHLBB borrowings. The cost of these hedges will be included in borrowings interest expense when they become effective, which is expected to increase funding costs and decrease the net interest margin as a result. These hedges are an important component of maintaining the Bank’s positive interest rate sensitivity. The unrealized loss on these hedges increased to $9 million at the end of the year from $3 million at the start of the year due to the change in market expectations that rates will stay lower for longer compared to earlier expectations. This change was the primary factor in the increase in the overall estimated fair value liability on all derivatives to $11 million from $6 million during the year.

Stockholders’ Equity.  Berkshire pursues a balance of capital to maintain financial soundness while using common equity efficiently with the goal to produce a strong return on equity and a strong return on tangible equity to support opportunities for franchise growth. Long run growth in dividends and in both book value and tangible book value per share are also viewed as elements for shareholder value creation. A sound capital structure reduces risk and enhances shareholder return and access to

50



Table of Contents

capital markets to support the Company’s banking activities and the markets that it serves. In its payment of dividends, management of treasury shares, issuance of equity compensation, and balancing of capital sources, the Company strives to achieve a capital structure that is attractive to the investment community and which satisfies the policy and supervision purposes of the Company’s regulators. When Berkshire negotiates business combinations, it generally targets to use its common shares as a significant component of merger consideration and to balance the mix of cash and stock to arrive at targeted capital metrics based on the characteristics of the combined banks. All of the Company’s outstanding equity is owned by common stockholders and its stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. In addition to shares held in Treasury, a Bank subsidiary also owns 169 thousand Berkshire shares as a result of the conversion of Hampden shares, and these shares are also excluded from shares outstanding.

Shareholders’ equity increased by $178 million, or 25%, to $887 million in 2015, including $157 million issued for the acquisitions and $27 million in retained earnings. Total shares outstanding increased by 5.791 million, or 23%, to 30.974 million. Book value per share increased by 2% to $28.64 from $28.17. Both acquisitions were modestly dilutive to tangible book value per share as discussed in a later section, but retained earnings were sufficient to boost tangible book value per share by 4% to $17.84 from $17.19. The acquisitions were accretive to the Company’s capital ratios, and there was an increase in the ratio of tangible equity to tangible assets to 7.4% from 7.0%. Tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure commonly used by investors and it excludes goodwill and other intangible assets. The Company was within the range of 7 - 8% that it generally targets for this measure and also considers its return on tangible equity as a source of capital strength for improving its condition and supporting its growth. The ratio of equity to assets also increased to 11.3% from 10.9% and the Company’s risk based capital ratio improved to 11.9% from 11.4%. The Company’s goal is to remain eligible for the regulatory designation of Well Capitalized for the Company and the Bank. 

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014
 
Summary: Berkshire’s 2015 results included the Hampden operations acquired in April and the Firestone operations acquired in August. As a result, most measures of revenue, expense, income, and average balances increased compared to 2014. In some cases, this report refers to annualized fourth quarter results to indicate the run rate of operations including the fully integrated acquired businesses.

As noted previously, Berkshire uses a non-GAAP measure of adjusted net income to supplement its evaluation of its operating results. Adjusted net income excludes certain amounts not viewed as related to ongoing operations. These items are primarily related to acquisitions and restructuring expenses, together with gains recorded on securities and investments in acquired banks. Berkshire views its net acquisition related costs as part of the economic investment for its acquisitions. These investments are intended to contribute to long term earnings growth and franchise value.

2015 results demonstrated a rebound from lower profitability in 2014. The adjusted return on assets increased to 0.85% in the fourth quarter of 2015 from a low of 0.71% in the second quarter of 2014. This included the benefit of an increase in the net interest margin to 3.35% from 3.26% for these dates, and an improvement in the efficiency ratio to 60.6% from 63.0%. The GAAP return on assets in these periods was 0.82% and 0.75% respectively, and included net merger and restructuring charges The increase in profitability included the benefit of positive operating leverage produced by growth from acquisitions and business activities. Based on adjusted earnings, the adjusted return on tangible equity measured 12.5% in 2015, which is a level of internal capital generation that supports Berkshire’s dividend (36% payout ratio on 2015 adjusted earnings per share) as well as ongoing growth from business activities and further strengthening of the Company’s capital metrics. The GAAP return on equity in 2015 was 6.1%.

Recent results stem from Berkshire’s strategy to build profitability and shareholder value through disciplined growth based around the power of its investment in a well-positioned regional franchise and a competitive market position supported by its unique brand and culture. This strategy includes taking advantage of opportunities offered by banks, companies, and teams that are looking for a regional partner to provide the resources necessary to meet market demand economically in light of the regulatory and margin pressures on revenues and earnings. The Company’s long term profitability goals include a return on assets exceeding 1% and a double digit return on equity.

Total Net Revenue. Berkshire evaluates its top line with the measure of net revenue, which is the sum of net interest income and non-interest income. The Company also evaluates adjusted net revenue in evaluating its operations and the revenue component of its strategies for generating positive operating leverage. Berkshire also measures adjusted revenue per share in evaluating its growth strategies.

Total annual net revenue increased by $42 million, or 18%, to $268 million in 2015. Annualized net revenue totaled $284 million in the final quarter of the year, when both acquisitions were fully integrated. Annual results included a 20% increase in

51



Table of Contents

net interest income and a 14% increase in non-interest income. Fee income decreased to 21% of net interest and fee income in 2015 from 23% in 2014. Berkshire’s long term goal is to increase fee income to 30% of total revenue by increasing wallet share through cross sales, product expansion, and balance sheet management. The decrease in the fee income contribution in 2015 was due to the lower fee product penetration of the acquired businesses. Berkshire believes that these acquired operations present fee revenue synergy opportunities that may be developed in the future. Both acquisitions were funded significantly with stock consideration, and fourth quarter annualized revenue per share decreased to $9.25 in 2015 from $9.77 in 2014. The acquired businesses reported $39 million in annualized net revenue in the first quarter of 2015, the final reported quarter prior to acquisition. These acquired revenues contributed most of the Company’s revenue growth during the year, and totaled $6.93 per share based on the 5.6 million shares issued as merger consideration. Due to their higher profitability after cost saves at Hampden and improved funding costs at Firestone, both of these businesses were expected to contribute a double digit return on equity to future results.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income is the primary contributor to revenue. Berkshire targets growth in net interest income based on increased business volumes related to market share gains in its markets. Pricing disciplines for loans and deposits target a balance of market share and profitability objectives, while taking into account credit, liquidity, and interest rate sensitivity objectives. The Company also borrows to fund an investment portfolio to contribute to income and profitability, together with other balance sheet objectives. Acquired assets and liabilities are marked to market for carrying value and yield, and balance sheet adjustments are often made at or following the acquisition date to integrate the acquired balance sheet with the Company’s balance sheet. In 2015, the most significant adjustment was the replacement of Firestone’s borrowings with lower cost brokered time deposits as the primary funding source for that operation. Net interest income includes significant components related to the amortization of purchase accounting adjustments and deferred items. The most significant component is purchased loan accretion related to recoveries on the resolution of acquired impaired assets, where Berkshire has regularly posted significant gains that are included in net interest income. These gains are difficult to forecast and are highly variable from quarter to quarter, and generally reflect the Company’s strong asset management capabilities and continued strong demand for higher yielding assets in the ongoing low rate environment.

Annual net interest income increased by $35 million, or 20%, in 2015. This included the benefit of an 18% increase in average earning assets as well as an increase in the net interest margin. The growth in earning assets was previously discussed in the changes in financial condition regarding loans and investments, and included the benefit of acquisitions and business activities. Fourth quarter annualized net interest income increased by $48 million, or 26%, to $235 million. The annualized net interest income of the acquired operations was $35 million in their final quarterly reported operations.

The net interest margin was generally declining through 2014 and then expanded in 2015, primarily due to the contribution of the acquired operations. The full year net interest margin increased to 3.31% in 2015 from 3.26% in 2014. The expansion mostly reflected higher yields on commercial loans (due to the acquisitions and the remix of the commercial portfolio) which was partially offset by lower yields on mortgages and consumer loans due to yield compression in the ongoing low rate environment. The improved margin also reflected a modest lengthening of asset durations and shortening of liability durations. The net interest margin was 3.35% in the final quarter of 2015. The Company’s goal is to maintain the margin in its business activities but the overall margin is expected to decrease modestly as a result of the additional cost of the forward interest rate swaps that become effective in 2016 as well as less benefit from purchased loan accretion as the portfolio of purchased credit impaired loans is further reduced from ongoing collections activities. The Company’s goal is to maintain volume growth and market share improvement that will produce overall growth in net interest income despite possible margin tightening from these factors. As discussed in the following section on Market Risk, the Company expects that there will be ongoing market pressures on the net interest margin if the low interest rate environment persists and if the yield curve flattens, and it is positioned with a target to benefit if interest rates increase from the historic lows seen in recent years.

The contribution of purchased loan accretion to net interest income was $7.6 million in 2015, including $2.4 million in the final quarter of the year. This accretion was $6.7 million in 2014. For the above respective periods, the net interest margin measured before purchased loan accretion was 3.19%, 3.22%, and 3.16% respectively. Most purchased loan accretion results from recoveries on the resolution of purchased credit impaired loans resulting from bank mergers. The fair market value of these loans is normally significantly discounted from the contractual and carrying value at the time of the merger and Berkshire’s team has produced significant recoveries of value as a result of its asset management disciplines and improving market conditions for impaired assets as a result of the economic recovery and ongoing low interest rates. At year-end 2015, Berkshire’s remaining carrying amount for these loans was $21 million, which was a 47% discount from the contractual balance of $40 million. This discount included a balance of $7 million in accretable discount which was expected to be recorded as interest income through the ongoing performance of these loans. The new impaired loans acquired as a result of the Hampden and Firestone transactions had a total carrying balance of $34 million which had a market discount of 46%, resulting in an $18 million carrying balance for Berkshire.


52



Table of Contents

Non-Interest Income. Most of Berkshire’s non-interest income is fee income, which generally represents business activities with customers in Berkshire’s markets. The Company pursues growth in market share and wallet share across its business lines, including banking, insurance, and wealth management. In commercial banking, Berkshire pursues commercial and industrial loans with relationships that provide non-interest bearing demand deposit balances and that utilize fee services including electronic banking and cash management services. Fee income includes revenues related to the sale of interest rate swap derivative securities to commercial customers, as well as gains recorded on the sale of residential mortgages and commercial loans previously held for investment. Other non-interest income includes non-dividend distributions on investment securities, as well as securities gains/losses which the company excludes from its adjusted earnings. Non-interest income is reduced by the amortization of the Company’s recorded investment in tax credit investments which generate offsetting benefits to income tax expense.

Fee income increased by $4 million, or 8%, to $57 million in 2015. Fourth quarter annualized fee income increased by $5 million, or 10%, to $57 million, including the $3 million estimated benefit from acquired operations and net of a $10 million increase in annualized tax credit investment amortization charges. Loan related income increased by $2 million to $8 million for the year. This included a $1 million increase in interest rate swap income to $4 million and a $1 million increase in gains on the sale of seasoned loans to $2 million. Mortgage banking income increased by $2 million to $4 million. Both loan related income and mortgage banking income benefited from higher volume due to low interest rates through much of 2015, as illustrated by the 40 basis point decrease in average ten year U.S. treasury rates to 2.14% in 2015 from 2.54% in the prior year. Additionally, the lower rate environment contributed to wider gain on sale spreads for both mortgage banking revenue and seasoned loan sales. Fee income variances for deposit, wealth, and insurance revenues were no greater than 2% from year to year and generally reflected lower margins on increased business volumes, including lower fee revenue penetration in acquired Hampden operations. Deposit related fee income in 2015 totaled $25 million and included $10 million in overdraft charges, $7 million in card related income, and $8 million in all other deposit related revenue. Annualized fourth quarter deposit related fees declined to 0.46% of average deposits in 2015 from 0.53% in 2014 including the impact of lower Hampden related fees. Wealth management fees in 2015 benefited from higher average securities prices which contributed to portfolio values on which these fees are based.

In addition to fee income, non-interest income includes other items, as well as securities/gains losses. Other items include the amortization of the carrying balance in tax credit investment projects, which is more than offset by benefits included in income tax expense. The Company’s investment in these projects increased in 2015 due to certain redevelopment projects in its markets which include capital gains credits which are recorded at origination based on future expected capital gains income. This amortization, which is a charge against non-interest revenues, increased to $11 million in 2015 from $2 million in the prior year. These projects are discussed in the following section on income tax expense. Other items included in non-interest income in 2015 were $4 million in accrued income on bank owned life insurance policies and $1 million in distributions on investments. Securities gains/losses in both years consisted of gains on equity securities offset by bond losses. Stock gains totaled $4 million in 2015 as discussed in the earlier section on Investment Securities. In 2014, a $9 million loss was recorded on the termination of hedges as a result of the New York branch purchase; this loss was already recorded in equity and the income statement charge had no direct impact on total equity when it was recorded.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses is a charge to earnings in an amount sufficient to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level deemed adequate by the Company. The level of the allowance is a critical accounting estimate, which is subject to uncertainty. The level of the allowance was included in the discussion of financial condition. The provision for loan losses totaled $17 million in 2015, compared to $15 million in 2014. The provision for loan losses exceeded net loan charge-offs in both years, and resulted in an increase in the allowance for loan losses related primarily to growth in the loan portfolio during the year.

Non-Interest Expense. Berkshire’s goal is to generate positive operating leverage, growing revenues through market share expansion and maintaining expense management disciplines. Non-interest expense increases have generally been related to the Company’s growth, including the impact of acquisitions. The Company also invests in building its infrastructure and adding to its market teams, with a focus on fee generating business lines, as part of its long term strategy to occupy a leading position as a regional provider in its footprint. Expense results also include merger and restructuring costs which the Company excludes from its measure of adjusted earnings. The Company views merger related costs as part of the economic investment in acquired businesses. Restructuring costs have included the write-off of uneconomic contracted costs including contracts of acquired operations, as well as ongoing costs to optimize the branch network in light of market changes for branch services based on the emergence of mobile banking as well as changes in customer access patterns.

Total non-interest expense increased by $31 million, or 19%, in 2015. Excluding merger and restructuring costs, these expenses increased by $22 million, or 14%. This increase included $16 million in operating expenses of the acquired operations based on their final reported results in the first quarter of 2015. Cost saves related to acquisitions and to restructuring are important

53



Table of Contents

elements of the Company’s strategies related to efficiency and return on equity. Based on their final reported results, annualized operating expenses totaled $17 million for Hampden and $10 million for Firestone. The Company believes that it achieved its goal of 35% cost saves for Hampden by the end of 2015. The Company did not target any cost saves for Firestone except for reducing borrowing costs, which are an element of net interest income and were achieved.

The efficiency ratio improved to 61.3% from 63.2% as the Company pursues its goal to reduce this ratio below 60%. The efficiency ratio improved to 60.6% in the final quarter of the year including Hampden cost saves. The fourth quarter ratio of adjusted non-interest expense to average assets decreased to 2.43% in 2015 from 2.49% in 2014.

Expense growth in 2015 was mostly in the primary operating expense components of compensation, occupancy, and technology due to the acquisitions and growth in business activities. Full time equivalent staff totaled 1,221 at year-end 2015, a 12% increase from 1,091 a year earlier, including staff related to acquired operations.

Merger and restructuring expense totaled $18 million in 2015, compared to $8 million in the prior year. These expenses in 2015 included $11 million related to Hampden, $2 million related to Firestone, and $5 million related to restructuring including the 8 branches that were consolidated or sold. Berkshire has consistently focused on managing its branch network in recent years through a combination of consolidations, closings, sales and relocations, as well as purchasing branches and open de novo offices. In 2014, merger costs included $4 million for the New York branch acquisition and $2 million for Hampden, and restructuring costs totaled $2 million. Merger related costs primarily consist of severance costs, contract termination charges, professional fees, and variable compensation costs.

Income Tax Expense. Berkshire utilizes several tax strategies which allow the Company to operate in a tax effective manner and deliver tax savings. As a result, the Company’s effective tax rate is lower than the statutory rate based on the federal and state income taxes in its market area. The Company participates in federal and state tax credit programs and other tax advantaged investment opportunities which are encouraged under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company has also established security corporation subsidiaries and, through its subsidiaries, purchases tax exempt bonds. In 2014, the Company increased its resources in its tax management function and is pursuing additional opportunities to develop tax effective strategies which will deliver additional tax benefits and tax savings based on its expanded footprint and operating activities.

Berkshire increased its ownership in investment tax credit entities as an aspect of its overall operating and financial strategy for building customer relationships, supporting its communities, and contributing to profitability. In 2015, the company recorded a $16 million reduction in the income tax provision related to tax credits and deductions generated primarily from investment in historic rehabilitation and low income housing projects. The company recorded an $11 million reduction in the carrying balance as a corresponding charge against non-interest income, with a $5 million resulting net contribution to net income. In 2014, there was a $2.3 million reduction in the tax provision and a $1.5 million charge against non-interest income, resulting in a $0.8 million net contribution to net income. As a result of the tax credit program, the Company’s effective income tax rate decreased to 9% in 2015 from 26% in 2014. Measured before the tax credit benefit, the effective income tax rate was 32% in 2015, compared to 30% in 2014. In addition to the tax credit benefit, the Company’s effective tax rate also benefits from its investments in municipal bonds and bank owned life insurance.

At year-end 2015, the company’s other assets included a $3 million unamortized balance of the company’s equity ownership interest in these entities. A deferred tax asset related to these programs includes a $3 million federal tax credit carryforward from past investment in new markets and renewable energy projects. The tax credit carryforward is expected to be realized in the future based on the company’s ability to generate sufficient future ordinary operating income. The company recorded an additional $3 million deferred tax asset with respect to future expected capital losses from investment in historic rehabilitation and low income housing projects. This is the Company’s first significant utilization of capital gain related tax benefits and realization of those benefits depends on realization of projected future capital gains. The company expects to realize the tax benefit from these capital losses in the future based on the company’s ability to generate future capital gain income from a variety of sources. Investment tax credit programs depend on federal tax policy and administrative rulings and the future availability of such programs depends on future policy and administrative processes.

The Company reports adjusted earnings per share excluding specified items. The effective tax rate on these adjusted earnings per share was estimated to be 15% in 2015. This rate was higher than the 9% GAAP tax rate in 2015 due to the lower proportionate benefit of tax advantaged items compared to the estimated adjusted pretax income. The 15% rate was lower than the 30% equivalent rate in 2014 due to the increased tax credit benefits recorded in 2015. The Company expects that the tax rate on adjusted earnings per share will revert back to the 2014 levels at the beginning of 2016. The Company expects to record additional tax credit benefits in the second half of 2016 as a result of additional investments in related projects, with the result that the full year rate on adjusted earnings is expected to be below 30%. The anticipated merger expenses for 44 Business

54



Table of Contents

Capital are not significant and therefore the expected GAAP effective tax rate in 2016 is not expected to be significantly different from the rate on adjusted earnings, based on conditions known at the start of the year.

Hampden Bancorp Acquisition. The Hampden acquisition was completed on April 17, 2015. Hampden was a community bank headquartered in Springfield, Massachusetts and serving the Springfield area. This in-market merger was targeted to benefit all constituencies, bringing additional products and services to the Hampden customers, providing revenue synergies and cost efficiencies to the combined operations, and boosting Berkshire's Springfield deposit share in the Springfield Metropolitan Statistical Area to the top 4 position based on most recent data. Berkshire is the largest Massachusetts based bank now serving the Springfield market. Berkshire consolidated 3 of the Hampden branches in the second quarter and now operates a total of 17 branches in that market, including 7 former Hampden offices.

The total acquisition cost was $114 million and Berkshire issued 4.2 million common shares as merger consideration, net of 169 thousand shares held by Berkshire. Merger related costs included $8 million in pre-tax merger related costs recorded by Hampden and $11 million recorded by Berkshire. The Company believes that it achieved its goal of 35% cost saves by the end of 2015. The Company has also consolidated three Hampden branches and recorded non-operating restructuring charges in 2015 for these consolidations. The Company estimates that Hampden's operations contributed to improvements in its operating profitability ratios and that these operations will provide additional accretion to earnings in 2016 based on a full year of integrated operations including all targeted cost saves.

Due to the stock issued as merger consideration, the Company estimates that the Hampden acquisition improved the ratio of tangible equity/tangible assets and also contributed positively to regulatory capital ratios. The merger was estimated as $0.33 dilutive to Berkshire’s tangible book value per share. The Company estimated that the acquired operations contributed $0.02 to earnings per share in the fourth quarter of 2015, including estimated 35% cost saves which were completed in the fourth quarter. The Company continues to target tangible book value dilution payback within approximately 3 years from the merger date based on merger related adjusted EPS accretion. The Company also continues to target double digit long run return on the equity invested in this acquisition.

Firestone Financial Acquisition. The Firestone acquisition was completed on August 7, 2015. Based in Needham,
Massachusetts, Firestone is a longstanding profitable commercial specialty finance company providing secured installment loan equipment financing for small and medium-sized businesses. Firestone lends nationally, financing fitness equipment, carnival rides and games, amusement and video entertainment, gaming, vending, laundry, and ATM machines. This acquisition provides revenue diversification to Berkshire and increased opportunities for cross sales of existing Berkshire products and services. This business is viewed as complementary to Berkshire's existing specialized financing businesses, including asset based lending and SBA loan programs. Firestone is being operated as a subsidiary of Berkshire Bank and is maintaining its existing operations with a goal of expanding its programs based on Berkshire's increased capital and financing capabilities.

Financial results in 2015 included $2 million in pre-tax Firestone merger related charges. The merger consideration paid to shareholders was $56 million, consisting of approximately 75% stock and 25% cash and the Company issued 1.442 million shares as consideration. The Company estimates that this acquisition was accretive to adjusted earnings per share and profitability metrics, as well as to capital ratios. The Firestone merger was estimated as $0.05 dilutive to the Company’s tangible book value per share. Berkshire estimated that Firestone operations contributed $0.01 to earnings per share in the fourth quarter of 2015, which was the first full quarter of combined operations. No cost saves were targeted for this business combination. The Company's goal is that Firestone's operations will produce a double digit return on its equity investment and tangible book value dilution will be repaid from Firestone's operating earnings accretion in 2.5 years.

Results of Segment and Parent Operations. In prior periods, the Company reported two subsidiary operating segments - banking and insurance. Due to growth in the banking segment, the Company determined that as of fiscal year end 2015 it has only one segment based on accounting principles. Accordingly, there is no disclosure of segment and parent operations except for the note in the financial statements regarding the parent. Results for Berkshire Bank in 2015 generally followed the levels and trends of consolidated results. Insurance net income increased modestly in 2015, as earnings benefited from expense reductions that exceeded the modest decrease in revenue.

Total Comprehensive Income. Berkshire’s total comprehensive income in 2015 was $40 million, compared to $49 million in the prior year. The $16 million increase in net income was offset by a $25 million decrease in other comprehensive income due primarily to a net $22 million after-tax change in available for sale securities from an unrealized gain in 2014 to an unrealized loss in 2015. The change in securities fair value was discussed in an earlier section of this report. The increase in the unrealized loss on the Company’s forward starting interest rate swaps on borrowings also contributed to the decrease in other comprehensive income in 2015.


55



Table of Contents

Quarterly Results. Quarterly results for 2015 and 2014 are presented in a note to the consolidated financial statements. Quarterly results were affected by the revenue downturn in 2013 and subsequent actions to improve profitability. Quarterly results have also been affected by purchased loan accretion and by merger and restructuring related net costs. The Company also evaluates adjusted earnings on a quarterly basis to supplement its understanding of operating trends. Based on these evaluations, the Company believed that its adjusted results on a per share basis improved sequentially in all quarters in 2014 and 2015 except for the fourth quarter of 2015 when adjusted results were flat. Similarly, operating profitability determined on an adjusted basis improved throughout 2014 and 2015, although not yet back to levels prevailing at the start of 2013.

In 2015, quarterly revenue and expense reflected the Hampden acquisition on April 17 and the Firestone acquisition on August 7. Results also reflected the increased benefit of tax credit related investments beginning in the first quarter. By the fourth quarter, all acquired operations were fully integrated and the Company estimated that it completed the planned Hampden cost saves during the quarter. As a result, fourth quarter operations were generally reflective of the Company’s current run rate including the acquired operations. In the preceding discussion of 2015 results, references have been made to fourth quarter adjusted results to demonstrate the full benefit of the year’s actions.

In 2014, revenue and expense increased in the first quarter due to the addition of the acquired New York branches. First quarter non-interest income and expense were significantly affected by merger related net charges. As a result, the Company recorded a net loss in the first quarter. Total revenue increased sequentially in each of the next three quarters as business volume growth more than offset a gradual tightening in the net interest margin due to changes in purchased loan accretion and ongoing asset yield compression. The net interest margin increased to 3.23% from 3.20% in the final quarter. Excluding non-operating charges, non-interest expense was generally flat through mid-year. Adjusted expenses increased due to growth in the fourth quarter, and the Company also recorded merger charges related to the pending acquisition of Hampden Bancorp. As a result, net income decreased slightly in the final quarter after rising in the second and third quarters. Fourth quarter net income of $0.46 per share was 10% higher in 2014 compared to 2013 due to the ongoing benefit of positive operating leverage generated by revenue growth driven by higher volumes.

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013
 
Summary: Berkshire’s results in 2014 included the New York branch operations acquired on January 17, 2014. As a result, many measures of revenue, expense, income, and average balances increased compared to prior periods. In 2013, changes in market conditions resulted in a downturn in mortgage banking revenue and accelerated runoff of acquired impaired and non-relationship loans. Quarterly earnings per share decreased to $0.33 in the third quarter of 2013 from $0.48 in the second quarter of 2013. Management reorganized and restructured its expenses in the second half of the 2013, and quarterly earnings improved to $0.42 per share in the fourth quarter of 2013. Berkshire leveraged its expanded footprint in 2014 with the New York branch purchase and strong loan growth, and earnings per share improved further to $0.46 in the fourth quarter of 2014. Adjusted earnings per share advanced to $0.48 in this quarter, which was a 20% improvement from $0.40 per share in the fourth quarter of 2013. In 2014, the Company developed revenue synergies, operating efficiencies, and improved product and service capabilities based on the combination of its larger footprint and enhanced infrastructure. Full year net income totaled $33.7 million, or $1.36 per share, in 2014 compared to $41.1 million, or $1.65 per share, in the prior year. These full year changes were the result of the quarterly changes discussed above. Berkshire’s adjusted net income measured $1.80 per share in 2014, which was down slightly from $1.87 in the prior year. As noted above, quarterly operating results had rebounded significantly by the end of 2014 while not yet fully recovering to the level of earnings prior to the revenue decline around midyear 2013. The return on equity in the final quarter of 2014 improved to 6.5% and the return on assets improved to 0.71%.

Total Net Revenue. Total net revenue was approximately $226 million in both 2014 and 2013. Annualized net revenue improved to $243 million in the final quarter of 2014, or $9.77 per share. Excluding net securities gains, this represented an increase of 17%, or $35 million, from annualized net revenue in the final quarter of 2013 and was also a 3% increase over the similar measure in 2012. The growth in 2014 included approximately $16 million in anticipated revenue benefit from the acquired New York branches as well as approximately $5 million in benefit from lower borrowing costs related to the hedge termination. Management estimated that fourth quarter revenue increased by approximately 8% from organic growth and business expansion in 2014 from 2013 including volume related increases in both net interest income and fee revenue.

Net Interest Income. Gross interest income increased by $3 million, or 2%, in 2014 compared to 2013. The average balance of earning assets increased by 18%, which was mostly offset by a decrease in the net interest margin to 3.26% in 2014 from 3.63% in 2013. Total loan interest income decreased by $12 million, or 6%, but this was more than offset by a $15 million, or 85%, increase in securities and other interest income as acquired New York deposits were initially used to fund growth in the securities portfolio. The decrease in loan interest income was due to lower average yields. While average loan balances increased by 11%, the average loan yield decreased to 3.98% in 2014 from 4.69% in 2013. By the fourth quarter, yield

56



Table of Contents

compression had decreased and based on ongoing volume growth, fourth quarter loan interest income increased by 5% over the same period in 2013.

Purchased loan accretion totaled $6.7 million in 2014, which was down significantly from $18.1 million in 2013 due to the seasoning of the portfolio. Purchased impaired loans totaled $14 million at year-end 2014, which was 54% of the contractual balance of $26 million of these loans. The unamortized balance of net accretable yield on impaired loans was $2.5 million at year-end 2014 compared to $2.6 million at the start of the year.

The overall yield on earning assets decreased to 3.73% in the fourth quarter of 2014 from 3.97% in the fourth quarter of 2013. Excluding purchased loan accretion, the yield decreased to 3.62% from 3.73%. The cost of funds decreased to 0.52% from 0.73% including the benefit of the hedge terminations in the first quarter. Through its balance sheet management, Berkshire was able to offset the earning asset yield compression so that the fourth quarter 2014 net interest margin of 3.23% was only down by 0.03% compared to 3.26% in 2013. Excluding purchased loan accretion, the fourth quarter margin improved to 3.12% from 3.07% in those same periods.

Non-Interest Income. Fee income increased by $3 million, or 6%, in 2014 compared to 2013. Fourth quarter fee income increased by $2 million, or 17%, from year to year. This included an estimated $1 million related to the branch purchase and $1 million related to all other factors. All major categories of fee income were up year-over-year in the fourth quarter due to Berkshire’s growth. For the full year, most categories were up except for mortgage banking fee income and other loan related fee income. Due to a spike in interest rates, mortgage banking revenues declined sharply around midyear 2013 from elevated levels that have not recurred and are not expected to recur.

Deposit related fees increased by $6 million, or 34%, to $25 million in 2014, including an estimated $4 million related to the New York branch acquisition. These branches acquired from a national bank had a higher rate of fee income generation compared to the Company’s existing deposits. Accordingly, the annualized ratio of deposit fee income to average deposits increased to 0.54% in the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to 0.48% in the same quarter of the prior year. Deposit fees in 2014 included $10 million in overdraft income, $8 million in card fee income, and $7 million in service charge income.

Mortgage banking income decreased by 51% to $2.6 million in 2014 from $5.2 million in the prior year. Berkshire’s mortgage banking revenue is recorded on interest rate lock commitments related to loans originated for sale. The volume of these commitments was $304 million in 2014. The Company recorded 2.12% in gross revenue on these commitments and 0.84% net of direct costs of origination in 2014. Wealth management revenue increased by 10% in 2014 to $9.5 million from $8.7 million, including the benefit of higher market prices for assets under management. Total wealth assets under management increased to $1.4 billion from $1.3 billion in 2014.

In addition to fee revenues, non-interest income included an $8.8 million loss recorded on the termination of hedges in 2014 and net securities gains totaling $4.8 million in 2013. The securities gains in 2013 were primarily related to the sale of bank equity securities to realize strong market appreciation on these securities. The hedge termination loss in 2014 was a result of the branch acquisition and is further described in the notes to the financial statements. This loss was the recognition of a fair value loss already recorded in equity and therefore had no direct impact on shareholders’ equity when it was recorded.

All other non-interest income totaled $2.6 million in 2014 and $2.9 million in 2013. Results in 2014 included $3.1 million recorded for the accrual of earnings on bank owned life insurance and were net of $1.5 million in charges representing the book loss on tax shelter investments. These losses are more than offset by tax credit benefits as described in the later section on income tax expense.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses totaled $15.0 million in 2014, compared to $11.4 million in 2013. The provision for loan losses exceeded net loan charge-offs in both years, and resulted in an increase in the allowance for loan losses related to growth in the loan portfolio during the year.

Non-Interest Expense. Total non-interest expense increased by $9 million, or 5%, in 2014. The Company estimated that it added approximately $13 million in annual expense related to the New York branch purchase. Total merger, restructuring, and conversion expense decreased by $6 million to $8 million in 2014. The Company estimated that total non-interest expense increased approximately 2% before the impacts of the branch purchase and the changes in merger, restructuring, and conversion expense. Total non-interest expense decreased to 2.69% of average assets in 2014 from 2.97% in 2013. The Company’s non-GAAP measure of adjusted non-interest expense decreased to 2.55% of assets from 2.68 for these respective periods, and decreased further to 2.49 in the fourth quarter of 2014.
 

57



Table of Contents

Expense growth was mostly in the primary operating expense components of compensation, occupancy, and technology. In total, these costs increased by $17 million, or 16 %, in 2014. Excluding the costs related to the acquired branches, these costs were up an estimated 3% for the year. All other operating costs were down $1.3 million in 2014 compared to 2013 due to a $2.4 million decrease in professional services from elevated levels in 2013.

Merger and restructuring expense totaling $8.5 million in 2014 included $5.4 million in merger charges related primarily to the branch acquisition, including professional fees and integration costs with related compensation. Restructuring expenses totaled $3.1 million and included charges related to the Bank’s charter change in the third quarter, together with costs for financial systems and certain branch closings and property liquidations. The higher $14.8 million in costs in 2013 were due primarily to the integration of the acquired operations of Beacon Federal Bancorp and the enterprise expense restructuring project that was initiated in the third quarter of that year.

Full time equivalent staff totaled 1,091 at year-end 2014, compared to 939 at the prior year-end. This increase included an estimated 92 positions related to the acquired New York branch operations and an additional 6% increase in total staff related to the Company’s business growth and expansion, including targeted investment in commercial, retail and wealth management market teams.

Income Tax Expense. The effective income tax rate of 26% in 2014 was lower than the 29% rate in 2013, including the higher proportionate benefit of tax preference items in 2014 that resulted from the decrease in pre-tax income from year-to-year. The effective tax rate on adjusted earnings was estimated to be 30% in 2014 and 31% in 2013. In both years, this rate was higher than GAAP tax rate due to the lower proportionate benefit of tax preference items compared to the higher adjusted pre-tax income, which excluded net charges related to merger, restructuring, and other designated expense items.

LIQUIDITY AND CASH FLOWS
 
Liquidity is the ability to meet cash needs at all times with available cash and from established external liquidity sources or by conversion of other assets to cash at a reasonable price and in a timely manner. Berkshire evaluates liquidity at the holding company and on a consolidated basis, which is primarily a function of the Bank’s liquidity.

The primary liquidity need at the holding company is to support its capital structure, including shareholder dividends and debt service. Additionally, the holding company uses cash to support certain organizational expenses, stock purchases and buybacks, merger related costs, and limited business functions that cannot be performed at the Bank or the insurance subsidiary. The holding company primarily relies on dividends from the Bank to meet its ongoing cash needs. The holding company generally expects to maintain cash on hand equivalent to normal cash uses, including common stock dividends, for at least a one year period. Sources and uses of cash at the parent are reported in the condensed financial statements of the parent company included in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. There are certain restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Bank as discussed in the Stockholders’ Equity note to the consolidated financial statements. As of year-end 2015, the statutory limit on future dividend payments by the Bank totaled $68 million. This amount is based on retained earnings of the Bank and is expected to be supplemented by future bank earnings in accordance with the statutory formula.

At year-end 2015, the holding company had $36 million in cash and equivalents, compared to $31 million at the start of the year. The Parent’s cash is held on deposit in the Bank. The Bank paid $28 million in dividends to the holding company in 2015, which was an increase from $12 million in 2014, when the Bank retained more earnings to support the New York branch purchase. Dividends to the holding company from the insurance subsidiary totaled $6 million in 2015, and no such dividends were paid in 2014. The holding company has a $10 million unsecured line of credit, which was fully utilized at the start of 2015 and which was unused at year-end 2015.

The Bank’s primary ongoing source of liquidity is customer deposits and the main use of liquidity is the funding of loans and lending commitments. Additional routine sources are borrowings, repayments of loans and investment securities, and the sale of investment securities. The Bank targets to grow customer deposits by increasing its market share among its regions in order to sustain loan growth as a primary component of its strategy. Deposit strategies also consider relative deposit costs as well as relationship and market share objectives. The Bank’s acquisition strategy is also targeted to supplement business activities including bank acquisitions and acquisitions of branches, such as the 2014 New York branch purchase. Additionally, the Bank has expanded its use of wholesale funding sources, including borrowings and brokered time deposits. The Company monitors the loans/deposits ratio in assessing directional changes in its liquidity, and in the past has allowed this metric to reach levels near 110% depending on the timing of business activity, while generally keeping it closer to 100% as a working target. The Company also monitors the levels of its wholesale funding in relationship to total assets. Brokered deposits can be more volatile than customer deposits depending on Company and economic events. FHLBB borrowings are in the context of standard, long-term FHLB programs but overall availability is constrained by collateral tests. The Company also monitors the liquidity of

58



Table of Contents

investment securities and portfolio loans and has increased its active management of the loan portfolio to accomplish Company objectives, including liquidity goals. The Bank relies on its borrowings availability with the FHLBB for routine operating liquidity, and has other overnight borrowing relationships for contingency liquidity purposes. In 2015, the Bank increased its pledging of investment securities to support municipal deposits and its use of two way reciprocal money market accounts to provide additional deposit assurance to institutional customers following its termination in the Massachusetts Depositors Insurance Fund. The Bank also expanded its interest rate swaps with national counterparties to provide fixed interest instruments to large commercial borrowers. The Bank has strengthened its liquidity planning and management processes in conjunction with its overall growth and regulatory expectations.

In 2015, the Bank’s primary uses of funds were loan growth and the replacement of Firestone’s borrowings and the primary source of funds were brokered deposits. During the year, the Bank shifted more of its assets into the FHLBB collateral pool, including acquired Hampden assets which Hampden had used for similar purposes. Total FHLBB unused borrowing availability was $576 million at year-end, compared to $246 million at the start of the year.

The Bank utilizes the mortgage secondary market as a source of funds for residential mortgages which are sold into that market. This business volume expanded in 2015 as a result of higher residential mortgage demand. Secondary market counterparties include federal mortgage agencies and national financial institutions. The secondary market for jumbo mortgages has been limited in recent years and these mortgages have become more prevalent in the Bank’s originations mix. The majority of these loan originations were retained on the Bank’s books in 2015. Over the last two years, the Bank has also increased its wholesale purchases and sales of loans including residential mortgages, consumer loans, and commercial loans and loan participations. Commercial loan growth has also included purchases of participations in syndicated loan transactions. These participations are variable rate and the Company views these assets as more liquid and saleable through secondary market channels.

Under the Enhanced Prudential Standards which became effective under federal regulation at midyear in 2014, the largest banks are required to adopt a number of practices to manage and reduce liquidity risk. These standards do not apply directly to Berkshire but are affecting U.S. deposit markets. In some circumstances, these standards increase the attractiveness of retail deposits and decrease the attractiveness of large commercial deposits for the largest banks, and these changes may affect the competitive conditions that evolve based on these new standards. Including the acquired Hampden deposits, the Bank’s estimate of its total deposit balances which exceed FDIC insurance limits increased to $1.34 billion, or 24% of total deposits at year-end 2015 from $1.07 billion, or 23%, at the start of the year.

The greatest sources of uncertainty affecting liquidity are deposit withdrawals and usage of loan commitments, which are influenced by interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. Due to the unusual and prolonged low interest rate environment, there is uncertainty about the behavior of deposits if interest rates increase at some future time as is anticipated. The Company believes that its market positioning and relationship focus will generally enhance the stability of its deposits, and it also models various scenarios for the purpose of contingency liquidity planning. The Bank relies on competitive rates, customer service, and long-standing relationships with customers to manage deposit and loan liquidity. Based on its historical experience, management believes that it has adequately provided for deposit and loan liquidity needs. Both liquidity and capital resources are managed according to policies approved by the Board of Directors and executive management and the Board reviews liquidity metrics and contingency plans on a regular basis. The Bank actively manages all aspects of its balance sheet to achieve its objectives for earnings, liquidity, asset quality, interest rate risk, and capital.
 
CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
The Company and the Bank target to maintain sufficient capital to qualify for the “Well Capitalized” designation by federal regulators. Berkshire’s goal is to use capital efficiently to achieve its objective to become a higher performance company with a targeted return on equity exceeding 10%. A double digit return on equity is used to benchmark all lending and investment programs, together with all acquisition analyses. The Company seeks to maintain a competitive cost of capital and capital structure. The Company generally targets to maintain a ratio of tangible equity/tangible assets in the range of 7-8%.

Berkshire views its internal return on tangible capital as the primary capital resource of the Company. The return on tangible equity has improved, and measured 12.7% in the final quarter of 2015 based on the measure of adjusted earnings. The Company’s long term target is a 15% return on tangible equity. A return at or above current levels provides resources for maintaining competitive dividend payouts while also internally supporting strong growth from business activities while maintaining and improving capital metrics.

59



Table of Contents

The Bank has acquired banks and fee based businesses in recent years. Berkshire’s goal is that its stock is the primary capital resource for merger consideration. The Hampden acquisition was 100% for stock and Firestone was 75%. The pending 44 Business Capital acquisition has a small stock component. Through active investor relations, the Company’s goal is to maintain a solid profile with the investment community for the purposes of supporting outstanding capital and raising other capital as opportunities arise. The Company has an ongoing universal shelf registration with the SEC to facilitate capital issuances. The Company issued common and preferred stock in the past, as well as senior and subordinated debt.

The Risk Management and Capital Committee of the Board of Directors provides oversight of Berkshire’s capital management and plans. The Company is deepening its capital analytics and stress testing capabilities as it grows toward the $10 billion federal regulatory threshold under the Dodd-Frank legislation. While the Company recognizes the potential increased compliance costs and restrictions as growth nears or exceeds that threshold, the Company believes that other size advantages can offset those impacts over time in many markets including its own.

AVERAGE BALANCES, INTEREST, AVERAGE YIELDS/COST AND RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

Tables with the above information are presented in Item 6 of this report.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
The year-end 2015 contractual obligations were as follows:
 
Item 7-7A - Table 1 - Contractual Obligations
(In thousands)
 
Total
 
Less than One
Year
 
One to Three
Years
 
Three to Five
Years
 
After Five
Years
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLBB borrowings (1)
 
$
1,174,334

 
$
1,123,651

 
$
33,396

 
$
1,030

 
$
16,257

Subordinated notes
 
89,812

 

 

 

 
89,812

Operating lease obligations (2)
 
65,708

 
7,764

 
11,865

 
9,062

 
37,017

Purchase obligations (3)
 
99,629

 
19,994

 
28,407

 
25,614

 
25,614

Total Contractual Obligations
 
$
1,429,483

 
$
1,151,409

 
$
73,668

 
$
35,706

 
$
168,700

_______________________________
Acquisition related obligations are not included.
(1) Consists of borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank. The maturities extend through 2027 and the rates vary by borrowing.
(2) Consists of leases, bank branches and ATMs through 2039.
(3) Consists of obligations with multiple vendors to purchase a broad range of services.
 
Further information about borrowings and lease obligations is in the notes on borrowings and commitments to the financial statements.
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
In the normal course of operations, Berkshire engages in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles are not recorded in the Company’s financial statements. The Company views these transactions as ordinary to its business activities and its assessment is that there are no material changes in these arrangements at year-end 2015 compared to year-end 2014. As previously reported in the discussion of changes in financial condition, Berkshire has outstanding derivative financial instruments and engages in hedging activities, and the fair value of these contracts is recorded on the balance sheet. As discussed in the notes to the financial statements, at year-end 2015, Berkshire had an outstanding agreement to acquire 44 Business Capital, subject to customary regulatory approvals. The Company expects to complete this acquisition in the first quarter of 2016.

60



Table of Contents

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The most significant fair value measurements recorded by the Company are those related to assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations. These measurements are discussed further in the mergers and acquisitions note to the consolidated financial statements.

Berkshire provides a summary of estimated fair values of financial instruments at each quarter-end. The premium or discount value of loans has historically been the most significant element of this presentation. This discount is a Level 3 estimate and reflects management’s subjective judgments. At year-end 2015, the premium value of the loan portfolio was $42 million, or 0.7% of carrying value. The premium value is down from $50 million, or 1.1% of carrying value at year-end 2014. This decrease reflected the impact of the acquired loans recorded at fair value and higher year-end interest rates and spreads, offsetting the benefit of improved asset quality.

The Company makes further measurements of fair value of certain assets and liabilities, as described in the related note in the financial statements. The most significant measurements of recurring fair values of financial instruments primarily relate to securities available for sale and derivative instruments. These measurements were included in the previous discussion of changes in financial condition, and were generally based on Level 2 market based inputs. Non-recurring fair value measurements primarily relate to impaired loans, capitalized mortgage servicing rights, and other real estate owned. When measurement is required, these measures are generally based on Level 3 inputs.

Financial instruments comprise the majority of the Company assets and liabilities. The net combined fair value of those instruments contributes to the economic value of the Company’s equity. This net premium value of financial instruments increased by $108 million to $506 million in 2015, reflecting the benefit of the tangible equity contributed by the acquisitions plus the increase in retained earnings, and less the impact of the lower premium related to loans. Instruments acquired in business combinations were recorded at fair value at acquisition date. These measures do not take into account the non-interest income generated by these customer relationships or the long term intangible value of the Company’s franchise in its markets. 
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES
 
The financial statements and related financial data presented in this Form 10-K have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the Bank are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on the Bank’s performance than the general level of inflation. Interest rates may be affected by inflation, but the direction and magnitude of the impact may vary. A sudden change in inflation (or expectations about inflation), with a related change in interest rates, would have a significant impact on our operations.
 
IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
Please refer to the notes on Recently Adopted Accounting Principles and Future Application of Accounting Pronouncements in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of new accounting pronouncements.

61



Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
MANAGEMENT OF INTEREST RATE RISK AND MARKET RISK ANALYSIS
 
Qualitative Aspects of Market Risk. The Company’s most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. The Company seeks to avoid fluctuations in its net interest income and to maximize net interest income within acceptable levels of risk through periods of changing interest rates. The Company maintains an Enterprise Risk Management/Asset-Liability Committee (ERM/ALCO) that is responsible for reviewing its asset-liability policies and interest rate risk position. This Committee meets regularly, and the CFO and Treasurer report trends and interest rate risk position to the Risk Management and Capital Committee of the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis. The extent of the movement of interest rates is an uncertainty that could have a negative impact on the Company’s net interest income and earnings.

The Company manages its interest risk by analyzing the sensitivities and adjusting the mix of its assets and liabilities, including derivative financial instruments. The Company also uses secondary markets, brokerages, and counterparties to provide products that don’t conform to its ERM/ALCO management objectives and to provide it with flexibility in managing its balance sheet positions. When the Company enters into business combinations, it integrates existing and acquired operations as appropriate to achieve its objectives for the combined businesses.
Quantitative Aspects of Market Risk.  Berkshire has a targeted position to maintain a neutral or asset sensitive interest rate risk profile, as measured by the sensitivity of net interest income to market interest rate changes. The Company measures this sensitivity primarily by evaluating models of net interest income over one year, two years, and three year time horizons assuming no change in interest rates and assuming various scenarios or ramped interest rate changes, shocked interest rate changes, changes predicted by the forward yield curve, and changes involving twists in the yield curve. The primary focus is on a two-year scenario where interest rates ramp up by 200 basis points in the first year. The Bank also evaluates its equity at risk from interest rate changes through discounted cash flow analysis. This measure assesses the present value of changes to equity based on long term impacts of rate changes beyond the time horizons evaluated for net interest income at risk.

The Company uses a simulation model to measure the changes in net interest income. The chart below shows the analysis of the ramped change described above, assuming a parallel shift in the yield curve. Loans, deposits, and borrowings were expected to reprice at the repricing or maturity date. Pricing caps and floors are included in the simulation model. The Company uses prepayment guidelines set forth by market sources as well as Company generated data where applicable. Cash flows from loans and securities are assumed to be reinvested based on current operating conditions and strategies. Other assumptions about balance sheet mix are generally held constant. No material changes have been made to the methodologies used in the model.

Item 7-7A - Table 2 - Qualitative Aspects of Market Risk
Change in
Interest Rates-Basis
Points (Rate Ramp)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1- 12 Months
 
13- 24 Months
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

+300
 
$
6,472

 
2.88
 %
 
$
(3,085
)
 
(1.45
)%
+200
 
4,326

 
1.93

 
(1,692
)
 
(0.79
)
+100
 
3,888

 
1.73

 
7,608

 
3.57

-100
 
(3,935
)
 
(1.75
)
 
(4,620
)
 
(2.17
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

+300
 
$
1,370

 
0.77
 %
 
$
(742
)
 
(0.43
)%
+200
 
757

 
0.43

 
(80
)
 
(0.05
)
+100
 
1,832

 
1.03

 
4,696

 
2.74

-100
 
(1,649
)
 
(0.93
)
 
(9,059
)
 
(5.29
)
 
As of year-end 2015, Berkshire remained modestly asset sensitive over the medium term in most interest rate parallel shift scenarios. Increases in interest rates result in higher interest income compared to the scenario of unchanged interest rates. Interest income is positively affected in the third year compared to this flat rate scenario depending on the timing and magnitude of the interest rate increase. This reflects the repricing of assets in an upward rate environment, together with the benefit of the fixed payment swaps. The Company's position tends to be initially asset sensitive as prime and LIBOR indexed loans are expected to react quickly to rate changes while modeled deposit rate changes are expected to react less quickly. Modeled interest income generally decreases in the second year, compared to the flat rate scenario, due to the repricing of

62



Table of Contents

deposits. Subsequently, interest income increases above the flat rate scenario as medium term assets reprice.

If interest rates remain flat or if the yield curve flattens, the Company's net interest income could be negatively impacted during the effective period of the swaps due to the contracted fixed payments, together with the ongoing effects of asset yield compression which have pressured industry margins in recent years. A flattening of the yield curve was anticipated by forward interest rates at year-end 2015. Through its pricing disciplines and mix of business, Berkshire's goal is to manage its balance sheet to support the net interest margin in the event that interest rates do not rise as anticipated by management during the effective period of the swaps.

With interest rates near historic lows, the Company’s focus is on the sensitivity of interest income to current low rates, to gradual increases in short term rates, and to volatility of long term rates in either direction. The Company has positioned itself to benefit from expected increases in interest rates and also seeks to monitor and manage risks associated with possible interest rate spikes if conditions revert suddenly from recent years affected by ongoing interventions from the monetary authorities. The Company’s long term target is to flexibly balance its growth, deposit funding, net interest margin, and interest rate risk management as it pursues its goals of expanding its footprint, increasing its market share, and improving its profitability.

The Company also estimates the sensitivity of the economic value of its equity to interest rate shocks. The Company seeks to avoid having excess long term earnings at risk when interest rates rise in the future, as anticipated. At year-end 2015, the Company estimated that the economic value of equity would decrease by approximately 11% in the event of a 200 basis point upward interest rate shock, which was within the Company's policy limits. This reflected the impact of fixed rate assets on medium and long term modeled net interest income if interest rates increase and remain elevated over the long term. This estimate is subject to numerous assumptions and uncertainties and is not intended as a projection of future operating results. The sensitivity of equity at risk in the modeled scenario increased slightly from 9% at year-end 2014, reflecting the modest extension of asset durations during the year.

In a prolonged low rate environment, Berkshire has a number of business strategies to support its net interest income and margin objectives. These include changes in volumes and mix of interest bearing assets and liabilities, as well as pricing strategies. The Company also considers its investments, borrowings, and derivatives strategies in managing its income and risk profile. Due to the limitations and uncertainties relating to model assumptions, the modeled computations should not be relied on as projections of income. Further, the computations do not reflect any actions that management may take in response to changes in interest rates.

In the unusual current economic and financial circumstances in the national markets, modeling assumptions depend significantly on subjective judgment which cannot be readily verified by historic data. Additionally, due to the Company’s expansion into new markets, it has more revenues dependent on customer behaviors in products and markets where it has less historic background for its modeling assumptions. The most significant modeling assumption relates to expectations for the interest sensitivity of non-maturity deposit accounts in a rising rate environment. The model assumes that deposit rate sensitivity will be a percentage of the market interest rate change. The rate sensitivity depends on the underlying amount of market rate change and the type of deposit account. The percentage rate movements are as follows: NOW accounts-ranging between 20% and 35%; money market accounts-ranging between 30% and 60%; and savings accounts-ranging between 30% and 40%. The total impact of deposit sensitivity assumptions in the model results in approximately an 80 basis point upward move in deposit costs at the end of two years in the Company’s model of a 200 basis point upward shift in interest rates.

In addition to modeling market risk in relation to net interest income, the Company also models net income at risk in various interest rate scenarios. Various sources of income, including interest rate swap income, mortgage banking revenue, seasoned loan sale gains, investment security gains, and recoveries on impaired loans are sensitive to interest rates. Additionally, wealth management revenue and service charge income may be affected by interest rate changes and other market changes that can affect interest rates. Credit underwriting criteria and loan performance can be affected by interest rate and market changes, and overall business volumes and expenses tied to those volumes may be affected. The Company considers a range of factors in the overall net income and enterprise risk management related to market risk.

63



Table of Contents

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are presented elsewhere in this report beginning on page F-1, in the order shown below:

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None. 


ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
The Company’s management, including the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a and 15(d) -15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) as of December 31, 2015. Based upon their evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of that date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective for the purpose of ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”): (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms; and (2) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The Company evaluated changes in its internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that occurred during the last fiscal quarter. The Company determined that there were no changes that materially affected, or were reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting and the independent registered public accounting firm’s report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting are contained in “Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.

64



Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
For information concerning the directors of the Company, the information contained under the sections captioned “Proposals to be Voted on by Stockholders — Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” in Berkshire’s  Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (“Proxy Statement”)  is incorporated by reference.

For information concerning the executive officers of the Company, the information contained under the section captioned "Executive Officers" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference.

Reference is made to the cover page of this report and to the section captioned "Other Information Relating to Directors and Executive Officers - Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the Proxy Statement for information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act. For information concerning the audit committee and the audit committee financial expert, reference is made to the section captioned "Corporate Governance - Committees of the Board of Directors" and "Audit Committee" in the Proxy Statement.

For information concerning the Company's code of ethics, the information contained under the section captioned "Corporate Governance - Code of Business Conduct" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. A copy of the Company's code of ethics is available to shareholders through the Investor Relations tab on the Company's website at "www.berkshirebank.com."


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
For information regarding executive compensation, the sections captioned “Director Compensation”,  “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” and “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.
 
For information regarding the Compensation Committee Report, the section captioned “Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
(a)Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Stock Ownership” in the Proxy Statement. 
    
(b)Security Ownership of Management
Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Stock Ownership” in the Proxy Statement.

(c)Changes in Control
Management of Berkshire knows of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of securities of Berkshire, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant.
 
(d)Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth information, as of December 31, 2015, about Company common stock that may be issued upon exercise of options under stock-based benefit plans maintained by the Company, as well as the number of securities available for issuance under equity compensation plans:
Plan category
 
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in the first column)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 
265,000

 
$
21.08

 
760,446

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
265,000

 
$
21.08

 
760,446



ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections captioned “Other Information Relating to Directors and Executive Officers — Transactions with Related Persons” and “Procedures Governing Related Persons Transactions” in the Proxy Statement. Information regarding director independence is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Proposals to be Voted on by Stockholders — Proposal 1 — Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement.


ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Proposals to be Voted on by Stockholders — Proposal 3 — Ratification of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement.

65



Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)
[1]    Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements required to be filed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are included in Part II, Item 8 hereof.
 
[2]
Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is either included or is not applicable.
 
[3] 
Exhibits
2.1

 
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Hampden Bancorp, Inc. (1)
2.2

 
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Firestone Financial Corp., Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc., Berkshire Bank, Jacob Acquisition LLC, and David S. Cohen, solely in his capacity as the representative, dated May 21, 2015 (2)
3.1

 
Certificate of Incorporation of Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. (3)
3.2

 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. (4)
4.1

 
Form of Common Stock Certificate of Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. (3)
4.2

 
Note Subscription Agreement by and among Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. and certain subscribers dated September 20, 2012 (5)
10.1

 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among Berkshire Bank, Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Michael P. Daly (6)
10.2

 
Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between Berkshire Bank and Michael P. Daly (7)
10.3

 
Three Year Executive Change in Control Agreement by and among Berkshire Bank, Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. and George F. Bacigalupo (8)
10.4

 
Three-Year Executive Change in Control Agreement by and among Berkshire Bank, Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Josephine Iannelli (8)
10.5

 
Amended and Restated Three Year Change in Control Agreement by and among Berkshire Bank, Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Richard M. Marotta (9)
10.6

 
Amended and Restated Three Year Change in Control Agreement by and among Berkshire Bank, Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Sean A. Gray (10)
10.7

 
Form of Split Dollar Agreement entered into with Michael P. Daly, Sean A. Gray, and Richard M. Marotta (11)
10.8

 
Endorsement Agreement by and among Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Geno Auriemma dated as of May 14, 2012 (12)
10.9

 
Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (13)
10.10

 
Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (14)
10.11

 
Legacy Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (15)
10.12

 
Berkshire Bank 2015 Executive Short Term Incentive Plan

66



Table of Contents

11.0

 
Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings is incorporated herein by reference to Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”
21.0

 
Subsidiary Information
23.1

 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
31.1

 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2

 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1

 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2

 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101

 
Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T:  (i) the Consolidated Statements of Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements tagged as blocks of text and in detail
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to the Form 8-K as filed on November 4, 2014.
(2)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to the Form 8-K as filed on May 22, 2015
(3)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form S-1, Registration Statement and amendments thereto, initially filed on March 10, 2000, Registration No. 333-32146.
(4)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to the Form 8-K as filed on December 18, 2012.
(5)

 
Incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to the Form 8-K as filed on September 26, 2012.
(6)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to the Form 8-K as filed on January 6, 2009.
(7)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form 10-K as filed on March 16, 2009.
(8)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibit to the Form 10-K as filed on March 17, 2014.
(9)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to the Form 10-K as filed on March 16, 2010.
(10)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to the Form 10-K as filed on March 16, 2011.
(11)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibit to the Form 8-K as filed on January 19, 2011.
(12)

 
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.16 to the Form 10-Q as filed on August 16, 2012.
(13)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Appendix to the Proxy Statement as filed on March 24, 2011.
(14)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Appendix to the Proxy Statement as filed on April 2, 2013.
(15)

 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to the Form 8-K filed by Legacy Bancorp, Inc. on December 22, 2010.

67



Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc.
Date: February 29, 2016
By:
/s/ Michael P. Daly
 
 
Michael P. Daly
 
 
President & Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Michael P. Daly
 
President & Chief Executive Officer
 
February 29, 2016
Michael P. Daly
 
(principal executive officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Josephine Iannelli
 
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
 
February 29, 2016
Josephine Iannelli
 
(principal financial and accounting officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ William J. Ryan
 
Non-Executive Chairman
 
February 29, 2016
William J. Ryan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Paul T. Bossidy
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
Paul T. Bossidy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Thomas R. Burton
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
Thomas R. Burton
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Robert M. Curley
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
Robert M. Curley
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John B. Davies
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
John B. Davies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney C. Dimock
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
Rodney C. Dimock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ J. Williar Dunlaevy
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
J. Williar Dunlaevy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Susan M. Hill
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
Susan M. Hill
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Cornelius D. Mahoney
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
Cornelius D. Mahoney
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Laurie Norton Moffatt
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
Laurie Norton Moffatt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Richard J. Murphy
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
Richard J. Murphy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Barton D. Raser
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
Barton D. Raser
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Richard D. Suski
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
Richard D. Suski
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ D. Jeffrey Templeton
 
Director
 
February 29, 2016
D. Jeffrey Templeton
 
 
 
 

68



Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As of December 31, 2015, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued in 2013, by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 was effective.
 
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which follows. This report expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.
 
 
/s/ Michael P. Daly
 
/s/ Josephine Iannelli
Michael P. Daly
 
Josephine Iannelli
President & Chief Executive Officer
 
Senior Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
February 29, 2016
 
February 29, 2016


F-1

Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc.
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 29, 2016

F-2

Table of Contents
BERKSHIRE HILLS BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
 
December 31,
(In thousands, except share data)
 
2015
 
2014
Assets
 
 

 
 

Cash and due from banks
 
$
72,918

 
$
54,179

Short-term investments
 
30,644

 
17,575

Total cash and cash equivalents
 
103,562

 
71,754

 
 
 
 
 
Trading security
 
14,189

 
14,909

Securities available for sale, at fair value
 
1,154,457

 
1,091,818

Securities held to maturity (fair values of $136,904 in 2015 and $44,997 in 2014)
 
131,652

 
43,347

Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other restricted securities
 
71,018

 
55,720

Total securities
 
1,371,316

 
1,205,794

 
 
 
 
 
Loans held for sale, at fair value
 
13,191

 
19,493

 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
 
1,815,035

 
1,496,204

Commercial real estate
 
2,059,767

 
1,611,567

Commercial and industrial loans
 
1,048,263

 
804,366

Consumer loans
 
802,171

 
768,463

Total loans
 
5,725,236

 
4,680,600

Less: Allowance for loan losses
 
(39,308
)
 
(35,662
)
Net loans
 
5,685,928

 
4,644,938

 
 
 
 
 
Premises and equipment, net
 
88,072

 
87,279

Other real estate owned
 
1,725

 
2,049

Goodwill
 
323,943

 
264,742

Other intangible assets
 
10,664

 
11,528

Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
 
125,233

 
104,588

Deferred tax assets, net
 
42,526

 
28,776

Other assets
 
65,755

 
61,090

Total assets
 
$
7,831,915

 
$
6,502,031

 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 

 
 

Demand deposits
 
$
1,081,860

 
$
869,302

NOW deposits
 
510,807

 
426,108

Money market deposits
 
1,408,107

 
1,407,179

Savings deposits
 
601,761

 
496,344

Time deposits
 
1,986,600

 
1,455,746

Total deposits
 
5,589,135

 
4,654,679

Short-term debt
 
1,071,200

 
900,900

Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
103,135

 
61,676

Subordinated notes
 
89,812

 
89,747

Total borrowings
 
1,264,147

 
1,052,323

Other liabilities
 
91,444

 
85,742

Total liabilities
 
6,944,726

 
5,792,744

 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (See note 17)
 


 


(continued)
Stockholders’ equity
 
 

 
 

Common stock ($.01 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 32,321,962 shares issued, and 30,973,986 shares outstanding in 2015; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 26,525,466 shares issued, and 25,182,566 shares outstanding in 2014)
 
322

 
265

Additional paid-in capital
 
742,619

 
585,289

Unearned compensation
 
(6,997
)
 
(6,147
)
Retained earnings
 
183,885

 
156,446

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(3,305
)
 
6,579

Treasury stock, at cost (1,179,045 shares in 2015 and 1,342,900 shares in 2014)
 
(29,335
)
 
(33,145
)
Total stockholders’ equity
 
887,189

 
709,287

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
7,831,915

 
$
6,502,031

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-3

Table of Contents
BERKSHIRE HILLS BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Interest and dividend income
 
 

 
 

 
 

Loans
 
$
211,347

 
$
174,467

 
$
186,115

Securities and other
 
35,683

 
32,575

 
17,626

Total interest and dividend income
 
247,030

 
207,042

 
203,741

Interest expense
 
 

 
 

 
 

Deposits
 
22,948

 
19,185

 
20,859

Borrowings and subordinated notes
 
10,233

 
9,166

 
14,130

Total interest expense
 
33,181

 
28,351

 
34,989

Net interest income
 
213,849

 
178,691

 
168,752

Non-interest income
 
 

 
 

 
 

Loan related income
 
8,310

 
6,328

 
8,247

Mortgage banking income
 
4,133

 
2,561

 
5,235

Deposit related fees
 
25,084

 
24,635

 
18,340

Insurance commissions and fees
 
10,251

 
10,364

 
10,020

Wealth management fees
 
9,702

 
9,546

 
8,683

Total fee income
 
57,480

 
53,434

 
50,525

Other
 
(5,302
)
 
2,646

 
2,949

Gain on securities, net
 
2,110

 
482

 
4,758

Loss on termination of hedges
 

 
(8,792
)
 

Total non-interest income
 
54,288

 
47,770

 
58,232

Total net revenue
 
268,137

 
226,461

 
226,984

Provision for loan losses
 
16,726

 
14,968

 
11,378

Non-interest expense
 
 

 
 

 
 

Compensation and benefits
 
97,370

 
81,768

 
71,134

Occupancy and equipment
 
28,486

 
26,905

 
22,540

Technology and communications
 
16,881

 
14,764

 
12,944

Marketing and promotion
 
3,306

 
2,572

 
2,596

Professional services
 
5,172

 
4,211

 
6,569

FDIC premiums and assessments
 
4,649

 
4,284

 
3,473

Other real estate owned and foreclosures
 
833

 
801

 
700

Amortization of intangible assets
 
3,563

 
4,812

 
5,268

Merger, restructuring and conversion related expenses
 
17,611

 
8,491

 
14,848

Other
 
18,958

 
17,378

 
17,287

Total non-interest expense
 
196,829

 
165,986

 
157,359

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
 
54,582

 
45,507

 
58,247

Income tax expense
 
5,064

 
11,763

 
17,104

Net income
 
$
49,518

 
$
33,744

 
$
41,143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
 
$
1.74

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per share
 
$
1.73

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
 
28,393

 
24,730

 
24,802

Diluted
 
28,564

 
24,854

 
24,965

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contenets
BERKSHIRE HILLS BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
49,518

 
$
33,744

 
$
41,143

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale
 
(9,677
)
 
25,287

 
(20,012
)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on derivative hedges
 
(5,232
)
 
(1,010
)
 
8,666

Changes in unrealized gains and losses on terminated swaps
 

 
3,237

 
942

Changes in unrealized gains and losses on pension
 
(1,177
)
 
(2,308
)
 
1,282

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
 
(16,086
)
 
25,206

 
(9,122
)
Income taxes related to other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 

 
 

 
 

Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale
 
3,640

 
(9,595
)
 
7,524

Changes in unrealized gains and losses on derivative hedges
 
2,094

 
407

 
(3,474
)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on terminated swaps
 

 
(1,312
)
 
(489
)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on pension
 
468

 
930

 
(517
)
Total income tax benefit (expense) related to other comprehensive income (loss)
 
6,202

 
(9,570
)
 
3,044

Total other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(9,884
)
 
15,636

 
(6,078
)
Total comprehensive income
 
$
39,634

 
$
49,380

 
$
35,065

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5

Table of Contents
BERKSHIRE HILLS BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Additional
paid-in
capital
 
Unearned
compensation
 
Retained
earnings
 
Accumulated
other comprehensive
(loss) income
 
Treasury
stock
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2013
 
25,148

 
$
265

 
$
585,360

 
$
(3,035
)
 
$
122,014

 
$
(2,979
)
 
$
(34,360
)
 
$
667,265

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
 

 

 

 

 
41,143

 

 

 
41,143

Other net comprehensive loss
 

 

 

 

 

 
(6,078
)
 

 
(6,078
)
Total comprehensive income
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
35,065

Cash dividends declared ($0.72 per share)
 

 

 

 

 
(18,118
)
 

 

 
(18,118
)
Treasury stock purchased
 
(480
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(12,249
)
 
(12,249
)
Forfeited shares
 
(58
)
 

 
224

 
1,330

 

 

 
(1,554
)
 

Exercise of stock options
 
237

 

 

 

 
(3,081
)
 

 
6,126

 
3,045

Restricted stock grants
 
243

 

 
(634
)
 
(5,958
)
 

 

 
6,592

 

Stock-based compensation
 

 

 
860

 
2,100

 

 

 

 
2,960

Net tax benefit related to stock-based compensation
 

 

 
1,451

 

 

 

 

 
1,451

Other, net
 
(54
)
 

 
(14
)
 

 

 

 
(1,343
)
 
(1,357
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
25,036

 
$
265

 
$
587,247

 
$
(5,563
)
 
$
141,958

 
$
(9,057
)
 
$
(36,788
)
 
$
678,062

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
 

 

 

 

 
33,744

 

 

 
33,744

Other net comprehensive income
 

 

 

 

 

 
15,636

 

 
15,636

Total comprehensive income
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
49,380

Cash dividends declared ($0.72 per share)
 

 

 

 

 
(18,075
)
 

 

 
(18,075
)
Treasury stock purchased
 
(100
)
 

 

 

 

 

 
(2,468
)
 
(2,468
)
Forfeited shares
 
(9
)
 

 
(3
)
 
221

 

 

 
(218
)
 

Exercise of stock options
 
90

 

 

 

 
(1,181
)
 

 
2,245

 
1,064

Restricted stock grants
 
187

 

 
(19
)
 
(4,604
)
 

 

 
4,623

 

Stock-based compensation
 

 

 
41

 
3,799

 

 

 

 
3,840

Net tax benefit related to stock-based compensation
 

 

 
(1,971
)
 

 

 

 

 
(1,971
)
Other, net
 
(21
)
 

 
(6
)
 

 

 

 
(539
)
 
(545
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
25,183

 
$
265

 
$
585,289

 
$
(6,147
)
 
$
156,446

 
$
6,579

 
$
(33,145
)
 
$
709,287

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
 

 

 

 

 
49,518

 

 

 
49,518

Other net comprehensive loss
 

 

 

 

 

 
(9,884
)
 

 
(9,884
)
Total comprehensive income
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
39,634

Stock issued through acquisition of Hampden Bancorp, Inc.
 
4,186

 
42

 
114,562

 

 

 

 

 
114,604

Stock issued through acquisition of Firestone Financial
 
1,442

 
15

 
42,092

 

 

 

 

 
42,107

Cash dividends declared ($0.76 per share)
 

 

 

 

 
(21,903
)
 

 

 
(21,903
)
Treasury stock purchased
 
(18
)
 

 

 

 

 

 
(550
)
 
(550
)
Forfeited shares
 
(20
)
 

 
47

 
509

 

 

 
(556
)
 

Exercise of stock options
 
16

 

 

 

 
(176
)
 

 
415

 
239

Restricted stock grants
 
226

 

 
440

 
(6,029
)
 

 

 
5,589

 

Stock-based compensation
 

 

 

 
4,670

 

 

 

 
4,670

Net tax benefit related to stock-based compensation
 

 

 
167

 

 

 

 

 
167

Other, net
 
(41
)
 

 
22

 

 

 

 
(1,088
)
 
(1,066
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
30,974

 
$
322

 
$
742,619

 
$
(6,997
)
 
$
183,885

 
$
(3,305
)
 
$
(29,335
)
 
$
887,189

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6

Table of Contents
BERKSHIRE HILLS BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
 
$
49,518

 
$
33,744

 
$
41,143

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Provision for loan losses
 
16,726

 
14,968

 
11,378

Net amortization of securities
 
3,010

 
2,447

 
1,635

Unamortized net loan costs and premiums
 
(961
)
 
(2,237
)
 
(8,350
)
Premises and equipment depreciation and amortization expense
 
8,594

 
8,292

 
7,120

Stock-based compensation expense
 
4,686

 
3,839

 
2,960

Accretion of purchase accounting entries, net
 
(10,074
)
 
(6,938
)
 
(20,313
)
Amortization of other intangibles
 
3,563

 
4,812

 
5,268

Write down of other real estate owned
 
480

 
196

 
135

Excess tax loss from stock-based payment arrangements
 
(167
)
 
(102
)
 
(1,451
)
Income from cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance policies
 
(3,356
)
 
(3,058
)
 
(3,518
)
Gain on sales of securities, net
 
(2,110
)
 
(482
)
 
(4,758
)
Net (increase) decrease in loans held for sale
 
(3,212
)
 
(3,653
)
 
69,528

Loss on disposition of assets
 
3,514

 
662

 
4,232

Loss (gain) on sale of real estate
 
191

 
231

 
(2
)
Loss on termination of hedges
 

 
3,237

 

Amortization of tax credits
 
11,428

 
1,668

 

Net change in other

 
4,458

 
(1,803
)
 
22,404

Net cash provided by operating activities
 
86,288

 
55,823

 
127,411

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net decrease in trading security
 
570

 
541

 
512

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
 
41,169

 
143,488

 
19,386

Proceeds from maturities, calls and prepayments of securities available for sale
 
184,753

 
131,202

 
113,749

Purchases of securities available for sale
 
(285,637
)
 
(575,504
)
 
(443,906
)
Proceeds from maturities, calls and prepayments of securities held to maturity
 
8,534

 
4,800

 
8,991

Purchases of securities held to maturity
 
(62,274
)
 
(3,227
)
 
(2,888
)
Net change in loans
 
(388,091
)
 
(481,846
)
 
(181,039
)
Acquisitions, net of cash paid
 
74,324

 
423,416

 

Net cash used for branch sale
 
(11,715
)
 

 

Proceeds from surrender of bank-owned life insurance
 
554

 

 
186

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance
 

 

 
(10,000
)
Proceeds from sale of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
 
2,357

 
5,340

 
2,434

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
 
(10,706
)
 
(10,778
)
 
(12,932
)
Proceeds of premises and equipment
 
2,261

 
2,315

 

Purchase of premises and equipment, net
 
(7,340
)
 
(8,451
)
 
(13,103
)
Net investment in limited partnership tax credits
 
(5,105
)
 
(5,384
)
 

Proceeds from sale of other real estate
 
1,854

 
4,784

 
3,416

Net cash used in investing activities
 
(454,492
)
 
(369,304
)
 
(515,194
)
 (continued)

 

F-7

Table of Contents
BERKSHIRE HILLS BANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONCLUDED)


 
 
Years ended December 31,
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net increase (decrease) in deposits
 
$
475,823

 
$
340,856

 
$
(225,070
)
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings
 
8,566,300

 
5,432,069

 
1,488,182

Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings
 
(8,620,064
)
 
(5,443,853
)
 
(872,163
)
Purchase of treasury stock
 
(550
)
 
(2,467
)
 
(12,249
)
Exercise of stock options
 
239

 
1,064

 
3,045

Excess tax loss from stock-based payment arrangements
 
167

 
102

 
1,451

Common stock cash dividends paid
 
(21,903
)
 
(18,075
)
 
(18,118
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
400,012

 
309,696

 
365,078

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
 
31,808

 
(3,785
)
 
(22,705
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
71,754

 
75,539

 
98,244

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
 
$
103,562

 
$
71,754

 
$
75,539

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest paid on deposits
 
$
22,130

 
$
18,439

 
$
20,967

Interest paid on borrowed funds
 
9,974

 
9,988

 
14,056

Income taxes (refunded) paid, net
 
429

 
746

 
(3,729
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of non-cash assets and liabilities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Assets acquired
 
948,796

 
18,064

 

Liabilities assumed
 
(762,261
)
 
(441,550
)
 
(1,672
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other non-cash changes:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Other net comprehensive income (loss)
 
(9,884
)
 
15,636

 
(6,078
)
Real estate owned acquired in settlement of loans
 
2,085

 
4,500

 
4,378

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-8

Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013
 
NOTE 1.                                              SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements (the “financial statements”) of Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Berkshire”) have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The Company is a Delaware corporation and the holding company for Berkshire Bank (the “Bank”), a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank headquartered in Pittsfield, Massachusetts, and Berkshire Insurance Group, Inc. (“Berkshire Insurance Group” or “BIG”). These financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the Bank’s consolidated subsidiaries. In consolidation, all significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. The results of operations of companies or assets acquired are included only from the dates of acquisition. All material wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries are consolidated unless GAAP requires otherwise.
 
Reclassifications
Certain items in prior financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. The Company has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.
 
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses; the valuation of deferred tax assets; the estimates related to the initial measurement of goodwill and intangible assets and subsequent impairment analyses; the determination of other-than-temporary impairment of securities; and the determination of fair value of financial instruments and subsequent impairment analysis.
 
Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Under this method, the accounts of an acquired entity are included with the acquirer’s accounts as of the date of acquisition with any excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired (including identifiable intangibles) capitalized as goodwill.

To consummate an acquisition, the Company will typically issue common stock and/or pay cash, depending on the terms of the acquisition agreement. The value of common shares issued is determined based upon the market price of the stock as of the closing of the acquisition.
 
Cash and Cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash, balances due from banks, and short-term investments, all of which mature within ninety days. Due to the nature of cash and cash equivalents and the near term maturity, the Company estimated that the carrying amount of such instruments approximated fair value. The nature of the Bank’s business requires that it maintain amounts due from banks which at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Bank has not experienced any losses on such amounts and all amounts are maintained with well-capitalized institutions.
 
Trading Security
The Company accounts for a tax advantaged economic development bond originated in 2008 at fair value, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 320. The bond has been designated as a trading account security and is recorded at fair value, with changes in unrealized gains and losses recorded through earnings each period as part of non-interest income.

Securities
Debt securities that management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost. All other securities, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of other net comprehensive income. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. Restricted equity securities, such as stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) are carried at cost. There are no quoted market prices for the Company’s restricted equity securities. The Bank is a member of the FHLBB, which requires that members maintain an

F-9

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

investment in FHLBB stock, which may be redeemed based on certain conditions. The Bank reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost bases in the FHLBB stock.
 
Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.
 
The Company evaluates debt and equity securities within the Company’s available for sale and held to maturity portfolios for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”), at least quarterly. If the fair value of a debt security is below the amortized cost basis of the security, OTTI is required to be recognized if any of the following are met: (1) the Company intends to sell the security; (2) it is “more likely than not” that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. For all impaired debt securities that the Company intends to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the depreciation is recognized as OTTI through earnings. Credit-related OTTI for all other impaired debt securities is recognized through earnings. Non-credit related OTTI for such debt securities is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. In evaluating its marketable equity securities portfolios for OTTI, the Company considers its intent and ability to hold an equity security to recovery of its cost basis in addition to various other factors, including the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost and the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer. Any OTTI on marketable equity securities is recognized immediately through earnings.
 
Loans Held for Sale
Loans originated with the intent to be sold in the secondary market are accounted for under the fair value option. Non-refundable fees and direct loan origination costs related to residential mortgage loans held for sale are recognized in noninterest income or noninterest expense as earned or incurred. Fair value is primarily determined based on quoted prices for similar loans in active markets. Gains and losses on sales of residential mortgage loans (sales proceeds minus carrying value) are recorded in noninterest income.
 
Loans that were previously held for investment that the Company has an active plan to sell are transferred to loans held for sale at the lower of cost or market (fair value). The market price is primarily determined based on quoted prices for similar loans in active markets or agreed upon sales prices. Gains are recorded in noninterest income at sale to the extent that the sale price of the loan exceeds carrying value. Any reduction in the loan’s value, prior to being transferred to loans held for sale, is reflected as a charge-off of the recorded investment in the loan resulting in a new cost basis, with a corresponding reduction in the allowance for loan losses. Further changes in the fair value of the loan are recognized in noninterest income or expense, accordingly.
 
Loans
Loans are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, the unamortized balance of any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and the unamortized balance of any premiums or discounts on loans purchased or acquired through mergers. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Interest income includes net accretion or amortization of deferred fees or costs and of premiums or discounts. Direct loan origination costs, net of any origination fees, in addition to premiums and discounts on loans, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method. Interest on loans, excluding automobile loans, is generally not accrued on loans which are ninety days or more past due unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. Automobile loans generally continue accruing until one hundred and twenty days delinquent, at which time they are charged off. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income, except for certain loans designated as well-secured. The interest on non-accrual loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. All payments received on non-accrual loans are applied against the principal balance of the loan. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
 
Acquired Loans
Loans that the Company acquired in acquisitions are initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related allowance for credit losses. Determining the fair value of the loans involves estimating the amount and timing of principal and interest cash flows initially expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at an appropriate market rate of interest.
 
For loans that meet the criteria stipulated in ASC 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” the Company recognizes the accretable yield, which is defined as the excess of all cash flows expected at acquisition over the initial fair value of the loan, as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected remaining life of the loan. The

F-10

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

excess of the loan’s contractually required payments over the cash flows expected to be collected is the nonaccretable difference. The nonaccretable difference is not recognized as an adjustment of yield, a loss accrual, or a valuation allowance. Going forward, the Company continues to evaluate whether the timing and the amount of cash to be collected are reasonably expected. Subsequent significant increases in cash flows the Company expects to collect will first reduce any previously recognized valuation allowance and then be reflected prospectively as an increase to the level yield. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows may result in the loan being considered impaired. Interest income is not recognized to the extent that the net investment in the loan would increase to an amount greater than the estimated payoff amount.
 
For ASC 310-30 loans, the expected cash flows reflect anticipated prepayments, determined on a loan by loan basis according to the anticipated collection plan of these loans. The expected prepayments used to determine the accretable yield are consistent between the cash flows expected to be collected and projections of contractual cash flows so as to not affect the nonaccretable difference. For ASC 310-30 loans, prepayments result in the recognition of the nonaccretable balance as current period yield. Changes in prepayment assumptions may change the amount of interest income and principal expected to be collected. Interest income is also net of recoveries recorded on acquired impaired loans.
 
For loans that do not meet the ASC 310-30 criteria, the Company accretes interest income based on the contractually required cash flows. The Company subjects loans that do not meet the ASC 310-30 criteria to ASC 450, “Contingencies” by collectively evaluating these loans for an allowance for loan loss.
 
Acquired loans that met the criteria for nonaccrual of interest prior to the acquisition are considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if the Company can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and if the Company expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. As such, the Company may no longer consider the loan to be nonaccrual or nonperforming and may accrue interest on these loans, including the impact of any accretable yield. The Company has determined that the Company can reasonably estimate future cash flows on the Company’s current portfolio of acquired loans that are past due 90 days or more and on which the Company is accruing interest and the Company expects to fully collect the carrying value of the loans.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is established based upon the level of estimated probable losses in the current loan portfolio. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the collectability of a loan balance is doubtful. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC 310, “Receivables,” and allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC 450, “Contingencies.” The allowance for loan losses is allocated to loan types using both a formula-based approach applied to groups of loans and an analysis of certain individual loans for impairment. The formula-based approach emphasizes loss factors derived from actual historical and industry portfolio loss rates, which are combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors to determine the allowance amounts allocated to the various loan categories. Allowance amounts are based on an estimate of historical average annual percentage rate of loan loss for each loan segment, a temporal estimate of the incurred loss emergence and confirmation period for each loan category, and certain qualitative risk factors considered in the computation of the allowance for loan losses.

Qualitative risk factors impacting the inherent risk of loss within the portfolio include the following:
National and local economic conditions, regulatory/legislative changes, or other competitive factors affecting the collectability of the portfolio
Trends in underwriting characteristics, composition of the portfolio, and/or asset quality
Changes in underwriting standards and/or collection, charge off, recovery, and account management practice
The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit

Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

Residential mortgage — The Company generally does not originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent and does not grant subprime loans.  The Company requires private mortgage insurance (PMI) in cases when the loan-to-value ratio exceeds 80 percent.  All loans in this segment are collateralized by residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Commercial real estate — Loans in this segment are primarily owner-occupied or income-producing properties throughout New England and Northeastern New York. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy, which in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Management monitors the cash flows of these loans.  In addition, construction loans in this segment

F-11

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

primarily include real estate development loans for which payment is derived from sale of the property or long term financing at completion. Credit risk is affected by cost overruns, time to sell at an adequate price, and market conditions.
 
Commercial and industrial loans — Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by assets of the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. Loans in this segment include asset based loans which generally have no scheduled repayment and which are closely monitored against formula based collateral advance ratios.  A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Consumer loans — Loans in this segment are primarily home equity lines of credit and second mortgages, together with automobile loans and other consumer loans. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
The Company utilizes a blend of historical and industry portfolio loss rates for commercial mortgage and commercial business loans that are assessed by internal risk rating. Historical loss rates for residential mortgages, home equity and other consumer loans are not risk graded but are assessed based on the total of each loan segment. This approach incorporates qualitative adjustments based upon management’s assessment of various market and portfolio specific risk factors into its formula-based estimate. Due to the imprecise nature of the loan loss estimation process and ever changing conditions, the qualitative risk attributes may not adequately capture amounts of incurred loss in the formula-based loan loss components used to determine allocations in the Company’s analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

The Company evaluates certain loans individually for specific impairment. Large groups of small balance homogeneous loans such as the residential mortgage, home equity, and other consumer portfolios are collectively evaluated for impairment. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Loans are selected for evaluation based upon a change in internal risk rating, occurrence of delinquency, loan classification, or non-accrual status. The evaluation of certain loans individually for specific impairment includes loans that were previously classified as Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”) or continue to be classified as TDRs. A specific allowance amount is allocated to an individual loan when such loan has been deemed impaired and when the amount of the probable loss is able to be estimated. Estimates of loss may be determined by the present value of anticipated future cash flows or the loan’s observable fair market value, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. However, for collateral dependent loans, the amount of the recorded investment in a loan that exceeds the fair value of the collateral is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses in lieu of an allocation of a specific allowance amount when such an amount has been identified definitively as uncollectible.
 
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
Bank-owned life insurance policies are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets at cash surrender value. Changes in the net cash surrender value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are reflected in non-interest income on the consolidated statements of operations and are not subject to income taxes.

Foreclosed and Repossessed Assets
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure or repossession are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of the investment in the loan or fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of foreclosure or repossession, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequently, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations, changes in the valuation allowance, any direct write-downs and gains or losses on sales are included in other real estate owned expense.
 
Capitalized Mortgage Servicing Rights
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights are included in “other assets” in the consolidated balance sheet. Servicing assets are initially recognized as separate assets at fair value when rights are acquired through purchase or through sale of financial assets with servicing retained. The Company uses the amortization method to subsequently measure servicing assets. Under that method, capitalized mortgage servicing rights are charged to expense in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. Fair value of the mortgage servicing rights is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual tranche, to the extent that fair value is less

F-12

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

than the capitalized amount for the tranches. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular tranche, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.
 
Premises and Equipment
Land is carried at cost. Buildings, improvements, and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the initial term of the lease, plus optional terms if certain conditions are met.
 
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units, which are operating segments or one level below an operating segment. Goodwill is assigned to the Company’s reporting units that are expected to benefit from the business combination. Goodwill is assessed annually for impairment, and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that there may be an impairment. Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations, unanticipated competition, loss of key personnel, or other factors could result in a decline in the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying amount, a loss would be recognized in other noninterest expense to reduce the carrying amount to the implied fair value of goodwill. A goodwill impairment analysis is comprised of two steps. Step 1, used to identify instances of potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, including goodwill, the reporting unit’s goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment analysis is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment analysis compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill for that reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that reporting unit’s goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are prohibited.
 
Other Intangibles
Intangible assets are acquired assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability.
 
The fair values of these assets are generally determined based on appraisals and are subsequently amortized on a straight-line basis or an accelerated basis over their estimated lives. Management assesses the recoverability of these intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment charge is recorded to income.

Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of an entire financial asset, group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets.

Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable for future years to differences between financial statement and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The effect of tax rate changes on deferred taxes is recognized in the income tax provision in the period that includes the enactment date. A tax valuation allowance is established, as needed, to reduce net deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. In the event it becomes more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset allowances will not be needed, the valuation allowance will be adjusted.
 
In the ordinary course of business there is inherent uncertainty in quantifying the Company’s income tax positions.  Income tax positions and recorded tax benefits are based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have determined the amount of the tax benefit to be recognized by estimating the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more-likely-than-not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in the financial statements. Where applicable, associated interest and penalties has also been recognized. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.
 

F-13

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Insurance Commissions
Commission revenue is recognized as of the effective date of the insurance policy or the date the customer is billed, whichever is later, net of return commissions related to policy cancellations. In addition, the Company may receive additional performance commissions based on achieving certain sales and loss experience measures. Such commissions are recognized when determinable, which is generally when such commissions are received or when the Company receives data from the insurance companies that allows the reasonable estimation of these amounts.
 
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures and recognizes compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions based on the grant-date fair value of the equity instruments issued. The fair value of restricted stock is recorded as unearned compensation. The deferred expense is amortized to compensation expense based on one of several permitted attribution methods over the longer of the required service period or performance period. For performance-based restricted stock awards, the Company estimates the degree to which performance conditions will be met to determine the number of shares that will vest and the related compensation expense. Compensation expense is adjusted in the period such estimates change.
 
Income tax benefits related to stock compensation in excess of grant date fair value, less any proceeds on exercise, are recognized as an increase to additional paid-in capital upon vesting or exercising and delivery of the stock. Any income tax benefits that are less than grant date fair value less any proceeds on exercise would be recognized as a reduction of additional paid-in capital to the extent of previously recognized income tax benefits and then as compensation expense for the remaining amount.

Earnings per Common Share
Basic earnings per share represents income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. If rights to dividends on unvested options/awards are non-forfeitable, these unvested awards/options are considered outstanding in the computation of basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustments to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate to outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards and are determined using the treasury stock method. Treasury shares are not deemed outstanding for earnings per share calculations.

Wealth Management
Wealth management assets held in a fiduciary or agent capacity are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets because they are not assets of the Company. Fees earned from wealth management activities are amortized over the period of the service performed.
 
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements as part of the Company’s interest rate risk management strategy for certain assets and liabilities and not for speculative purposes. Based on the Company’s intended use for the interest rate swap at inception, the Company designates the derivative as either an economic hedge of an asset or liability or a hedging instrument subject to the hedge accounting provisions of ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.”
 
Interest rate swaps designated as economic hedges are recorded at fair value within other assets or liabilities. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recorded directly through earnings.
 
For interest rate swaps that management intends to apply the hedge accounting provisions of ASC 815, the Company formally documents at inception all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the various hedges. Additionally, the Company uses dollar offset or regression analysis at the hedge’s inception and for each reporting period thereafter, to assess whether the derivative used in its hedging transaction is expected to be and has been highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it is determined that a derivative is not expected to be or has ceased to be highly effective as a hedge, and then reflects changes in fair value of the derivative in earnings after termination of the hedge relationship.
 
The Company has characterized its interest rate swaps that qualify under ASC 815 hedge accounting as cash flow hedges. Cash flow hedges are used to minimize the variability in cash flows of assets or liabilities, or forecasted transactions caused by interest rate fluctuations, and are recorded at fair value in other assets or liabilities within the Company’s balance sheets.

F-14

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedges are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. Any hedge ineffectiveness assessed as part of the Company’s quarterly analysis is recorded directly to earnings.
 
The Company enters into interest rate lock commitments with borrowers, and forward commitments to sell loans or to-be-announced mortgage-backed bonds to investors to hedge against the inherent interest rate and pricing risk associated with selling loans. The interest rate lock commitments generally terminate once the loan is funded, the lock period expires or the borrower decides not to contract for the loan. The forward commitments generally terminate once the loan is sold, the commitment period expires or the borrower decides not to contract for the loan. These commitments are considered derivatives which are accounted for by recognizing their estimated fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as either a freestanding asset or liability. See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on interest rate lock commitments and forward commitments.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into off-balance sheet financial instruments, consisting primarily of credit related financial instruments. These financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.
 
Fair Value Hierarchy
The Company groups assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

Level 1 — Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Valuation is based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using unobservable techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.
 
Employee Benefits
The Company maintains an employer sponsored 401(k) plan to which participants may make contributions in the form of salary deferrals and the Company provides matching contributions in accordance with the terms of the plan. Contributions due under the terms of the defined contribution plans are accrued as earned by employees.
 
Due to the Rome Bancorp acquisition in 2011, the Company inherited a noncontributory, qualified, defined benefit pension plan for certain employees who met age and service requirements; as well as other post-retirement benefits, principally health care and group life insurance. The Rome pension plan and postretirement benefits that were acquired in connection with the whole-bank acquisition in the second quarter of 2011 were frozen prior to the close of the transaction. The pension benefit in the form of a life annuity is based on the employee’s combined years of service, age, and compensation. The Company also has a long-term care post-retirement benefit plan for certain executives where upon disability, associated benefits are funded by insurance policies or paid directly by the Company.
 
In order to measure the expense associated with the Plans, various assumptions are made including the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, anticipated mortality rates, and expected future healthcare costs. The assumptions are based on historical experience as well as current facts and circumstances. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for its Plans. As of the measurement date, plan assets are determined based on fair value, generally representing observable market prices. The projected benefit obligation is primarily determined based on the present value of projected benefit distributions at an assumed discount rate.
 
Net periodic pension benefit costs include interest costs based on an assumed discount rate, the expected return on plan assets based on actuarially derived market-related values, and the amortization of net actuarial losses. Net periodic postretirement benefit costs include service costs, interest costs based on an assumed discount rate, and the amortization of prior service credits and net actuarial gains. Differences between expected and actual results in each year are included in the net actuarial gain or loss amount, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The net actuarial gain or loss in excess of a 10% corridor is

F-15

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

amortized in net periodic benefit cost over the average remaining service period of active participants in the Plans. The prior service credit is amortized over the average remaining service period to full eligibility for participating employees expected to receive benefits.
 
The Company recognizes in its statement of condition an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status. The Company also measures the Plans’ assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the fiscal year and recognizes those changes in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Operating Segments
In prior periods, the Company reported two subsidiary operating segments -- banking and insurance. Due to continued growth solely in the banking segment, including two acquisitions in the current year, management determined as of the fiscal year-end 2015 the Company operates as one consolidated reportable segment. The chief operating decision-maker evaluates consolidated results and makes decisions for resource allocation on this same data. Management periodically reviews and redefines its segment reporting as internal reporting practices evolve and components of the business change. The consolidated financial statements reflect the financial results of the Company's one reportable operating segment.

Out of Period Adjustments
In the first quarter of 2014, the Company recorded a correction of an error to adjust ($1.4) million in prior period interest income earned on loans acquired in bank acquisitions -- all of which relates to prior periods. After evaluating the quantitative and qualitative aspects of these adjustments, the Company concluded that its prior period financial statements were not materially misstated, and therefore, no restatement was required. There were no out of period adjustments in 2015.

Recently Adopted Accounting Principles
In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standard Board “FASB” issued Accounting Standard Updated “ASU” ASU No. 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” ASU No. 2014-01 permits reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense. This new guidance also requires new disclosures for all investors in these projects. ASU No. 2014-01 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Upon adoption, the guidance must be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. However, entities that use the effective yield method to account for investments in these projects before adoption may continue to do so for these pre-existing investments. The Company has elected not to adopt the proportional amortization method, which had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Also in January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The objective of this guidance is to clarify when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. ASU No. 2014-04 states that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, ASU No. 2014-04 requires interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. ASU No. 2014-04 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2014-04 effective January 1, 2015, which did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. See Note 6. Loan Loss Allowance to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the disclosures required by ASU No. 2014-04.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-11 related to repurchase-to-maturity transactions, repurchase financing and disclosures. The pronouncement changes the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and linked repurchase financings to secured borrowing accounting, which is consistent with the accounting for other repurchase agreements. The pronouncement also requires two new disclosures. The first disclosure requires an entity to disclose information on transfers accounted for as sales in transactions that are economically similar to repurchase agreements. The second disclosure provides increased transparency about the types of collateral pledged in repurchase agreements and similar transactions accounted for as secured borrowings. The pronouncement is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is not permitted. As of December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any

F-16

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

repurchase transactions, and therefore the adoption of this pronouncement did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-14 related to classification of certain government-guaranteed mortgage loans upon foreclosure. The objective of this guidance is to reduce diversity in practice related to how creditors classify government- guaranteed mortgage loans, including FHA or VA guaranteed loans, upon foreclosure. Some creditors reclassify those loans to real estate consistent with other foreclosed loans that do not have guarantees; others reclassify the loans to other receivables. The amendments in this guidance require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if the following conditions are met: (1) The loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure; (2) At the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim; and (3) At the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The pronouncement is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2014-14 effective January 1, 2015, which did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements

Future Application of Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 related to the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. The new revenue pronouncement creates a single source of revenue guidance for all companies in all industries and is more principles-based than current revenue guidance. The pronouncement provides a five-step model for a company to recognize revenue when it transfers control of goods or services to customers at an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The five steps are (1) identify the contract with the customer, (2) identify the separate performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the separate performance obligations and (5) recognize revenue when each performance obligation is satisfied. The standard is effective for public entities for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016; early adoption is not permitted. However, in July 2015, the FASB voted to approve deferring the effective date by one year (i.e., interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017). Early adoption is permitted, but not before the original effective date (i.e., interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016). For financial reporting purposes, the standard allows for either full retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all of the periods presented, or modified retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized at the date of initial application. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of ASU No. 2014-09, and will be closely monitoring developments and additional guidance to determine the potential impact the new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, “Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.” This ASU affects reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. Specifically, the amendments: (1) Modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) or voting interest entities; (2) Eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; (3) Affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; and (4) Provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. ASU No. 2015-02 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” This ASU requires that debt issuance costs be reported in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the face amount of the related liability, consistent with the presentation of debt discounts. Further, the update requires the amortization of debt issuance costs to be reported as interest expense. Similarly, debt issuance costs and any discount or premium are considered in the aggregate when determining the effective interest rate on the debt. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The new guidance must be applied retrospectively. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, “Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement.” This ASU provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the customer should account for the license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The new guidance does not change the accounting for a

F-17

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

customer’s accounting for service contracts. ASU No. 2015-05 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, “Business Combinations: Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments.” This ASU eliminates the requirement to retrospectively adjust the financial statements for measurement-period adjustments that occur in periods after a business combination is consummated. Measurement period adjustments are calculated as if they were known at the acquisition date, but are recognized in the reporting period in which they are determined. Additional disclosures are required about the impact on current-period income statement line items of adjustments that would have been recognized in prior periods if prior-period information had been revised. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and is to be applied prospectively to adjustments of provisional amounts that occur after the effective date. Early application is permitted. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.” This ASU requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The new guidance may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” This ASU requires an entity to: i) measure equity investments at fair value through net income, with certain exceptions; (ii) present in other comprehensive income the changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities measured using the fair value option; (iii) present financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset; (iv) calculate the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes based on an exit price and; (v) assess a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets related to unrealized losses of AFS debt securities in combination with other deferred tax assets. The guidance provides an election to subsequently measure certain nonmarketable equity investments at cost less any impairment and adjusted for certain observable price changes. The guidance also requires a qualitative impairment assessment of such equity investments and amends certain fair value disclosure requirements. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is only permitted for the provision related to instrument-specific credit risk, The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard on the consolidated financial statements.

F-18

Table of Contents


NOTE 2.                                              ACQUISITIONS
 
Hampden Bancorp, Inc.
On April 17, 2015, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common shares of Hampden Bancorp, Inc. (“Hampden”). Hampden, as a holding company, had one banking subsidiary (“Hampden Bank”) that had ten branches primarily serving western Massachusetts. As a result of the transaction, Hampden merged into Berkshire Hills Bancorp, and Hampden Bank merged into Berkshire Bank. This business combination increases Berkshire’s market share in its franchise and the goodwill recognized results from the expected synergies and earnings accretion from this combination, including future cost savings related to Hampden’s operations.

On the acquisition date, Hampden had 5.167 million outstanding common shares, net of 209 thousand shares held by Berkshire Bank. Hampden shareholders received 4.186 million the Company's common shares based on an exchange ratio of 0.81 shares of the Company's common stock for each Hampden share. The 4.355 million shares of the Company's common stock issued in this exchange were valued at $27.38 per share based on the closing price posted on April 17, 2015. Excluding the 169 thousand shares issued to Berkshire Bank, this resulted in a consideration value of $114.6 million. The preliminary consideration value was reduced by $130 thousand, resulting in a final consideration value of $114.5 million. The reduction in preliminary consideration value was due to six thousand shares of Hampden common shares held by the Hampden’s stock compensation plan and not released to common stock holders. These shares were subsequently converted to five thousand Berkshire common shares based on an exchange ratio of 0.81 shares of Berkshire common stock for each Hampden share and recorded in the Company’s treasury stock. The Hampden shares held by Berkshire Bank were valued at $4.6 million, and the value in excess of the carrying value was recorded as a $2.2 million gain on securities, net in the statement of income.

The following table provides a summary of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as recorded by Hampden and the associated provisional fair value adjustments. As provided for under GAAP, management has a measurement period of up to 12 months following the date of acquisition to finalize the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. Once management has finalized the fair values within the measurement period, management considers such values to be the day one fair values. The table summarizes the estimates of the resultant fair values of those assets and liabilities as recorded by the Company; no material adjustments were made since the provisional estimates were recorded at June 30, 2015.
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
As Recorded by
(in thousands)
 
As Acquired
 
Adjustments
 
 
 
the Company
Consideration paid:
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Berkshire Hills Bancorp common stock issued to Hampden common stockholders
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
$
114,470

Fair value of Hampden shares previously owned by the Company prior to acquisition
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,632

Total consideration paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
119,102

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and (liabilities) assumed, at fair value:
Cash and short-term investments
 
$
83,134

 
$

 
 
 
$
83,134

Investment securities
 
72,439

 
(224
)
 
(a)
 
72,215

Loans
 
501,870

 
(8,405
)
 
(b)
 
493,465

Premises and equipment
 
4,449

 
775

 
(c)
 
5,224

Core deposit intangibles
 

 
2,780

 
(d)
 
2,780

Deferred tax assets, net
 
3,875

 
2,723

 
(e)
 
6,598

Other assets
 
22,919

 
856

 
(f)
 
23,775

Deposits
 
(482,130
)
 
(1,439
)
 
(g)
 
(483,569
)
Borrowings
 
(117,135
)
 
(1,396
)
 
(h)
 
(118,531
)
Other liabilities
 
(8,395
)
 
(107
)
 
(i)
 
(8,502
)
Total identifiable net assets
 
$
81,026

 
$
(4,437
)
 
 
 
$
76,589

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
42,513


F-19

Table of Contents


________________________________
Explanation of Certain Fair Value Adjustments
(a)
The adjustment represents the write down of the book value of securities to their estimated fair value based on estimates at the date of acquisition.
(b)
The adjustment represents the write down of the book value of loans to their estimated fair value based on interest rates and expected cash flows as of the acquisition date, which includes an estimate of expected loan loss inherent in the portfolio. Loans that met the criteria and are being accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-30 had a carrying amount of $28.5 million and had a fair value of $16.7 million. Non-impaired loans not accounted for under ASC 310-20 had a book value of $473.4 million and have a fair value of $477.1 million. ASC 310-30 loans have a $4.0 million fair value adjustment that is accretable in earnings over an estimated five-year life using the effective yield as determined on the date of acquisition. The effective yield is periodically adjusted for changes in expected flows. ASC 310-20 loans have a $0.4 million fair value adjustment premium that is amortized into expense over the remaining term of the loans using the effective interest method, or a straight-line method if the loan is a revolving credit facility.
(c)
The amount represents the adjustment of the book value of buildings, and furniture and equipment, to their estimated fair value based on appraisals and other methods. The adjustments will be depreciated over the estimated economic lives of the assets.
(d)
The adjustment represents the value of the core deposit base assumed in the acquisition. The core deposit asset was recorded as an identifiable intangible asset and will be amortized over the estimated useful life of the deposit base.
(e)
Represents net deferred tax assets resulting from the fair value adjustments related to the acquired assets and liabilities, identifiable intangibles, and other purchase accounting adjustments.
(f)
The amount consists of a $0.2 million fair value adjustment to write-down other real estate owned based on market report data, a $0.3 million write-down of mortgage servicing assets acquired based on valuation reports, a $0.5 million write-off of prepaid assets due to obsolescence, and a $1.6 million measurement period adjustment increase to current taxes receivable. These adjustments are not accretable into earnings in the statement of income.
(g)
The adjustment is necessary because the weighted average interest rate of time deposits exceeded the cost of similar funding at the time of acquisition. The amount will be amortized using an accelerated method over the estimated useful life of two years.
(h)
Adjusts borrowings to their estimated fair value, which is calculated based on the expected future cash flow of the borrowings.
(i)
Adjusts the book value of other liabilities to their estimated fair value at the acquisition date. The adjustment consists of a $0.4 million write-off of deferred revenue, a $0.3 million increase to post-retirement liabilities due to change-in-control provisions, and a $0.2 million increase related to non-level leases.

Except for collateral dependent loans with deteriorated credit quality, the fair values for loans acquired were estimated using cash flow projections based on the remaining maturity and repricing terms. Cash flows were adjusted by estimating future credit losses and the rate of prepayments. Projected monthly cash flows were then discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted market rate for similar loans. For collateral dependent loans with deteriorated credit quality, the Company estimated fair value by analyzing the value of the underlying collateral of the loans, assuming the fair values of the loans were derived from the eventual sale of the collateral. Those values were discounted using market derived rates of return, with consideration given to the period of time and costs associated with the foreclosure and disposition of the collateral. There was no carryover of the seller’s allowance for credit losses associated with the loans acquired, as the loans were initially recorded at fair value. Information about the Hampden acquired loan portfolio subject to ASC 310-30 as of April 17, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):
 
ASC 310-30 Loans
Gross contractual receivable amounts at acquisition
$
28,505

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (nonaccretable discount)
(7,884
)
Expected cash flows at acquisition
20,621

Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable premium)
(3,950
)
Fair value of acquired loans
$
16,671


The goodwill, which is not amortized for book purposes, was assigned to our banking reporting unit and is not deductible for tax purposes. The fair value of savings and transaction deposit accounts acquired in the Hampden acquisition was assumed to approximate the carrying value as these accounts have no stated maturity and are payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits was estimated by discounting the contractual future cash flows using market rates offered for time deposits of similar remaining maturities.

The Company’s consolidated results of operations include the operating results of Hampden beginning April 17, 2015, the date of acquisition, through the end of the reporting period. Direct acquisition and integration costs of the Hampden acquisition were

F-20

Table of Contents


expensed as incurred, and totaled $11.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 and there were $1.5 million for the same period of 2014. For whole-bank acquisitions, the Company has determined it is impractical to report the amounts of revenue and earnings of each entity since acquisition date -- including Hampden. Due to the integration of their operations with those of the organization, the Company does not record revenue and earnings separately. The revenue and earnings of these operations are included in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Firestone Financial Corp.
On August 7, 2015, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common shares of Firestone Financial Corp. (“Firestone”). Firestone is located in Needham, Massachusetts and is engaged in providing equipment financing for amusement, vending, laundry, and fitness industries nationwide. Firestone continues to operate as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Berkshire Bank. This business combination broadens the Company's product mix and revenue streams. The goodwill recognized results from the expected earnings accretion from the acquisition of this niche lender.

Based on the merger agreement, Firestone shareholders received 1.442 million shares of the Company's common stock and $13.9 million in cash. The 1.442 million shares of the Company's common stock issued for this transaction was valued at $29.20 per share based on the closing price posted on August 6, 2015, resulting in a stock consideration value of $42.1 million. Additionally, the Company extinguished Firestone’s $11.8 million commercial loan from Berkshire Bank, resulting in a $67.3 million total consideration paid for the acquisition of Firestone.

The following table provides a summary of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as recorded by Firestone and the associated provisional fair value adjustments. As provided for under GAAP, management has a measurement period of up to 12 months following the date of acquisition to finalize the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. The table summarizes the estimates of the resultant fair values of those assets and liabilities as recorded by the Company; no material adjustments were made since the provisional estimates were recorded at September 30, 2015. Consideration paid, and fair values of Firestone’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed, along with the resulting goodwill, are summarized in the following table:
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
As Recorded by
(in thousands)
 
As Acquired
 
Adjustments
 
 
 
the Company
Consideration Paid:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Berkshire Hills Bancorp common stock issued to Firestone common stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
42,107

Cash paid to Firestone common stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13,887

Total merger consideration (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
55,994

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and (liabilities) assumed, at fair value:
Cash
 
$
4,577

 
$

 
 
 
$
4,577

Loans
 
194,622

 
(2,668
)
 
(a)
 
191,954

Premises and equipment
 
1,356

 
(835
)
 
(b)
 
521

Deferred tax assets, net
 
162

 
2,850

 
(c)
 
3,012

Other assets
 
1,863

 
(1,002
)
 
(d)
 
861

Borrowings (1)
 
(159,312
)
 

 
 
 
(159,312
)
Other liabilities
 
(3,198
)
 
76

 
(e)
 
(3,122
)
Total identifiable net assets
 
$
40,070

 
$
(1,579
)
 
 
 
$
38,491

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
17,503

(1) Amounts exclude $11.8 million of Firestone's commercial loan with the Company, which was effectively settled upon acquisition. Amounts also include a $0.5 million in-transit cash payment to Firestone common stockholders.
________________________________
Explanation of Certain Fair Value Adjustments
(a)
The adjustment represents a write-down of the book value of loans to their estimated fair value based on current interest rates and expected cash flows, which includes an estimate of expected loan loss inherent in the portfolio. Loans that met the criteria and are being accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-30 had a book value of $5.4 million and had a fair value $1.5 million. Non-impaired loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 had a book value of $192.7 million and had a fair value of $190.4 million. ASC 310-30 loans included a $0.8 million fair value adjustment that is accretable in earnings over an estimated three year life using the effective yield as determined on the date of acquisition. The effective yield is periodically adjusted for changes in expected flows. ASC 310-20

F-21

Table of Contents


loans have a $2.3 million fair value adjustment discount that is amortized into earnings over the remaining term of the loans using the effective interest method.
(b)
The adjustment is a write-off of capitalized costs associated with Firestone’s internally developed accounting software, the development of which has been ceased due to pending conversion of Firestone’s accounting system to the Company’s existing system.
(c)
Represents net deferred tax assets resulting from the fair value adjustments related to the acquired assets and liabilities, identifiable intangibles, and other purchase accounting adjustments.
(d)
The adjustment consists of a $0.8 million write-off of capitalized loan costs due to no future economic benefits, a $117 thousand write-off of equipment held for sale due to an estimated zero resale value, and a $75 thousand swap termination fee for prepayment of Firestone’s borrowings.
(e)
The adjustment is a write-off of a deferred rent accrual.

The method to determine the fair value of the loans acquired from Firestone was consistent with the method used in the Hampden acquisition. Accordingly, there was no carryover of Firestone’s allowance for credit losses associated with the loans that were acquired as the loans were initially recorded at fair value.

Information about the Firestone acquired loan portfolio subject to ASC 310-30 as of August 6, 2015 is, as follows (in thousands):
 
ASC 310-30 Loans
Gross contractual receivable amounts at acquisition
$
5,369

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (nonaccretable discount)
(3,000
)
Expected cash flows at acquisition
2,369

Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable discount)
(827
)
Fair value of acquired loans
$
1,542


The goodwill, which is not amortized for book purposes, was assigned to our banking segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.
 
The Company’s consolidated results of operations include the operating results of Firestone beginning August 7, 2015, the date of acquisition, through the end of the reporting period. For the year ended December 31, 2015, Firestone contributed $8.0 million of net interest income and $2.4 million of net income to the Company’s operating results. Direct acquisition and integration costs of the Firestone acquisition were expensed as incurred, and totaled $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 and there were none for the same period of 2014.

F-22

Table of Contents


Pro Forma Information (unaudited)
The following table presents selected unaudited pro forma financial information reflecting the acquisitions of Hampden and Firestone assuming these acquisitions were completed as of January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes adjustments for scheduled amortization and accretion of fair value adjustments recorded at the time of the acquisitions. These adjustments would have been different if they had been recorded on January 1, 2014, and they do not include the impact of prepayments. The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the combined financial results of the Company, Hampden, and Firestone had the transaction actually been completed at the beginning of the periods presented, nor does it indicate future results for any other interim or full-year period. Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per common share were calculated using Berkshire’s actual weighted-average shares outstanding for the periods presented plus the 5.63 million shares issued as a result of Hampden and Firestone acquisitions. The unaudited pro forma information is based on the actual financial statements of Berkshire, Hampden, and Firestone for the periods shown until the dates of acquisitions, at which time the Hampden and Firestone operations became included in Berkshire’s financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma information, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, set forth below reflects adjustments related to (a) amortization and accretion of purchase accounting fair value adjustments; (b) amortization of core deposit intangible; and (c) an estimated tax rate of 40.3 percent. Direct acquisition expenses incurred by Berkshire during 2015 as noted above, and $7.7 million and $1.5 million recorded by Hampden and Firestone, respectively, are reversed for the purposes of this unaudited pro forma information. Also excluded during 2015, was a $2.2 million gain on Hampden stock that was held by the Company at the time of acquisition. Furthermore, except for revenue-enhancing and cost savings reflected in the Company’s consolidated results of operations after acquisitions dates, revenue enhancing, operating cost savings, and other business synergies expected as a result of the acquisitions are not reflected in the unaudited pro forma information.

Information in the following table is shown in thousands, except earnings per share:
 
 
Pro Forma (unaudited)
Years ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income
 
$
230,050

 
$
217,409

Non-interest income
 
53,738

 
51,743

Net income
 
57,768

 
44,052

Pro forma earnings per share:
 
 

 
 

Basic
 
$
1.90

 
$
1.45

Diluted
 
$
1.89

 
$
1.45


F-23

Table of Contents


NOTE 3.                                              CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. Short-term investments included $16.1 million and $9.9 million pledged as collateral support for derivative financial contracts at year-end 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Federal Reserve Bank requires the Bank to maintain certain reserve requirements of vault cash and/or deposits. The reserve requirement, included in cash and equivalents, was $6.4 million and $2.9 million at year-end 2015 and 2014, respectively. 


NOTE 4.                                              TRADING SECURITY
 
The Company holds a tax advantaged economic development bond that is being accounted for at fair value. The security had an amortized cost of $12.0 million and $12.6 million and a fair value of $14.2 million and $14.9 million at year-end 2015 and 2014, respectively. Unrealized (losses) gains recorded through income on this security totaled ($0.2) million, $0.6 million, and ($1.5) million for 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. As discussed further in Note 16 - Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, the Company has entered into a swap contract to swap-out the fixed rate of the security in exchange for a variable rate. The Company does not purchase securities with the intent of selling them in the near term, and there are no other securities in the trading portfolio at year-end 2015 and 2014.

F-24

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5.                                              SECURITIES
 
The following is a summary of securities available for sale (“AFS”) and securities held to maturity (“HTM”):
(In thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Securities available for sale
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Debt securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 
$
99,922

 
$
4,763

 
$
(124
)
 
$
104,561

Government guaranteed residential mortgage-backed securities
 
69,866

 
388

 
(396
)
 
69,858

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
 
891,041

 
5,111

 
(6,145
)
 
890,007

Corporate bonds
 
42,849

 

 
(1,827
)
 
41,022

Trust preferred securities
 
11,719

 
182

 

 
11,901

Other bonds and obligations
 
3,175

 

 
(34
)
 
3,141

Total debt securities
 
1,118,572

 
10,444

 
(8,526
)
 
1,120,490

Marketable equity securities
 
30,522

 
5,331

 
(1,886
)
 
33,967

Total securities available for sale
 
1,149,094

 
15,775

 
(10,412
)
 
1,154,457

Securities held to maturity
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 
94,642

 
3,359

 
(34
)
 
97,967

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
 
68

 
3

 

 
71

Tax advantaged economic development bonds
 
36,613

 
1,924

 

 
38,537

Other bonds and obligations
 
329

 

 

 
329

Total securities held to maturity
 
131,652

 
5,286

 
(34
)
 
136,904

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
1,280,746

 
$
21,061

 
$
(10,446
)
 
$
1,291,361

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Securities available for sale
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Debt securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 
$
127,014

 
$
6,859

 
$
(174
)
 
$
133,699

Government guaranteed residential mortgage-backed securities
 
68,972

 
702

 
(206
)
 
69,468

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
 
755,893

 
7,421

 
(3,130
)
 
760,184

Corporate bonds
 
55,134

 
120

 
(1,103
)
 
54,151

Trust preferred securities
 
16,607

 
820

 
(1,212
)
 
16,215

Other bonds and obligations
 
3,211

 

 
(52
)
 
3,159

Total debt securities
 
1,026,831

 
15,922

 
(5,877
)
 
1,036,876

Marketable equity securities
 
48,993

 
7,322

 
(1,373
)
 
54,942

Total securities available for sale
 
1,075,824

 
23,244

 
(7,250
)
 
1,091,818

Securities held to maturity
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 
4,997

 

 

 
4,997

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
 
70

 
4

 

 
74

Tax advantaged economic development bonds
 
37,948

 
1,680

 
(34
)
 
39,594

Other bonds and obligations
 
332

 

 

 
332

Total securities held to maturity
 
43,347

 
1,684

 
(34
)
 
44,997

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
1,119,171

 
$
24,928

 
$
(7,284
)
 
$
1,136,815

 

F-25

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At year-end 2015 and 2014, accumulated net unrealized gains on AFS securities included in accumulated other comprehensive income were $5.3 million and $16.0 million, respectively. At year-end 2015, accumulated net unrealized gains on HTM securities included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $954 thousand. There were no unrealized gains on HTM securities in accumulated other comprehensive income in 2014. The year-end 2015 and 2014 related income tax benefit of $2.4 million and $6.1 million, respectively, was also included in accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available for sale (AFS) and held to maturity (HTM) securities, segregated by contractual maturity at year-end 2015 are presented below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations. Mortgage-backed securities are shown in total, as their maturities are highly variable. Equity securities have no maturity and are also shown in total.
 
 
Available for sale
 
Held to maturity
(In thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within 1 year
 
$

 
$

 
$
3,540

 
$
3,560

Over 1 year to 5 years
 
3,455

 
3,439

 
17,595

 
18,613

Over 5 years to 10 years
 
28,743

 
28,970

 
13,078

 
13,433

Over 10 years
 
125,467

 
128,216

 
97,371

 
101,227

Total bonds and obligations
 
157,665

 
160,625

 
131,584

 
136,833

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marketable equity securities
 
30,522

 
33,967

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
960,907

 
959,865

 
68

 
71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
1,149,094

 
$
1,154,457

 
$
131,652

 
$
136,904

 
At year-end 2015 and 2014, the Company had pledged securities as collateral for certain municipal deposits and for interest rate swaps with certain counterparties. The total amortized cost and fair values of these pledged securities follows. Additionally, there is a blanket lien on certain securities to collateralize borrowings from the FHLBB, as discussed further in Note 12 - Borrowed Funds.
 
 
2015
 
2014
(In thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities pledged to swap counterparties
 
$
27,687

 
$
27,626

 
$
25,875

 
$
26,083

Securities pledged for municipal deposits
 
134,865

 
135,755

 
41,281

 
42,098

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
162,552

 
$
163,381

 
$
67,156

 
$
68,181

 
Proceeds from the sale of AFS securities in 2015, 2014, and 2013 were $41.2 million, $143.5 million, and $19.4 million, respectively. The components of net realized gains and losses on the sale of AFS securities are as follows. These amounts were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss and into earnings:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross realized gains
 
$
4,567

 
$
2,601

 
$
4,758

Gross realized losses
 
(2,457
)
 
(2,119
)
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gain/(losses)
 
$
2,110

 
$
482

 
$
4,758

 

F-26

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Securities with unrealized losses, segregated by the duration of their continuous unrealized loss positions, are summarized as follows:
 
 
Less Than Twelve Months
 
Over Twelve Months
 
Total
(In thousands)
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Securities available for sale
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Debt securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 
$
9

 
$
1,587

 
$
115

 
$
3,400

 
$
124

 
$
4,987

Government guaranteed residential mortgage-backed securities
 
164

 
23,460

 
232

 
19,262

 
396

 
42,722

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
 
3,100

 
315,990

 
3,045

 
153,248

 
6,145

 
469,238

Corporate bonds
 
30

 
6,934

 
1,796

 
21,587

 
1,826

 
28,521

Trust preferred securities
 
1

 
1,269

 

 

 
1

 
1,269

Other bonds and obligations
 

 
108

 
34

 
3,032

 
34

 
3,140

Total debt securities
 
3,304

 
349,348

 
5,222

 
200,529

 
8,526

 
549,877

Marketable equity securities
 
534

 
2,908

 
1,352

 
5,729

 
1,886

 
8,637

Total securities available for sale
 
$
3,838

 
$
352,256

 
$
6,574

 
$
206,258

 
$
10,412

 
$
558,514

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities held to maturity
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 

 

 
34

 
2,143

 
34

 
2,143

Total securities held to maturity
 

 

 
34

 
2,143

 
34

 
2,143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
3,838

 
$
352,256

 
$
6,608

 
$
208,401

 
$
10,446

 
$
560,657

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Securities available for sale
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Debt securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 
$
8

 
$
1,001

 
$
166

 
$
7,206

 
$
174

 
$
8,207

Government guaranteed residential mortgage-backed securities
 
46

 
7,122

 
160

 
16,727

 
206

 
23,849

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
 
236

 
30,672

 
2,894

 
167,473

 
3,130

 
198,145

Corporate bonds
 
1,103

 
39,571

 

 

 
1,103

 
39,571

Trust preferred securities
 
65

 
935

 
1,147

 
2,408

 
1,212

 
3,343

Other bonds and obligations
 

 

 
52

 
3,035

 
52

 
3,035

Total debt securities
 
1,458

 
79,301

 
4,419

 
196,849

 
5,877

 
276,150

Marketable equity securities
 
1,039

 
9,902

 
334

 
4,755

 
1,373

 
14,657

Total securities available for sale
 
$
2,497

 
$
89,203

 
$
4,753

 
$
201,604

 
$
7,250

 
$
290,807

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities held to maturity
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Tax advantaged economic development bonds
 

 

 
34

 
7,972

 
34

 
7,972

Total securities held to maturity
 

 

 
34

 
7,972

 
34

 
7,972

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
2,497

 
$
89,203

 
$
4,787

 
$
209,576

 
$
7,284

 
$
298,779



F-27

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Debt Securities
 
The Company expects to recover its amortized cost basis on all debt securities in its AFS and HTM portfolios. Furthermore, the Company does not intend to sell nor does it anticipate that it will be required to sell any of its securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2015, prior to this recovery. The Company’s ability and intent to hold these securities until recovery is supported by the Company’s strong capital and liquidity positions as well as its historical low portfolio turnover. The following summarizes, by investment security type, the basis for the conclusion that the debt securities in an unrealized loss position within the Company’s AFS and HTM portfolios were not other-than-temporarily impaired at year-end 2015:
 
AFS municipal bonds and obligations
At year-end 2015, 6 of the 121 securities in the Company’s portfolio of AFS municipal bonds and obligations were in unrealized loss positions. Aggregate unrealized losses represented 2.4% of the amortized cost of securities in unrealized loss positions. The Company continually monitors the municipal bond sector of the market carefully and periodically evaluates the appropriate level of exposure to the market. At this time, the Company feels that the bonds in this portfolio carry minimal risk of default and that the Company is appropriately compensated for that risk. The bonds are investment grade rated, and there were no material underlying credit downgrades during 2015. All securities are performing.
 
AFS residential mortgage-backed securities
At year-end 2015, 117 out of a total of 256 securities in the Company’s portfolio of AFS residential mortgage-backed securities were in unrealized loss positions. Aggregate unrealized losses represented 1.3% of the amortized cost of securities in unrealized loss positions. The Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), and Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) guarantees the contractual cash flows of the Company’s residential mortgage-backed securities. The securities are investment grade rated and there were no material underlying credit downgrades during 2015. All securities are performing.
 
AFS corporate bonds
At year-end 2015, 4 out of 7 securities in the Company’s portfolio of AFS corporate bonds were in an unrealized loss position. The aggregate unrealized loss represents 6.0% of the amortized cost of bonds in unrealized loss positions. The Company reviews the financial strength of these bonds and concluded that the amortized cost remains supported by the expected future cash flows of these securities.

At year-end 2015, $1.6 million of the total unrealized losses were attributable to a $17.6 million investment. The Company evaluated these securities, with a Level 2 fair value of $16.0 million, for potential other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at December 31, 2015 and determined that OTTI was not evident based on both the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security until the recovery of its remaining amortized cost.

AFS trust preferred securities
At year-end 2015, 1 out of the 3 securities in the Company’s portfolio of AFS trust preferred securities was in an unrealized loss
position. Aggregate unrealized losses represented 0.2% of the amortized cost of the security in an unrealized loss position. The
Company’s evaluation of the present value of expected cash flows on this security supports its conclusions about the recoverability of the securities’ amortized cost basis. This security is investment grade rated. The Company reviews the financial strength of all of the single issue trust issuers and has concluded that the amortized cost remains supported by the market value of these securities and they are performing.

AFS other bonds and obligations
At year-end 2015, 6 of the 8 securities in the Company’s portfolio of other bonds and obligations were in unrealized loss positions. Aggregate unrealized losses represented 1.1% of the amortized cost of securities in unrealized loss positions. The securities are all investment grade rated, and there were no material underlying credit downgrades during 2015. All securities are performing.

HTM Municipal bonds and obligations
At year-end 2015, 3 of the 100 securities in the Company’s portfolio of other bonds and obligations were in unrealized loss positions. Aggregate unrealized losses represented 1.6% of the amortized cost of securities in unrealized loss positions. The securities are investment grade rated and there were no material underlying credit downgrades during the quarter. All securities are performing.

F-28

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Marketable Equity Securities

In evaluating its marketable equity securities portfolio for OTTI, the Company considers its ability to more likely than not hold an equity security to recovery. The Company additionally considers other various factors including the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost and the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer. Any OTTI is recognized immediately through earnings. At year-end 2015, 9 out of a total of 24 securities in the Company’s portfolio of marketable equity securities were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized loss represented 17.5% of the amortized cost of the securities. The Company has the ability and intent to hold the securities until a recovery of their cost basis and does not consider the securities other-than-temporarily impaired at year-end 2015. As new information becomes available in future periods, changes to the Company’s assumptions may be warranted and could lead to a different conclusion regarding the OTTI of these securities.

F-29

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6.               LOANS
 
The Company’s loan portfolio is segregated into the following segments: residential mortgage, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and consumer. Residential mortgage loans include classes for 1-4 family owner occupied and construction loans. Commercial real estate loans include construction, single and multi-family, and other commercial real estate classes. Commercial and industrial loans include asset based lending loans, lease financing and other commercial business loan classes. Consumer loans include home equity, direct and indirect auto and other consumer loan classes. These portfolio segments each have unique risk characteristics that are considered when determining the appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses.
 
A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is secured by real estate in western Massachusetts, southern Vermont, northeastern New York, and in the Bank’s other New England lending areas. The ability of many of the Bank’s borrowers to honor their contracts is dependent, among other things, on the specific economy and real estate markets of these areas.
 
Total loans include business activity loans and acquired loans. Acquired loans are those loans acquired from Firestone Financial
Corp., Hampden Bancorp, Inc., the New York branch acquisition, Beacon Federal Bancorp, Inc., The Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, Legacy Bancorp, Inc., and Rome Bancorp, Inc. The following is a summary of total loans:
 
 
2015
 
2014
(In thousands)
 
Business Activities
 
Acquired Loans
 
Total
 
Business Activities
 
Acquired Loans
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

1-4 family
 
$
1,454,233

 
$
332,747

 
$
1,786,980

 
$
1,199,408

 
$
268,734

 
$
1,468,142

Construction
 
26,704

 
1,351

 
28,055

 
27,044

 
1,018

 
28,062

Total residential mortgages
 
1,480,937

 
334,098

 
1,815,035

 
1,226,452

 
269,752

 
1,496,204

Commercial real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Construction
 
210,196

 
43,474

 
253,670

 
169,189

 
4,201

 
173,390

Single and multi-family
 
214,823

 
36,783

 
251,606

 
140,050

 
53,168

 
193,218

Commercial real estate
 
1,209,008

 
345,483

 
1,554,491

 
1,030,837

 
214,122

 
1,244,959

Total commercial real estate
 
1,634,027

 
425,740

 
2,059,767

 
1,340,076

 
271,491

 
1,611,567

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial loans:
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Asset based lending
 
331,253

 

 
331,253

 
341,246

 

 
341,246

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
495,979

 
221,031

 
717,010

 
411,945

 
51,175

 
463,120

Total commercial and industrial loans
 
827,232

 
221,031

 
1,048,263

 
753,191

 
51,175

 
804,366

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total commercial loans
 
2,461,259

 
646,771

 
3,108,030

 
2,093,267

 
322,666

 
2,415,933

Consumer loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Home equity
 
307,159

 
53,446

 
360,605

 
252,681

 
65,951

 
318,632

Auto and other
 
311,328

 
130,238

 
441,566

 
346,480

 
103,351

 
449,831

Total consumer loans
 
618,487

 
183,684

 
802,171

 
599,161

 
169,302

 
768,463

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans
 
$
4,560,683

 
$
1,164,553

 
$
5,725,236

 
$
3,918,880

 
$
761,720

 
$
4,680,600


Total unamortized net costs and premiums included in the year-end total loans for business activity loans were the following:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Unamortized net loan origination costs
 
$
17,448

 
$
14,268

Unamortized net premium on purchased loans
 
4,694

 
4,604

Total unamortized net costs and premiums
 
$
22,142

 
$
18,872


F-30

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company occasionally transfers a portion of its originated commercial loans to participating lending partners. The amounts transferred have been accounted for as sales and are therefore not included in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company and its lending partners share proportionally in any gains or losses that may result from a borrower’s lack of compliance with contractual terms of the loan. The Company continues to service the loans, collects cash payments from the borrowers, remits payments (net of servicing fees), and disburses required escrow funds to relevant parties.  At year-end 2015 and 2014, the Company was servicing loans for participants totaling $189.0 million and $95.4 million, respectively.
 
In 2015, the Company purchased loans aggregating $124.4 million and sold loans aggregating $121.0 million. In 2014, the Company purchased loans aggregating $50.2 million and sold loans aggregating $290.1 million. Net gains (losses) on sales of loans were $6 million, $4 million, and ($1) million for the years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. These amounts are included in Loan Related Income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Most of the Company’s lending activity occurs within its primary markets in Western Massachusetts, Southern Vermont, and Northeastern New York. Most of the loan portfolio is secured by real estate, including residential mortgages, commercial mortgages, and home equity loans. Year-end loans to operators of non-residential buildings totaled $842.8 million, or 14.7%, and $691.3 million, or 14.8% of total loans in 2015 and 2014, respectively. There were no other concentrations of loans related to any one industry in excess of 10% of total loans at year-end 2015 or 2014.
 
At year-end 2015, the Company had pledged loans totaling $100 million to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston as collateral for certain borrowing arrangements. Also, residential first mortgage loans are subject to a blanket lien for FHLBB advances. See Note 12 - Borrowings & Subordinated Notes.
 
At year-end 2015 and 2014, the Company’s commitments outstanding to related parties totaled $3.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively, and the loans outstanding against these commitments totaled $2.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively. Related parties include directors and executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates in which they have a controlling interest, and immediate family members. For the years 2015 and 2014, all related party loans were performing.
 
The carrying amount of the acquired loans at December 31, 2015 totaled $1.2 billion. A subset of these loans was determined to have evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition date, which is accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-30. These purchased credit-impaired loans presently maintain a carrying value of $21.4 million. These loans are evaluated for impairment through the periodic reforecasting of expected cash flows. Of the $21.4 million, $2.6 million are Residential Mortgages, $15.8 million are Commercial Real Estate, $2.8 million are Commercial and Industrial loans, and $249 thousand are Consumer loans.
 
The carrying amount of the acquired loans at December 31, 2014 totaled $762 million. A subset of these loans was determined to have evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition date, which is accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-30. These purchased credit-impaired loans presently maintain a carrying value of $13.8 million. These loans are evaluated for impairment through the periodic reforecasting of expected cash flows. Of the $13.8 million, $375 thousand are Residential Mortgages, $12.3 million are Commercial Real Estate, $986 thousand are Commercial and Industrial loans, and $171 thousand are Consumer loans.

The following table summarizes activity in the accretable yield for the acquired loan portfolio that falls under the purview of ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
2,541

 
$
2,559

Acquisitions
 
4,777

 

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improved cash flows
 
3,640

 
2,644

Accretion
 
(4,033
)
 
(2,662
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
6,925

 
$
2,541

 

F-31

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is a summary of past due loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014:
Business Activities Loans
(in thousands)
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater
Than 90
Days Past
Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Current
 
Total Loans
 
Past Due >
90 days and
Accruing
December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

1-4 family
 
$
3,537

 
$
857

 
$
4,304

 
$
8,698

 
$
1,445,535

 
$
1,454,233

 
$
2,006

Construction
 

 

 

 

 
26,704

 
26,704

 

Total
 
3,537

 
857

 
4,304

 
8,698

 
1,472,239

 
1,480,937

 
2,006

Commercial real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Construction
 

 

 
58

 
58

 
210,138

 
210,196

 

Single and multi-family
 
65

 
160

 
70

 
295

 
214,528

 
214,823

 

Commercial real estate
 
1,523

 
831

 
3,286

 
5,640

 
1,203,368

 
1,209,008

 

Total
 
1,588

 
991


3,414

 
5,993


1,628,034


1,634,027



Commercial and industrial loans
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Asset based lending
 

 

 

 

 
331,253

 
331,253

 

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
1,202

 
1,105

 
7,770

 
10,077

 
485,902

 
495,979

 
146

Total
 
1,202

 
1,105

 
7,770

 
10,077

 
817,155

 
827,232

 
146

Consumer loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Home equity
 
563

 
20

 
1,658

 
2,241

 
304,918

 
307,159

 
61

Auto and other
 
1,230

 
132

 
610

 
1,972

 
309,356

 
311,328

 
59

Total
 
1,793

 
152

 
2,268

 
4,213

 
614,274

 
618,487

 
120

Total
 
$
8,120

 
$
3,105

 
$
17,756

 
$
28,981

 
$
4,531,702

 
$
4,560,683

 
$
2,272

Business Activities Loans
(in thousands)
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater
Than 90
Days Past
Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Current
 
Total Loans
 
Past Due >
90 days and
Accruing
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

1-4 family
 
$
5,580

 
$
146

 
$
4,053

 
$
9,779

 
$
1,189,629

 
$
1,199,408

 
$
1,527

Construction
 
666

 
410

 

 
1,076

 
25,968

 
27,044

 

Total
 
6,246

 
556

 
4,053

 
10,855

 
1,215,597

 
1,226,452

 
1,527

Commercial real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Construction
 

 
2,000

 
720

 
2,720

 
166,469

 
169,189

 

Single and multi-family
 
178

 
156

 
458

 
792

 
139,258

 
140,050

 

Commercial real estate
 
692

 
705

 
9,383

 
10,780

 
1,020,057

 
1,030,837

 
621

Total
 
870

 
2,861

 
10,561

 
14,292

 
1,325,784

 
1,340,076

 
621

Commercial and industrial loans
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Asset based lending
 

 

 

 

 
341,246

 
341,246

 

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
1,040

 
498

 
856

 
2,394

 
409,551

 
411,945

 
6

Total
 
1,040

 
498

 
856

 
2,394

 
750,797

 
753,191

 
6

Consumer loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Home equity
 
333

 
1,000

 
1,387

 
2,720

 
249,961

 
252,681

 
230

Auto and other
 
831

 
65

 
315

 
1,211

 
345,269

 
346,480

 
10

Total
 
1,164

 
1,065

 
1,702

 
3,931

 
595,230

 
599,161

 
240

Total
 
$
9,320

 
$
4,980

 
$
17,172

 
$
31,472

 
$
3,887,408

 
$
3,918,880

 
$
2,394


F-32

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Acquired Loans
(in thousands)
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater
Than 90
Days Past
Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Acquired
Credit
Impaired
 
Total Loans
 
Past Due >
90 days and
Accruing
December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

1-4 family
 
$
2,580

 
$
311

 
$
1,880

 
$
4,771

 
$
2,572

 
$
332,747

 
$
212

Construction
 

 

 

 

 

 
1,351

 

Total
 
2,580

 
311

 
1,880

 
4,771

 
2,572

 
334,098

 
212

Commercial real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Construction
 

 

 

 

 
1,298

 
43,474

 

Single and multi-family
 

 
176

 
227

 
403

 
1,380

 
36,783

 
127

Commercial real estate
 
547

 
43

 
1,368

 
1,958

 
13,087

 
345,483

 


Total
 
547

 
219

 
1,595

 
2,361

 
15,765

 
425,740

 
127

Commercial and industrial loans
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Asset based lending
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
1,214

 
505

 
1,420

 
3,139

 
2,775

 
221,031

 
785

Total
 
1,214

 
505

 
1,420

 
3,139

 
2,775

 
221,031

 
785

Consumer loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Home equity
 
82

 
277

 
837

 
1,196

 
118

 
53,446

 
111

Auto and other
 
1,491

 
145

 
1,081

 
2,717

 
132

 
130,238

 
187

Total
 
1,573

 
422

 
1,918

 
3,913

 
250

 
183,684

 
298

Total
 
$
5,914

 
$
1,457

 
$
6,813

 
$
14,184

 
$
21,362

 
$
1,164,553

 
$
1,422

Acquired Loans
(in thousands)
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater
Than 90
Days Past
Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Acquired
Credit
Impaired
 
Total Loans
 
Past Due >
90 days and
Accruing
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

1-4 family
 
$
1,133

 
$
638

 
$
1,651

 
$
3,422

 
$
375

 
$
268,734

 
$
269

Construction
 

 

 

 

 

 
1,018

 

Total
 
1,133

 
638

 
1,651

 
3,422

 
375

 
269,752

 
269

Commercial real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Construction
 

 

 
691

 
691

 
1,296

 
4,201

 

Single and multi-family
 
277

 

 
572

 
849

 
5,477

 
53,168

 

Commercial real estate
 

 
715

 
2,004

 
2,719

 
5,504

 
214,122

 
329

Total
 
277

 
715

 
3,267

 
4,259

 
12,277

 
271,491

 
329

Commercial and industrial loans
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Asset based lending
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
202

 
32

 
855

 
1,089

 
986

 
51,175

 

Total
 
202

 
32

 
855

 
1,089

 
986

 
51,175

 

Consumer loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Home equity
 
176

 
95

 
1,049

 
1,320

 
171

 
65,951

 
466

Auto and other
 
1,170

 
944

 
1,363

 
3,477

 

 
103,351

 
194

Total
 
1,346

 
1,039

 
2,412

 
4,797

 
171

 
169,302

 
660

Total
 
$
2,958

 
$
2,424

 
$
8,185

 
$
13,567

 
$
13,809

 
$
761,720

 
$
1,258

 

F-33

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is summary information pertaining to non-accrual loans at year-end 2015 and 2014:
 
 
12/31/2015
 
12/31/2014
(In thousands)
 
Business Activities
Loans
 
Acquired Loans
 
Total
 
Business Activities
Loans
 
Acquired Loans
 
Total
Residential mortgages:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

1-4 family
 
$
2,298

 
$
1,668

 
$
3,966

 
$
2,526

 
$
1,382

 
$
3,908

Construction
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
 
2,298

 
1,668

 
3,966

 
2,526

 
1,382

 
3,908

Commercial real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Construction
 
59

 

 
59

 
720

 

 
720

Single and multi-family
 
70

 
100

 
170

 
458

 
141

 
599

Other commercial real estate
 
3,285

 
1,368

 
4,653

 
8,762

 
1,675

 
10,437

Total
 
3,414

 
1,468

 
4,882

 
9,940

 
1,816

 
11,756

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Asset based lending
 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
7,624

 
597

 
8,221

 
850

 
811

 
1,661

Total
 
7,624

 
597

 
8,221

 
850

 
811

 
1,661

Consumer loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Home equity
 
1,597

 
727

 
2,324

 
1,157

 
583

 
1,740

Auto and other
 
551

 
893

 
1,444

 
305

 
1,169

 
1,474

Total
 
2,148

 
1,620

 
3,768

 
1,462

 
1,752

 
3,214

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total non-accrual loans
 
$
15,484

 
$
5,353

 
$
20,837

 
$
14,778

 
$
5,761

 
$
20,539

 
At year-end 2015, acquired credit impaired loans account for $39 thousand of non-accrual loans that are not presented in the above table.

Loans evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
 
Business Activities Loans
(In thousands)
2015
 
 Residential
mortgages
 
 Commercial
real estate
 
 Commercial
and industrial
 
Consumer
 
Total
Loans receivable:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Balance at end of year
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
2,812

 
$
11,560

 
$
7,191

 
$
1,810

 
$
23,373

Collectively evaluated
 
1,478,125

 
1,622,467

 
820,041

 
616,677

 
4,537,310

Total
 
$
1,480,937

 
$
1,634,027

 
$
827,232

 
$
618,487

 
$
4,560,683

 
Business Activities Loans
(In thousands)
2014
 
 Residential
mortgages
 
 Commercial
real estate
 
 Commercial
and industrial
 
Consumer
 
Total
Loans receivable:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Balance at end of year
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
3,238

 
$
22,015

 
$
743

 
$
452

 
$
26,448

Collectively evaluated
 
1,223,214

 
1,318,061

 
752,448

 
598,709

 
3,892,432

Total
 
$
1,226,452

 
$
1,340,076

 
$
753,191

 
$
599,161

 
$
3,918,880

 

F-34

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Acquired Loans
(In thousands)
2015
 
 Residential
mortgages
 
 Commercial
real estate
 
 Commercial
and industrial
 
Consumer
 
Total
Loans receivable:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Balance at end of year
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
570

 
$
3,749

 
$

 
$
487

 
$
4,806

Purchased credit-impaired loans
 
2,572

 
15,765

 
2,775

 
250

 
21,362

Collectively evaluated
 
330,956

 
406,226

 
218,256

 
182,947

 
1,138,385

Total
 
$
334,098

 
$
425,740

 
$
221,031

 
$
183,684

 
$
1,164,553


Acquired Loans
(In thousands)
2014
 
 Residential
mortgages
 
 Commercial
real estate
 
 Commercial
and industrial
 
Consumer
 
Total
Loans receivable:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Balance at end of year
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
695

 
$
4,515

 
$
39

 
$
199

 
$
5,448

Purchased credit-impaired loans
 
375

 
12,237

 
986

 
171

 
$
13,769

Collectively evaluated
 
268,682

 
254,739

 
50,150

 
168,932

 
$
742,503

Total
 
$
269,752

 
$
271,491

 
$
51,175

 
$
169,302

 
$
761,720


The following is a summary of impaired loans at year-end 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended:
Business Activities Loans
 
 
At December 31, 2015
(In thousands)
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal
Balance
 
Related Allowance
With no related allowance:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
1,181

 
$
1,181

 
$

Commercial real estate - construction
 
2,000

 
2,000

 

Commercial real estate - single and multifamily
 

 

 

Other commercial real estate
 
4,613

 
4,613

 

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
5,828

 
5,828

 

Consumer - home equity
 
702

 
702

 

Consumer - other
 
1

 
1

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
1,479

 
$
1,632

 
$
153

Commercial real estate - construction
 

 

 

Commercial real estate - single and multifamily
 

 

 

Other commercial real estate
 
4,798

 
4,947

 
149

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
1,341

 
1,362

 
21

Consumer - home equity
 
903

 
999

 
96

Consumer - other
 
101

 
108

 
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages
 
$
2,660

 
$
2,813

 
$
153

Commercial real estate
 
11,411

 
11,560

 
149

Commercial and industrial
 
7,169

 
7,190

 
21

Consumer
 
1,707

 
1,810

 
103

Total impaired loans
 
$
22,947

 
$
23,373

 
$
426


F-35

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Business Activities Loans
 
 
At December 31, 2014
(In thousands)
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal
Balance
 
Related Allowance
With no related allowance:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
2,528

 
$
2,528

 
$

Commercial real estate - construction
 
16,990

 
16,990

 

Commercial real estate - single and multifamily
 

 

 

Other commercial real estate loans
 
102

 
102

 

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
743

 
743

 

Consumer - home equity
 
87

 
87

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
555

 
$
710

 
$
155

Commercial real estate - construction
 
3,511

 
4,431

 
920

Commercial real estate - single and multifamily
 
490

 
492

 
2

Other commercial real estate loans
 
194

 
248

 
54

Other commercial and industrial loans
 

 

 

Consumer - home equity
 
105

 
117

 
12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages
 
$
3,083

 
$
3,238

 
$
155

Commercial real estate
 
21,287

 
22,263

 
976

Commercial and industrial loans
 
743

 
743

 

Consumer
 
192

 
204

 
12

Total impaired loans
 
$
25,305

 
$
26,448

 
$
1,143


Acquired Loans
 
 
At December 31, 2015
(In thousands)
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal
Balance
 
Related Allowance
With no related allowance:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
274

 
$
274

 
$

Other commercial real estate loans
 
1,722

 
1,722

 

Consumer - home equity
 
117

 
117

 

Consumer - other
 
177

 
177

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
266

 
296

 
$
30

Commercial real estate - single and multifamily
 
638

 
655

 
17

Other commercial real estate loans
 
1,964

 
2,032

 
68

Consumer - home equity
 
167

 
192

 
25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages
 
$
540

 
$
570

 
$
30

Commercial real estate
 
4,324

 
4,409

 
85

Commercial and industrial
 

 

 

Consumer
 
461

 
486

 
25

Total impaired loans
 
$
5,325

 
$
5,465

 
$
140



F-36

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Acquired Loans
 
 
December 31, 2014
(In thousands)
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal
Balance
 
Related Allowance
With no related allowance:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
189

 
$
189

 
$

Other commercial real estate loans
 
5,206

 
5,206

 

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
39

 
39

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
458

 
$
506

 
$
48

Other commercial real estate loans
 
383

 
431

 
48

Consumer - home equity
 
124

 
199

 
75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages
 
$
647

 
$
695

 
$
48

Other commercial real estate loans
 
5,589

 
5,637

 
48

Other commercial and industrial loans
 
39

 
39

 

Consumer - home equity
 
124

 
199

 
75

Total impaired loans
 
$
6,399

 
$
6,570

 
$
171


F-37

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is a summary of the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
 
Business Activities Loans
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in thousands)
 
Average Recorded
Investment
 
Cash Basis Interest
Income Recognized
 
Average Recorded
Investment
 
Cash Basis Interest
Income Recognized
With no related allowance:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
1,353

 
$
38

 
$
3,807

 
$
141

Commercial real estate - construction
 
2,245

 
92

 
18,218

 
704

Commercial real estate - single and multifamily
 
60

 

 
519

 

Other commercial real estate
 
12,487

 
302

 
9

 

Commercial and industrial
 
3,870

 
177

 
1,877

 
70

Consumer-home equity
 
442

 
13

 
234

 
3

Consumer-other
 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
1,704

 
$
72

 
$
648

 
$
31

Commercial mortgages - construction
 

 

 
2,837

 
84

Commercial real estate - single and multifamily
 

 

 
1,213

 

Other commercial real estate
 
3,214

 
132

 

 

Commercial and industrial
 
810

 
37

 

 

Consumer-home equity
 
83

 

 
207

 
6

Consumer - other
 
112

 
4

 
120

 
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages
 
$
3,057

 
$
110

 
$
4,455

 
$
172

Commercial real estate
 
18,006

 
526

 
22,796

 
788

Commercial and industrial
 
4,680

 
214

 
1,877

 
70

Consumer loans
 
637

 
17

 
561

 
13

Total impaired loans
 
$
26,380

 
$
867

 
$
29,689

 
$
1,043

 

F-38

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Acquired Loans
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in thousands)
 
Average Recorded
Investment
 
Cash Basis Interest
Income Recognized
 
Average Recorded
Investment
 
Cash Basis Interest
Income Recognized
With no related allowance:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
463

 
$
6

 
$
841

 
$
8

Commercial real estate - construction
 
445

 
60

 
5,484

 
227

Commercial mortgages - single and multifamily
 
2,014

 
57

 

 

Commercial mortgages - real estate
 
1,721

 
37

 

 

Commercial business loans
 

 

 
356

 
13

Consumer - home equity
 
152

 
5

 
41

 

Consumer - other
 
59

 
5

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages - 1-4 family
 
$
304

 
$
9

 
$
241

 
$
14

Commercial real estate - construction
 

 

 
108

 
4

Commercial real estate - single and multifamily
 
623

 
33

 

 

Other commercial real estate
 
1,384

 
96

 

 

Commercial and industrial
 
31

 
3

 

 

Consumer - home equity
 
195

 
7

 
51

 
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential mortgages
 
$
767

 
$
15

 
$
1,082

 
$
22

Commercial real estate
 
6,187

 
283

 
5,592

 
231

Commercial and industrial
 
31

 
3

 
356

 
13

Consumer loans
 
406

 
17

 
92

 
6

Total impaired loans
 
$
7,391

 
$
318

 
$
7,122

 
$
272


No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired loans.

F-39

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Troubled Debt Restructuring Loans
 
The Company’s loan portfolio also includes certain loans that have been modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring (TDR), where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. These concessions typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance, or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months. TDRs are evaluated individually for impairment and may result in a specific allowance amount allocated to an individual loan.

The following tables include the recorded investment and number of modifications for modified loans identified during the years-ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 respectively. The tables include the recorded investment in the loans prior to a modification and also the recorded investment in the loans after the loans were restructured. The modifications for the year-ended December 31, 2015 were attributable to interest rate concessions, maturity date extensions, modified payment terms, reamortization, and accelerated maturity. The modifications for the year-ended December 31, 2014 were attributable to interest rate concessions, debt consolidations, and changes to payment terms. The modifications for the year-ended December 31, 2013 were attributable to interest rate concessions, debt consolidations, and maturity date extensions. 
 
 
Modifications by Class
For the twelve months ending December 31, 2015
 
 
Number of
Modifications
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment (In thousands)
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial - Construction
 
1

 
123

 
123

Commercial - Single and multifamily
 
2

 
307

 
307

Commercial - Other
 
4

 
8,577

 
7,274

Commercial business - Other
 
6

 
9,041

 
8,904

Consumer - Other
 
1

 
999

 
999

 
 
14

 
$
19,047

 
$
17,607

 
 
Modifications by Class
For the twelve months ending December 31, 2014
 
 
Number of
Modifications
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment (In thousands)
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential - 1-4 Family
 
5

 
$
600

 
$
598

Commercial - Single and multifamily
 
1

 
623

 
623

Residential - Construction
 
1

 
102

 
102

Commercial - Other
 
10

 
9,190

 
9,190

 
 
17

 
$
10,515

 
$
10,513

 
 
Modifications by Class
For the twelve months ending December 31, 2013
 
 
Number of
Modifications
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment (In thousands)
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential - 1-4 Family
 
7

 
$
1,152

 
$
1,152

Commercial - Single and multifamily
 
1

 
320

 
320

Commercial - Other
 
2

 
2,366

 
2,406

Commercial and industrial - Other
 
10

 
3,882

 
3,450

Consumer - Auto and other
 
7

 
443

 
442

 
 
27

 
$
8,163

 
$
7,770


F-40

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following tables disclose the recorded investment and number of modifications for TDRs within the last year where a concession was made and the borrower subsequently defaulted in the current reporting period:
 
 
Modifications that Subsequently Defaulted
For the twelve months ending December 31, 2015
 
 
Number of Contracts
 
Recorded Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
 

 
 

Residential - 1-4 Family
 
2

 
$
169

Commercial - Single and multifamily
 
1

 

Commercial - Other
 
1

 
373

Commercial business - Other
 
4

 
6,579

 
 
8

 
$
7,121

 
 
Modifications that Subsequently Defaulted
For the twelve months ending December 31, 2014
 
 
Number of Contracts
 
Recorded Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial- Other
 
2

 
$
101

 
 
Modifications that Subsequently Defaulted For the twelve months ending December 31, 2013

 
 
Number of Contracts
 
 Recorded Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
 
 
 
Residential - 1-4 Family
 
1

 
201

Commercial - Single and multifamily
 
5

 
261

Commercial - Other
 
7

 
1,961

Commercial business - Other
 
1

 
55

 
 
14

 
$
2,478


The following table presents the Company’s TDR activity in 2015 and 2014:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
16,714

 
$
10,822

Principal payments
 
(5,460
)
 
(2,651
)
TDR status change (1)
 

 
(52
)
Other reductions (2)
 
(3,160
)
 
(1,918
)
Newly identified TDRs
 
13,954

 
10,513

Balance at end of year
 
$
22,048

 
$
16,714

________________________________ 
(1)
TDR status change classification represents TDR loans with a specified interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that the Company was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and  the loan was on current payment status and not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement.
 (2)  Other reductions classification consists of transfer to other real estate owned, charge-offs to loans, and other loan sale payoffs.
 
The evaluation of certain loans individually for specific impairment includes loans that were previously classified as TDRs or continue to be classified as TDRs.

F-41

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7.               LOAN LOSS ALLOWANCE
 
Activity in the allowance for loan losses for 2015, 2014, and 2013 was as follows:

Business Activities Loans 
(In thousands)
2015
 
 Residential
mortgages
 
 Commercial
real estate
 
 Commercial
and industrial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
6,836

 
$
14,690

 
$
5,206

 
$
5,928

 
$
135

 
$
32,795

Charged-off loans
 
1,215

 
6,865

 
2,358

 
1,183

 

 
11,621

Recoveries on charged-off loans
 
141

 
164

 
169

 
285

 

 
759

Provision for loan losses
 
1,804

 
6,519

 
4,300

 
(74
)
 
92

 
12,641

Balance at end of year
 
$
7,566

 
$
14,508

 
$
7,317

 
$
4,956

 
$
227

 
$
34,574

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
153

 
149

 
21

 
103

 

 
426

Collectively evaluated
 
7,413

 
14,359

 
7,296

 
4,853

 
227

 
34,148

Total
 
$
7,566

 
$
14,508

 
$
7,317

 
$
4,956

 
$
227

 
$
34,574


Business Activities Loans
(In thousands)
2014
 
 Residential
mortgages
 
 Commercial
real estate
 
 Commercial
and industrial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
6,937

 
$
13,705

 
$
5,173

 
$
3,644

 
$
68

 
$
29,527

Charged-off loans
 
1,455

 
4,207

 
2,500

 
1,308

 

 
9,470

Recoveries on charged-off loans
 
186

 
9

 
193

 
285

 

 
673

Provision for loan losses
 
1,168

 
5,183

 
2,340

 
3,307

 
67

 
12,065

Balance at end of year
 
$
6,836

 
$
14,690

 
$
5,206

 
$
5,928

 
$
135

 
$
32,795

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
155

 
922

 

 
66

 

 
1,143

Collectively evaluated
 
6,681

 
13,768

 
5,206

 
5,862

 
135

 
31,652

Total
 
$
6,836

 
$
14,690

 
$
5,206

 
$
5,928

 
$
135

 
$
32,795


Business Activities Loans
(In thousands)
2013
 
 Residential
mortgages
 
 Commercial
real estate
 
 Commercial
and industrial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
5,928

 
$
18,863

 
$
5,605

 
$
1,466

 
$
29

 
$
31,891

Charged-off loans
 
1,761

 
3,378

 
2,046

 
917

 

 
8,102

Recoveries on charged-off loans
 
398

 
540

 
121

 
270

 

 
1,329

Provision for loan losses
 
2,372

 
(2,320
)
 
1,493

 
2,825

 
39

 
4,409

Balance at end of year
 
$
6,937

 
$
13,705

 
$
5,173

 
$
3,644

 
$
68

 
$
29,527

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
905

 
219

 
55

 
103

 

 
1,282

Collectively evaluated
 
6,032

 
13,486

 
5,118

 
3,541

 
68

 
28,245

Total
 
$
6,937

 
$
13,705

 
$
5,173

 
$
3,644

 
$
68

 
$
29,527




F-42

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Acquired Loans
(In thousands)
2015
 
 Residential
mortgages
 
 Commercial
real estate
 
 Commercial
and industrial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
615

 
$
790

 
$
1,093

 
$
369

 
$

 
$
2,867

Charged-off loans
 
642

 
681

 
752

 
992

 

 
3,067

Recoveries on charged-off loans
 
64

 
418

 
289

 
78

 

 
849

Provision for loan losses
 
939

 
1,376

 
700

 
1,070

 

 
4,085

Balance at end of year
 
$
976

 
$
1,903

 
$
1,330

 
$
525

 
$

 
$
4,734

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
30

 
43

 

 
25

 

 
98

Purchased credit-impaired loans
 

 
42

 

 

 

 
42

Collectively evaluated
 
946

 
1,818

 
1,330

 
500

 

 
4,594

Total
 
$
976

 
$
1,903

 
$
1,330

 
$
525

 
$

 
$
4,734


Acquired Loans
(In thousands)
2014
 
 Residential
mortgages
 
 Commercial
real estate
 
 Commercial
and industrial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
625

 
$
2,339

 
$
597

 
$
235

 
$

 
$
3,796

Charged-off loans
 
1,141

 
1,477

 
510

 
1,255

 

 
4,383

Recoveries on charged-off loans
 
179

 
261

 
35

 
76

 

 
551

Provision for loan losses
 
952

 
(333
)
 
971

 
1,313

 

 
2,903

Balance at end of year
 
$
615

 
$
790

 
$
1,093

 
$
369

 
$

 
$
2,867

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
48

 
48

 

 
75

 

 
171

Purchased credit-impaired loans
 

 

 

 

 

 

Collectively evaluated
 
567

 
742

 
1,093

 
294

 

 
2,696

Total
 
$
615

 
$
790

 
$
1,093

 
$
369

 
$

 
$
2,867


Acquired Loans
(In thousands)
2013
 
 Residential
mortgages
 
 Commercial
real estate
 
 Commercial
and industrial
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
509

 
$
390

 
$
96

 
$
314

 
$
8

 
$
1,317

Charged-off loans
 
636

 
1,748

 
771

 
1,580

 

 
4,735

Recoveries on charged-off loans
 
1

 
15

 
84

 
145

 

 
245

Provision for loan losses
 
751

 
3,682

 
1,188

 
1,356

 
(8
)
 
6,969

Balance at end of year
 
$
625

 
$
2,339

 
$
597

 
$
235

 
$

 
$
3,796

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
230

 
488

 

 
39

 

 
757

Purchased credit-impaired loans
 

 

 

 

 

 

Collectively evaluated
 
395

 
1,851

 
597

 
196

 

 
3,039

Total
 
$
625

 
$
2,339

 
$
597

 
$
235

 
$

 
$
3,796


F-43

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Credit Quality Information
 
Business Activities Loans Credit Quality Analysis
 
The Company monitors the credit quality of its portfolio by using internal risk ratings that are based on regulatory guidance. Loans that are given a Pass rating are not considered a problem credit. Loans that are classified as Special Mention loans are considered to have potential weaknesses and are evaluated closely by management. Substandard and non-accruing loans are loans for which a definitive weakness has been identified and which may make full collection of contractual cash flows questionable. Doubtful loans are those with identified weaknesses that make full collection of contractual cash flows, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

For commercial credits, the Company assigns an internal risk rating at origination and reviews the rating annual, semiannually, or quarterly depending on the risk rating. The rating is also reassessed at any point in time when management becomes aware of information that may affect the borrower’s ability to fulfill their obligations.
 
The Company risk rates its residential mortgages, including 1-4 family and residential construction loans, based on a three rating system: Pass, Special Mention, and Substandard. Loans that are current within 59 days are rated Pass. Residential mortgages that are 60-89 days delinquent are rated Special Mention. Loans delinquent for 90 days or greater are rated Substandard and generally placed on non-accrual status. Home equity loans are risk rated based on the same rating system as the Company’s residential mortgages.
 
Ratings for other consumer loans, including auto loans, are based on a two rating system. Loans that are current within 119 days are rated Performing while loans delinquent for 120 days or more are rated Non-performing. Other consumer loans are placed on non-accrual at such time as they become Non-performing.
 
Acquired Loans Credit Quality Analysis
 
Upon acquiring a loan portfolio, our internal loan review function assigns risk ratings to the acquired loans, utilizing the same methodology as it does with business activities loans. This may differ from the risk rating policy of the predecessor bank. Loans which are rated Substandard or worse according to the rating process outlined below are deemed to be credit impaired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, regardless of whether they are classified as performing or non-performing.

The Bank utilizes a loan risk rating system for acquired loans consistent with loans originated from business activities, as outlined in the Credit Quality Information section of this Note. The ratings system is similar to loans originated through business activities.
 
The Company subjects loans that do not meet the ASC 310-30 criteria to ASC 450-20 by collectively evaluating these loans for an allowance for loan loss. The Company applies a methodology similar to the methodology prescribed for business activities loans, which includes the application of environmental factors to each category of loans. The methodology to collectively evaluate the acquired loans outside the scope of ASC 310-30 includes the application of a number of environmental factors that reflect management’s best estimate of the level of incremental credit losses that might be recognized given current conditions. This is reviewed as part of the allowance for loan loss adequacy analysis. As the loan portfolio matures and environmental factors change, the loan portfolio will be reassessed each quarter to determine an appropriate reserve allowance.

Additionally, the Company considers the need for an additional reserve for acquired loans accounted for outside of the scope of ASC 310-30 under ASC 310-20. At acquisition date, the Bank determined a fair value mark with credit and interest rate components. Under the Company’s model, the impairment evaluation process involves comparing the carrying value of acquired loans, including the entire unamortized premium or discount, to the recorded reserve allowance. If necessary, the Company books an additional reserve to account for shortfalls identified through this calculation. Fair value marks are not bifurcated when evaluating for impairment.
 
A decrease in the expected cash flows in subsequent periods requires the establishment of an allowance for loan losses at that time for ASC 310-30 loans. At year-end 2015, the allowance for loan losses related to acquired loans under ASC 310-30 and ASC 310-20 was $4.7 million using the above mentioned criteria. The Company presented several tables within this footnote separately for business activity loans and acquired loans in order to distinguish the credit performance of the acquired loans from the business activity loans.

F-44

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following tables present the Company’s loans by risk rating at year-end 2015 and 2014:
 
Business Activities Loans

Residential Mortgages
Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade
 
 
1-4 family
 
Construction
 
Total residential mortgages
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Grade:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Pass
 
$
1,449,073

 
$
1,195,209

 
$
26,704

 
$
26,634

 
$
1,475,777

 
$
1,221,843

Special mention
 
857

 
146

 

 
410

 
857

 
556

Substandard
 
4,303

 
4,053

 

 

 
4,303

 
4,053

Total
 
$
1,454,233

 
$
1,199,408

 
$
26,704

 
$
27,044

 
$
1,480,937

 
$
1,226,452

 
Commercial Mortgages
Credit Risk Profile by Creditworthiness Category
 
 
Construction
 
Single and multi-family
 
Real Estate
 
Total commercial real estate
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Grade:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Pass
 
$
208,138

 
$
166,295

 
$
212,900

 
$
137,533

 
$
1,155,770

 
$
959,836

 
$
1,576,808

 
$
1,263,664

Special mention
 

 

 

 

 
3,449

 
6,933

 
3,449

 
6,933

Substandard
 
2,058

 
2,894

 
1,923

 
2,517

 
49,716

 
63,995

 
53,697

 
69,406

Doubtful
 

 

 

 

 
73

 
73

 
73

 
73

Total
 
$
210,196

 
$
169,189

 
$
214,823

 
$
140,050

 
$
1,209,008

 
$
1,030,837

 
$
1,634,027

 
$
1,340,076


Commercial Business Loans
Credit Risk Profile by Creditworthiness Category
 
 
Asset based lending
 
Business Loans
 
Total comm. and industrial
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Grade:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Pass
 
$
331,253

 
$
341,246

 
$
455,710

 
$
404,846

 
$
786,963

 
$
746,092

Special mention
 

 

 
24,578

 
560

 
24,578

 
560

Substandard
 

 

 
15,691

 
6,539

 
15,691

 
6,539

Doubtful
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
 
$
331,253

 
$
341,246

 
$
495,979

 
$
411,945

 
$
827,232

 
$
753,191

 
Consumer Loans
Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity
 
 
Home equity
 
Auto and other
 
Total consumer
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Performing
 
$
305,562

 
$
251,524

 
$
310,777

 
$
346,175

 
$
616,339

 
$
597,699

Nonperforming
 
1,597

 
1,157

 
551

 
305

 
2,148

 
1,462

Total
 
$
307,159

 
$
252,681

 
$
311,328

 
$
346,480

 
$
618,487

 
$
599,161


F-45

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Acquired Loans
 
Residential Mortgages
Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade
 
 
1-4 family
 
Construction
 
Total residential mortgages
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Grade:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Pass
 
$
329,375

 
$
266,445

 
$
1,351

 
$
1,018

 
$
330,726

 
$
267,463

Special mention
 
311

 
638

 

 

 
311

 
638

Substandard
 
3,061

 
1,651

 

 

 
3,061

 
1,651

Total
 
$
332,747

 
$
268,734

 
$
1,351

 
$
1,018

 
$
334,098

 
$
269,752

 
Commercial Mortgages
Credit Risk Profile by Creditworthiness Category
 
 
Construction
 
Single and multi-family
 
Real Estate
 
Total commercial real estate
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Grade:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Pass
 
$
42,176

 
$
2,904

 
$
32,796

 
$
44,497

 
$
324,614

 
$
195,681

 
$
399,586

 
$
243,082

Special mention
 

 

 
655

 
533

 
352

 
4,868

 
1,007

 
5,401

Substandard
 
1,298

 
1,297

 
3,332

 
8,138

 
20,517

 
13,573

 
25,147

 
23,008

Total
 
$
43,474

 
$
4,201

 
$
36,783

 
$
53,168

 
$
345,483

 
$
214,122

 
$
425,740

 
$
271,491


Commercial Business Loans
Credit Risk Profile by Creditworthiness Category
 
 
Asset based lending
 
Business Loans
 
Total comm. and industrial
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Grade:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Pass
 
$

 
$

 
$
212,825

 
$
45,757

 
$
212,825

 
$
45,757

Special mention
 

 

 
487

 
1,723

 
487

 
1,723

Substandard
 

 

 
7,719

 
3,695

 
7,719

 
3,695

Total
 
$

 
$

 
$
221,031

 
$
51,175

 
$
221,031

 
$
51,175

 
Consumer Loans
Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity
 
 
Home equity
 
Auto and other
 
Total consumer
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Performing
 
$
52,719

 
$
65,368

 
$
129,345

 
$
102,182

 
$
182,064

 
$
167,550

Nonperforming
 
727

 
583

 
893

 
1,169

 
1,620

 
1,752

Total
 
$
53,446

 
$
65,951

 
$
130,238

 
$
103,351

 
$
183,684

 
$
169,302


F-46

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table summarizes information about total loans rated Special Mention or lower. The table below includes consumer loans that are Special Mention and Substandard accruing that are classified in the above table as performing based on payment activity.
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(In thousands)
 
Business
Activities Loans
 
Acquired Loans
 
Total
 
Business
Activities Loans
 
Acquired Loans
 
Total
Non-Accrual
 
$
15,484

 
$
5,391

 
$
20,875

 
$
14,778

 
$
6,927

 
$
21,705

Substandard Accruing
 
60,549

 
32,560

 
93,109

 
66,995

 
23,839

 
90,834

Total Classified
 
76,033

 
37,951

 
113,984

 
81,773

 
30,766

 
112,539

Special Mention
 
29,036

 
2,259

 
31,295

 
9,113

 
8,800

 
17,913

Total Criticized
 
$
105,069

 
$
40,210

 
$
145,279

 
$
90,886

 
$
39,566

 
$
130,452



NOTE 8.                                              PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
Year-end premises and equipment are summarized as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
Estimated Useful
Life
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Land
 
$
10,719

 
$
10,638

 
N/A
Buildings and improvements
 
81,058

 
75,984

 
5 - 39 years
Furniture and equipment
 
34,950

 
31,893

 
3 - 7 years
Construction in process
 
1,860

 
1,191

 
 
Premises and equipment, gross
 
128,587

 
119,706

 
 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
 
(40,515
)
 
(32,427
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premises and equipment, net
 
$
88,072

 
$
87,279

 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense for the years 2015, 2014, and 2013 amounted to $8.6 million, $8.3 million, and $7.1 million, respectively.

F-47

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9.                                              GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Goodwill and other intangible assets are presented in the tables below. The Company completed two acquisitions during 2015 which resulted in the capitalization of goodwill and other intangibles. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company allocated the amount paid to the fair value of the net assets acquired, with any excess amounts recorded as goodwill. There was one acquisition during 2014. The activity impacting goodwill in 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Balance, beginning of the period
 
$
264,742

 
$
256,871

Goodwill acquired and adjusted:
 
 
 
 
Hampden Bancorp Acquisition (1)
 
42,513

 

Firestone Financial (1)
 
17,503

 

Adjustments (2)
 
(814
)
 

New York Branch Acquisition
 

 
7,871

Balance, end of the period
 
$
323,943

 
$
264,742

______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(1)
Goodwill related to the Hampden and Firestone acquisitions was adjusted since acquisition dates to reflect new information available during the one-year measurement period.
(2)
Goodwill was adjusted to reflect the subsequent sale of the Company's Tennessee operations, which were originally acquired from Beacon.

Year-end goodwill relates to the following reporting units:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Banking
 
$
300,767

 
$
241,566

Insurance
 
23,176

 
23,176

Total
 
$
323,943

 
$
264,742


The Company tests goodwill impairment annually using third quarter financial data. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment is possible, the Company will perform additional reviews. No impairment was recorded on goodwill for 2015 and 2014.

The components of other intangible assets are as follows:
(In thousands)
 
Gross Intangible
Assets
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net Intangible
Assets
December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

Non-maturity deposits (core deposit intangible)
 
$
36,833

 
$
(28,099
)
 
$
8,734

Insurance contracts
 
7,558

 
(6,863
)
 
695

All other intangible assets
 
3,894

 
(2,659
)
 
1,235

Total
 
$
48,285

 
$
(37,621
)
 
$
10,664

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

Non-maturity deposits (core deposit intangible)
 
$
34,053

 
$
(25,656
)
 
$
8,397

Insurance contracts
 
7,558

 
(6,094
)
 
1,464

All other intangible assets
 
3,894

 
(2,227
)
 
1,667

Total
 
$
45,505

 
$
(33,977
)
 
$
11,528

 
Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line or accelerated basis over their estimated lives, which range from eight to eleven years. Amortization expense related to intangibles totaled $3.6 million in 2015, $4.8 million in 2014, and $5.3 million in 2013.

The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets remaining at year-end 2015 is as follows: 2016- $3.0 million; 2017- $2.0 million; 2018- $1.6 million; 2019- $1.3 million; 2020- $0.9 million; and thereafter- $1.8 million. For the years 2015, 2014, and 2013, no impairment charges were identified for the Company’s intangible assets.

F-48

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 10.                                       OTHER ASSETS

Year-end other assets are summarized as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights
 
$
5,187

 
$
3,757

Accrued interest receivable
 
20,940

 
17,274

Investment in tax credits
 
2,854

 
9,045

Prepaid FDIC insurance
 
779

 
746

Accrued federal and state tax receivable (1)
 
6,731

 
5,055

Derivative assets
 
17,507

 
12,443

Assets held for sale
 
278

 
1,280

Other
 
11,479

 
11,490

Total other assets
 
$
65,755

 
$
61,090

(1)
Accrued federal and state tax receivable as of December 31, 2015 includes $4 million of New York State refundable tax credits from an investment in a historical tax credit partnership in New York State. This balance was $0 at year-end 2014.

The Bank sells loans in the secondary market and retains the ability to service many of these loans. The Bank earns fees for the servicing provided. Mortgage loans sold and serviced for others amounted to $807.6 million, $625.4 million, and $641.2 million at year-end 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.  Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The risks inherent in mortgage servicing assets relate primarily to changes in prepayments that result from shifts in mortgage interest rates. Contractually specified servicing fees were $1.7 million, $1.5 million, and $1.5 million for the years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, and included as a component of loan related fees within non-interest income. The significant assumptions used in the valuation at year-end 2015 included a weighted average discount rate of 10.9% and pre-payment speed assumptions ranging from 7.17% to 12.06%.

Mortgage servicing rights activity was as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
3,757

 
$
4,112

Additions
 
2,622

 
680

Amortization
 
(1,192
)
 
(1,035
)
Balance at end of year
 
$
5,187

 
$
3,757


F-49

Table of Contents


NOTE 11.                                       DEPOSITS
 
A summary of year-end time deposits is as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Maturity date:
 
 

 
 

Within 1 year
 
$
1,264,948

 
$
858,200

Over 1 year to 2 years
 
446,918

 
404,445

Over 2 years to 3 years
 
100,728

 
112,624

Over 3 years to 4 years
 
46,146

 
45,212

Over 4 years to 5 years
 
123,885

 
27,923

Over 5 years
 
3,975

 
7,342

Total
 
$
1,986,600

 
$
1,455,746

Account balances:
 
 

 
 

Less than $100,000
 
$
545,819

 
$
515,570

$100,000 or more
 
1,440,781

 
940,176

Total
 
$
1,986,600

 
$
1,455,746

 
Included in time deposits are brokered deposits of $784.1 million and $379.6 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Included in money market deposits presented on the consolidated balance sheet are reciprocal brokered deposits of $101.5 million and $9.4 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

F-50

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12.                                       BORROWED FUNDS
 
Borrowed funds at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized, as follows:
 
 
2015
 
2014
(in thousands, except rates)
 
Principal
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Principal
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
Short-term borrowings:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Advances from the FHLBB
 
$
1,071,200

 
0.43
%
 
$
890,900

 
0.24
%
Other Borrowings
 

 

 
10,000

 
1.80

Total short-term borrowings:
 
1,071,200

 
0.43

 
900,900

 
0.23

Long-term borrowings:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Advances from the FHLBB
 
103,135

 
1.89

 
61,676

 
0.93

Subordinated notes
 
74,348

 
7.00

 
74,283

 
7.00

Junior subordinated notes
 
15,464

 
2.23

 
15,464

 
2.08

Total long-term borrowings:
 
192,947

 
3.88

 
151,423

 
4.03

Total
 
$
1,264,147

 
0.96
%
 
$
1,052,323

 
0.79
%
 
Short-term debt includes Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) advances with an original maturity of less than one year. At year-end 2014, the Company maintained a short-term line-of-credit drawdown through a correspondent bank. The Bank also maintains a $3.0 million secured line of credit with the FHLBB that bears a daily adjustable rate calculated by the FHLBB. There was no outstanding balance on the FHLBB line of credit for the periods ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The Company is in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2015.
 
The Bank is approved to borrow on a short-term basis from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston as a non-member bank. The Bank has pledged certain loans and securities to the Federal Reserve Bank to support this arrangement. No borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston took place for the periods ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Long-term FHLBB advances consist of advances with an original maturity of more than one year. The advances outstanding at December 31, 2015 include callable advances totaling $11 million, and amortizing advances totaling $1.2 million. The advances outstanding at December 31, 2014 include callable advances totaling $5.0 million, and amortizing advances totaling $5.1 million. All FHLBB borrowings, including the line of credit, are secured by a blanket security agreement on certain qualified collateral, principally all residential first mortgage loans and certain securities.

F-51

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A summary of maturities of FHLBB advances at year-end 2015 is as follows:
 
 
2015
(In thousands)
 
Amount
 
Weighted
Average Rate
Fixed rate advances maturing:
 
 

 
 

2016
 
$
1,123,651

 
0.48
%
2017
 
33,396

 
2.46

2018
 
1,030

 
2.62

2019
 

 

2020 and beyond
 
16,257

 
2.42

Total fixed rate advances
 
$
1,174,334

 
0.56

 
 
 
 
 
Total FHLBB advances
 
$
1,174,334

 
0.56
%
 
The Company did not have variable-rate FHLB advances for the period ended December 31, 2015.

In September 2012, the Company issued fifteen year subordinated notes in the amount of $75.0 million at a discount of 1.15%.  The interest rate is fixed at 6.875% for the first ten years. After ten years, the notes become callable and convert to an interest rate of three month LIBOR plus 5.113%.
 
The Company holds 100% of the common stock of Berkshire Hills Capital Trust I (“Trust I”) which is included in other assets with a cost of $0.5 million. The sole asset of Trust I is $15.5 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures due in 2035. These debentures bear interest at a variable rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.85% and had a rate of 2.18% and 2.08% at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The Company has the right to defer payments of interest for up to five years on the debentures at any time, or from time to time, with certain limitations, including a restriction on the payment of dividends to stockholders while such interest payments on the debentures have been deferred. The Company has not exercised this right to defer payments. The Company has the right to redeem the debentures at par value. Trust I is considered a variable interest entity for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, Trust I is not consolidated into the Company’s financial statements.


NOTE 13.                                       OTHER LIABILITIES

Year-end other liabilities are summarized as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Derivative liabilities
 
$
28,181

 
$
18,259

Capital lease obligation
 
11,939

 
12,224

Due to broker
 

 
22,438

Employee benefits liability
 
11,692

 
7,793

Other
 
39,632

 
25,028

Total other liabilities
 
$
91,444

 
$
85,742


F-52

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14.                                       EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
Pension Plans
 
The Company maintains a legacy, employer-sponsored defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) for which participation and benefit accruals were frozen on January 1, 2003. The Plan was assumed in connection with the Rome Bancorp acquisition in 2011. Accordingly, no employees are permitted to commence participation in the Plan and future salary increases and years of credited service are not considered when computing an employee’s benefits under the Plan. As of December 31, 2015, all minimum Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) funding requirements have been met.
Information regarding the pension plan at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Change in projected benefit obligation:
 
 

 
 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
 
$
7,193

 
$
5,666

Interest cost
 
268

 
271

Actuarial (loss)/gain
 
(454
)
 
1,607

Benefits paid
 
(351
)
 
(334
)
Settlements
 
(71
)
 
(17
)
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
 
6,585

 
7,193

Accumulated benefit obligation
 
6,585

 
7,193

 
 
 
 
 
Change in fair value of plan assets:
 
 

 
 

Fair value of plan assets at plan beginning of year
 
5,756

 
5,520

Actual return on plan assets
 
(123
)
 
331

Contributions by employer
 

 
256

Benefits paid
 
(351
)
 
(334
)
Settlements
 
(71
)
 
(17
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
 
5,211

 
5,756

 
 
 
 
 
Underfunded status
 
$
1,374

 
$
1,437

 
 
 
 
 
Amounts Recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
Other Liabilities
 
$
1,374

 
$
1,437


Net periodic pension cost is comprised of the following for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Interest Cost
 
$
268

 
$
271

Expected return on plan assets
 
(455
)
 
(437
)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss
 
175

 

Net periodic pension costs
 
$
(12
)
 
$
(166
)
 
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income during 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Amortization of actuarial (loss)
 
$
(176
)
 
$

Actuarial loss (gain)
 
125

 
1,713

Total loss (gain) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
 
(51
)
 
1,713

Total loss (gain) recognized in net periodic pension cost recognized and other comprehensive income
 
$
(63
)
 
$
1,547

 
The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost are a net loss of $2.0 million and $2.0 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Company expects to make cash contributions of $262 thousand to the pension trust during the 2016 fiscal year.

F-53

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The amount expected to be amortized from other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost over the next fiscal year is $164 thousand.

The principal actuarial assumptions used at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
 
 
2015
 
2014
Projected benefit obligation
 
 

 
 

Discount rate
 
4.170
%
 
3.820
%
Net periodic pension cost
 
 

 
 

Discount rate
 
3.820
%
 
4.950
%
Long term rate of return on plan assets
 
8.000
%
 
8.000
%
 
The discount rate that is used in the measurement of the pension obligation is determined by comparing the expected future retirement payment cash flows of the pension plan to the Citigroup Above Median Double-A Curve as of the measurement date. The expected long-term rate of return on Plan assets reflects long-term earnings expectations on existing Plan assets and those contributions expected to be received during the current plan year. In estimating that rate, appropriate consideration was given to historical returns earned by Plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. The rates of return were adjusted to reflect current capital market assumptions and changes in investment allocations.

The Company’s overall investment strategy with respect to the Plan’s assets is primarily for preservation of capital and to provide regular dividend and interest payments. The Plan’s targeted asset allocation is 65% equity securities via investment in the Long-Term Growth - Equity Portfolio (‘LTGE’), 34% intermediate-term investment grade bonds via investment in the Long-Term Growth - Fixed-Income Portfolio (‘LTGFI’), and 1% in cash equivalents portfolio (for liquidity). Equity securities include investments in a diverse mix of equity funds to gain exposure in the US and international markets. The fixed income portion of the Plan assets is a diversified portfolio that primarily invests in intermediate-term bond funds. The overall rate of return is based on the historical performance of the assets applied against the Plan’s target allocation, and is adjusted for the long-term inflation rate.
The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted prices in active markets, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3).

The fair values of the Plan’s assets by category and level within the fair value hierarchy are as follows at December 31, 2015:
Asset Category (In thousands)
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
Equity Mutual Funds:
 
 
 
 

 
 

Large-Cap
 
$
1,516

 
$

 
$
1,516

Mid-Cap
 
374

 

 
374

Small-Cap
 
362

 

 
362

International
 
760

 

 
760

Fixed Income Funds
 
 
 


 


Fixed Income - US Core
 
1,564

 

 
1,564

Intermediate Duration
 
522

 

 
522

Cash Equivalents - money market
 
113

 
62

 
51

Total
 
$
5,211

 
$
62

 
$
5,149


F-54

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The fair values of the Plan’s assets by category and level within the fair value hierarchy are as follows at December 31, 2014:
Asset Category (In thousands)
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
Equity Mutual Funds:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Large-Cap
 
$
1,847

 
$

 
$
1,847

Small-Cap
 
488

 

 
488

International
 
461

 

 
461

Equity Trusts
 
926

 

 
926

Large-Cap
 


 


 


Fixed Income Trusts
 
1,822

 

 
1,822

Fixed Income Mutual Funds
 
212

 
99

 
113

Total
 
$
5,756

 
$
99

 
$
5,657

 
The Plan did not hold any assets classified as Level 3, and there were no transfers between levels during 2015 or 2014.
 
Estimated benefit payments under the Company’s pension plans over the next ten years at December 31, 2015 are as follows:
Year
 
Payments (In thousands)
2016
 
363

2017
 
364

2018
 
363

2019
 
409

2020
 
400

2021-2025
 
2,004


F-55

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Postretirement Benefits
 
The Company has an unfunded post-retirement medical plan which was assumed in connection with the Rome Bancorp acquisition in 2011. The postretirement plan has been modified so that participation is closed to those employees who did not meet the retirement eligibility requirements by March 31, 2011. The Company contributes partially to medical benefits and life insurance coverage for retirees. Such retirees and their surviving spouses are responsible for the remainder of the medical benefits, including increases in premiums levels, between the total premium and the Company’s contribution.

The Company also has an executive long-term care (“LTC”) postretirement benefit plan which started August 1, 2014. The LTC plan reimburses executives for certain costs in the event of a future chronic illness. Funding of the plan comes from Company paid insurance policies or direct payments. At plan’s inception, a $558 thousand benefit obligation was recorded against equity representing the prior service cost of plan participants.
 
Information regarding the post-retirement plan at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Change in accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
 
 

 
 

Accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation at beginning of year
 
$
1,604

 
$
996

Prior service cost of long-term care plan participants
 
1,595

 
558

Service Cost
 
34

 
12

Interest cost
 
124

 
48

Participant contributions
 
47

 
44

Actuarial loss/ (gain)
 
(284
)
 
26

Benefits paid
 
(81
)
 
(80
)
Amendments
 

 

Accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation at end of year
 
$
3,039

 
$
1,604

 
 
 
 
 
Change in plan assets:
 
 

 
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
 
$

 
$

Contributions by employer
 
34

 
36

Contributions by participant
 
47

 
44

Benefits paid
 
(81
)
 
(80
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
 
$

 
$

Amounts Recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
 

 
 

Other Liabilities
 
$
3,039

 
$
1,604


Net periodic post-retirement cost is comprised of the following for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Service cost
 
$
34

 
$
12

Interest costs
 
124

 
48

Amortization of net prior service credit
 
83

 
(11
)
Amortization of net actuarial loss
 

 

Net periodic post-retirement costs
 
$
241

 
$
49



F-56

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Changes in benefit obligations recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income during 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Amortization of actuarial loss
 
$

 
$

Amortization of prior service credit
 
(83
)
 
11

Net actuarial (gain) loss
 
(257
)
 
27

Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
 
(340
)
 
38

Accrued post-retirement liability recognized
 
$
1,555

 
$
1,347

 
The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Net prior service cost (credit)
 
$
1,742

 
$
231

Net actuarial (gain) loss
 
(257
)
 
27

Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
 
1,485

 
258

 
The amount expected to be amortized from other comprehensive income into net periodic postretirement cost over the next fiscal year is $83 thousand.

The discount rates used in the measurement of the postretirement medical and LTC plan obligations are determined by comparing the expected future retirement payment cash flows of the plans to the Citigroup Above Median Double-A Curve as of the measurement date.
 
The assumed discount rates on a weighted-average basis were 4.15% and 3.75% as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated post-retirement benefit medical obligation is expected to be 8.50% for 2016, and is gradually expected to decrease to 7.24% by 2020. This assumption may have a significant effect on the amounts reported. However, as noted above, increases in premium levels are the financial responsibility of the plan beneficiary. Thus an increase or decrease in 1% of the health care cost trend rates utilized would have had an immaterial effect on the service and interest cost as well as the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation for the postretirement plan as of December 31, 2015.

For participants in the LTC plan covered by insurance policies, no increase in annual premiums is assumed based on the history of the corresponding insurance provider.
 
Estimated benefit payments under the post-retirement benefit plan over the next ten years at December 31, 2015 are as follows:
Year
 
Payments (In thousands)
2016
 
80

2017
 
83

2018
 
98

2019
 
98

2020
 
97

2021 - 2025
 
544

 

401(k) Plan
 
The Company provides a 401(k) Plan in which most employees participate. The Company contributes a non-elective 3% of gross annual wages for each participant, regardless of the participant’s deferral, in addition to a 100% match up to 4% of gross annual wages. The Company’s contributions vest immediately. Expense related to the plan was $3.6 million in 2015, $3.0 million in 2014, and $2.9 million in 2013.

F-57

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”)

As part of the acquisition of Hampden in 2015, along with another merger in 2012 and two during 2011, the Company acquired ESOP plans that were frozen and terminated prior to the completion of those transactions. On the acquisition dates, all amounts in the plans were vested and the loans under the plans were repaid from the sale proceeds of unallocated shares.
 

Other Plans

The Company maintains a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for a few select executives. Benefits generally commence no earlier than age sixty-two and are payable at the executive’s option, either as an annuity or as a lump sum. Some of these SERPs were assumed in connection with the Beacon acquisition in 2012. In 2015 a SERP was acquired in connection with the Hampden Bank acquisition with accrued liability of $1.4 million at acquisition date and $1.3 million at year-end 2015.

At year-end 2015 and 2014, the accrued liability for these SERPs were $6.5 million and $4.6 million, respectively. SERP expense was $752 thousand in 2015, $583 thousand in 2014, and $453 thousand in 2013, and is recognized over the required service period.

The Company assumed split-dollar agreements with the acquisition of Hampden Bank in 2015 with an accrued liability of $860 thousand at acquisition date in April 2015 and $1.2 million as of year-end 2015.

The Company has endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements pertaining to certain current and prior executives. Under these arrangements, the Company purchased policies insuring the lives of the executives, and separately entered into agreements to split the policy benefits with the executive. There are no post-retirement benefits associated with these policies.

F-58

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 15.                                       INCOME TAXES
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
The components of the Company’s provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 were, as follows: 
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Federal tax expense
 
$
4,696

 
$
294

 
$
5,124

State tax expense
 
(1,631
)
 
305

 
2,171

Total current expense
 
3,065

 
599

 
7,295

Deferred:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Federal tax expense
 
2,023

 
8,685

 
9,445

State tax expense
 
(24
)
 
2,509

 
2,115

Total deferred tax expense
 
1,999

 
11,194

 
11,560

Decrease in valuation allowance
 

 
(30
)
 
(1,751
)
Total income tax expense
 
$
5,064

 
$
11,763

 
$
17,104


Effective Tax Rate
 
The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013: 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(In thousands, except rates)
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statutory tax rate
 
$
19,104

 
35.0
 %
 
$
15,928

 
35.0
 %
 
$
20,387

 
35.0
 %
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
 
(974
)
 
(1.8
)
 
1,810

 
4.0

 
2,760

 
4.7

Tax exempt income - investments, net
 
(3,463
)
 
(6.3
)
 
(2,796
)
 
(6.1
)
 
(2,211
)
 
(3.8
)
Bank-owned life insurance
 
(1,284
)
 
(2.4
)
 
(1,070
)
 
(2.4
)
 
(631
)
 
(1.1
)
Disallowed merger costs
 
422

 
0.8

 
206

 
0.5

 

 

Non-deductible goodwill on disposal operations sale
 
313

 
0.6

 

 

 

 

Tax credits, net of basis reduction
 
(8,308
)
 
(15.2
)
 
(1,658
)
 
(3.6
)
 
(995
)
 
(1.7
)
Reduction in valuation allowance
 

 

 

 

 
(1,712
)
 
(2.9
)
Other, net
 
(746
)
 
(1.4
)
 
(657
)
 
(1.50
)
 
(494
)
 
(0.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective tax rate
 
$
5,064

 
9.3
 %
 
$
11,763

 
25.9
 %
 
$
17,104

 
29.3
 %

F-59

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred Tax Liabilities and Assets
 
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, significant components of the Company’s deferred tax asset and liabilities were, as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015

 
2014

 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets:
 
 

 
 

Allowance for loan losses
 
$
16,303

 
$
14,710

Tax credit carryforwards
 
7,295

 
11,238

Investments
 
2,892

 

Net unrealized loss on swaps, securities available for sale, and pension in OCI
 
2,371

 

Employee benefit plans
 
8,776

 
6,103

Purchase accounting adjustments
 
10,755

 
7,126

Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards
 
3,317

 
4,799

Other
 
2,527

 
2,134

Deferred tax assets, net before valuation allowances
 
54,236

 
46,110

Valuation allowance
 
(229
)
 
(229
)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances
 
$
54,007

 
$
45,881

 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 

 
 

Investments
 
$

 
$
(773
)
Net unrealized gain on swaps, securities available for sale, and pension in OCI
 

 
(3,823
)
Premises and equipment
 
(2,577
)
 
(4,575
)
Intangible amortization
 
(8,904
)
 
(7,934
)
Deferred tax liabilities
 
$
(11,481
)
 
$
(17,105
)
Deferred tax assets, net
 
$
42,526

 
$
28,776

 
The Company’s net deferred tax asset increased by $13.8 million during 2015, including $6.2 million deferred tax benefit recognized as an increase in shareholder's equity, and $6.5 million and $3.0 million from the acquisitions of Hampden and Firestone resulting in a reduction in goodwill. Refer to Note 2 for more information about the acquisitions.
 
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, are expected to be realized through the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences and future taxable income.

Valuation Allowances
 
The components of the Company’s valuation allowance on its deferred tax asset, net as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were, as follows: 
(in thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
State tax basis difference, net of Federal tax benefit (of 35%)
 
(229
)
 
(229
)
Valuation allowances
 
$
(229
)
 
$
(229
)
 
The state tax basis difference, net of Federal tax benefit was also originally recorded in 2012, due to management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets recorded for the difference between the book basis and the state tax basis in certain tax credit limited partnership investments (LPs) will not be realized. Management anticipates that the remaining excess state tax basis will be realized as a capital loss upon disposition, and that it is unlikely that the Company will have capital gains against which to offset such capital losses.
 
The valuation allowances as of December 31, 2015 are subject to change in the future as the Company continues to periodically assess the likelihood of realizing its deferred tax assets.

F-60

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Tax Attributes
 
At December 31, 2015, the Company has $9.4 million of federal US net operating loss carryforwards, $2.1 million of New York State net operating losses, and $13.9 million of Connecticut net operating losses available that were obtained through acquisition, the utilization of which are limited under Internal Revenue Code 382. No deferred tax asset has been recorded on the Connecticut net operating loss since the state of Connecticut does not currently allow a deduction for net operating losses. These net operating losses begin to expire in 2024. The related deferred tax asset is $3.3 million. In addition, the Company has general business tax credit carryforwards of $3.2 million available that expire beginning in 2027, and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $4.1 million with no expiration date. The Company anticipates utilizing these carryforwards prior to their expirations.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits
 
On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its income tax positions based on tax laws and regulations and financial reporting considerations, and records adjustments as appropriate. This evaluation takes into consideration the status of taxing authorities’ current examinations of the Company’s tax returns, recent positions taken by the taxing authorities on similar transactions, if any, and the overall tax environment in relation to uncertain tax positions.
 
The following table presents changes in unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1
 
$
553

 
$
477

 
$
492

Increase in gross amounts of tax positions related to prior years
 

 
55

 
321

Decrease in gross amounts of tax positions related to prior years
 

 

 
(150
)
Decrease due to settlement with taxing authority
 

 

 
(186
)
Increase in gross amounts of tax positions related to current year
 

 
93

 

Decrease due to lapse in statute of limitations
 
(246
)
 
(72
)
 

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31
 
$
307

 
$
553

 
$
477

 
It is reasonably possible that over the next twelve months the amount of unrecognized tax benefits may change from the reevaluation of uncertain tax positions arising in examinations, in appeals, or in the courts, or from the closure of tax statutes.  The Company does not expect any significant changes in unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months.
 
All of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would be recorded as a component of income tax expense, therefore, affecting the effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to the liability for uncertain tax positions as a component in income tax expense. The accrual for interest and penalties was not material in all years.
 
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction as well as in various states. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income tax examinations by tax authorities. With the exception of New York state, the Company is no longer subject to examination for tax years prior to 2012 including any related income tax filings from its recent acquisitions.  The Company is currently under audit in the state of New York for tax years 2010-2012.

F-61

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 16.                                       DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
 
At year-end 2015, the Company held derivatives with a total notional amount of $1.4 billion. That amount included $300 million in forward starting interest rate swap derivatives that were designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. The Company also had economic hedges and non-hedging derivatives totaling $914.8 million and $36.0 million, respectively, which are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes and are therefore recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded directly through earnings. Economic hedges included interest rate swaps totaling $914.8 million, risk participation agreements with dealer banks of $59.0 million, and $44.8 million in forward commitment contracts.
 
As part of the Company’s risk management strategy, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Interest rate swap agreements involve the risk of dealing with both Bank customers and institutional derivative counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. The agreements are entered into with counterparties that meet established credit standards and contain master netting and collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. The derivatives program is overseen by the Risk Management Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. Based on adherence to the Company’s credit standards and the presence of the netting and collateral provisions, the Company believes that the credit risk inherent in these contracts was not significant at December 31, 2015.
 
The Company pledged collateral to derivative counterparties in the form of cash totaling $16.1 million and securities with an amortized cost of $24.6 million and a fair value of $24.6 million at year-end 2015. The Company does not typically require its commercial customers to post cash or securities as collateral on its program of back-to-back economic hedges. However certain language is written into the International Swaps Dealers Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) and loan documents where, in default situations, the Bank is allowed to access collateral supporting the loan relationship to recover any losses suffered on the derivative asset or liability. The Company may need to post additional collateral in the future in proportion to potential increases in unrealized loss positions.

Information about interest rate swap agreements and non-hedging derivative assets and liabilities at December 31, 2015 follows:
 
 
Notional
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Maturity
 
Weighted Average Rate
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Asset (Liability)
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
Received
 
Contract pay rate
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
(In years)
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Cash flow hedges:
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Forward-starting interest rate swaps on FHLBB borrowings
 
300,000

 
3.3
 
0.14
%
 
2.29
%
 
(8,532
)
Total cash flow hedges
 
300,000

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
(8,532
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Economic hedges:
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest rate swap on tax advantaged economic development bond
 
11,984

 
13.9
 
0.61
%
 
5.09
%
 
(2,450
)
Interest rate swaps on loans with commercial loan customers
 
457,392

 
6.7
 
2.18
%
 
4.49
%
 
(17,143
)
Reverse interest rate swaps on loans with commercial loan customers
 
457,392

 
6.7
 
4.49
%
 
2.18
%
 
17,129

Risk participation agreements with dealer banks
 
59,016

 
15.0
 
 
 
 

 
(56
)
Forward sale commitments
 
44,840

 
0.2
 
 

 
 

 
53

Total economic hedges
 
1,030,624

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
(2,467
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-hedging derivatives:
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest rate lock commitments
 
36,043

 
0.2
 
 

 
 

 
323

Total non-hedging derivatives
 
36,043

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
323

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
1,366,667

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
$
(10,676
)
 

F-62

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Information about interest rate swap agreements and non-hedging derivative asset and liabilities at December 31, 2014 follows:
 
 
Notional
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Maturity
 
Weighted Average Rate
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Asset (Liability)
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
Received
 
Contract pay rate
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
(In years)
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Cash flow hedges:
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Forward-starting interest rate swaps on FHLBB borrowings
 
300,000

 
4.3
 

 
2.29
%
 
(3,299
)
Total cash flow hedges
 
300,000

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
(3,299
)
 
 


 

 


 


 


Economic hedges:
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest rate swap on tax advantaged economic development bond
 
12,554

 
14.9
 
0.52
%
 
5.09
%
 
(2,578
)
Interest rate swaps on loans with commercial loan customers
 
297,158

 
6.0
 
2.23
%
 
4.54
%
 
(12,183
)
Reverse interest rate swaps on loans with commercial loan customers
 
297,158

 
6.0
 
4.54
%
 
2.23
%
 
12,221

Risk participation agreements with dealer banks
 
45,842

 
16.6
 
 

 
 

 
(91
)
Forward sale commitments
 
42,366

 
0.2
 
 

 
 

 
(510
)
Total economic hedges
 
695,078

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
(3,141
)
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Non-hedging derivatives:
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest rate lock commitments
 
39,589

 
0.2
 
 

 
 

 
625

Total non-hedging derivatives
 
39,589

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
625

 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Total
 
$
1,034,667

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
$
(5,815
)

Cash Flow Hedges
The effective portion of unrealized changes in the fair value of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges is reported in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Each quarter, the Company assesses the effectiveness of each hedging relationship by comparing the changes in cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument with the changes in cash flows of the designated hedged item or transaction. The ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.
 
The Company has entered into six forward-starting interest rate swaps contracts with a combined notional value of $300 million as of year-end 2015. The six forward-starting swaps become effective in 2016 having durations of three years. This hedge strategy converts the one month rolling FHLBB borrowings based on the FHLBB’s one month fixed interest rate to fixed interest rates, thereby protecting the Company from floating interest rate variability.
 

F-63

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Amounts included in the Consolidated Statements of Income and in the other comprehensive income section of the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (related to interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of cash flows), were as follows:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Interest rate swaps on FHLBB borrowings:
 
 

 
 

Unrealized (loss) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
$
(5,232
)
 
$
(6,405
)
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification of unrealized (loss) from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense
 

 

 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification of unrealized loss from accumulated other comprehensive loss to other non-interest expense for termination of swaps
 

 
8,630

 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification of unrealized deferred tax (benefit) from accumulated other comprehensive loss to tax expense for terminated swaps
 

 
(3,611
)
 
 
 
 
 
Net tax benefit on items recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
2,094

 
2,583

 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on junior subordinated notes:
 
 

 
 

Unrealized (loss) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
 

 
(1
)
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification of unrealized loss from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense
 

 
204

 
 
 
 
 
Net tax expense on items recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
 

 
(80
)
Other comprehensive income recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of reclassification adjustments and tax effects
 
$
(3,138
)
 
$
1,320

 
 
 
 
 
Net interest expense recognized in interest expense on hedged FHLBB borrowings
 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
Net interest expense recognized in interest expense on junior subordinated notes
 
$

 
$
204

 
Hedge ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges was immaterial to the Company’s financial statements during the year-ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.
 
Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate liabilities. During the next 12 months, the Company anticipates the reclassification of $3.4 million.

As a result of the branch acquisition, in the first quarter of 2014, the Company initiated and subsequently terminated all of its interest rate swaps, with various institutions, associated with FHLB advances with 3-month LIBOR based floating interest rates with an aggregate notional amount of $30 million, all of its interest rate swaps associated with 90 day rolling FHLB advances issued using the FHLB’s 3-month fixed interest rate with an aggregate notional amount of $145 million and all of its forward-starting interest rate swaps associated with 90 day rolling FHLB advances issued using the FHLB’s 3-month fixed interest rate with an aggregate notional amount of $235 million. In the first quarter of 2014, the Company elected to extinguish $215 million of FHLB advances related to the terminated swaps. As a result the Company reclassified $8.6 million of losses from the effective portion of the unrealized changes in the fair value of the terminated derivatives from other comprehensive income to non-interest income as the forecasted transactions to the related FHLB advances will not occur.
 

F-64

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Economic hedges
As of December 31, 2015 the Company has an interest rate swap with a $12.0 million notional amount to swap out the fixed rate of interest on an economic development bond bearing a fixed rate of 5.09%, currently within the Company’s trading portfolio under the fair value option, in exchange for a LIBOR-based floating rate. The intent of the economic hedge is to improve the Company’s asset sensitivity to changing interest rates in anticipation of favorable average floating rates of interest over the 21-year life of the bond. The fair value changes of the economic development bond are mostly offset by fair value changes of the related interest rate swap.
 
The Company also offers certain derivative products directly to qualified commercial borrowers. The Company economically hedges derivative transactions executed with commercial borrowers by entering into mirror-image, offsetting derivatives with third-party financial institutions. The transaction allows the Company’s customer to convert a variable-rate loan to a fixed rate loan. Because the Company acts as an intermediary for its customer, changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts mostly offset each other in earnings. Credit valuation adjustments arising from the difference in credit worthiness of the commercial loan and financial institution counterparties totaled $(13.0) thousand at year-end 2015. The interest income and expense on these mirror image swaps exactly offset each other.
 
The Company has risk participation agreements with dealer banks. Risk participation agreements occur when the Company participates on a loan and a swap where another bank is the lead. The Company earns a fee to take on the risk associated with having to make the lead bank whole on Berkshire’s portion of the pro-rated swap should the borrower default.
 
The Company utilizes forward sale commitments to hedge interest rate risk and the associated effects on the fair value of interest rate lock commitments and loans held for sale. The forward sale commitments are accounted for as derivatives with changes in fair value recorded in current period earnings.
 
The company uses the following types of forward sale commitments contracts:
Best efforts loan sales,
Mandatory delivery loan sales, and
To be announced (TBA) mortgage-backed securities sales.
 
A best efforts contract refers to a loan sales agreement where the Company commits to deliver an individual mortgage loan of a specified principal amount and quality to an investor if the loan to the underlying borrower closes. The Company may enter into a best efforts contract once the price is known, which is shortly after the potential borrower’s interest rate is locked.
 
A mandatory delivery contract is a loan sales agreement where the Company commits to deliver a certain principal amount of mortgage loans to an investor at a specified price on or before a specified date. Generally, the Company may enter into mandatory delivery contracts shortly after the loan closes with a customer.
 
The Company may sell to-be-announced mortgage-backed securities to hedge the changes in fair value of interest rate lock commitments and held for sale loans, which do not have corresponding best efforts or mandatory delivery contracts. These security sales transactions are closed once mandatory contracts are written. On the closing date the price of the security is locked-in, and the sale is paired-off with a purchase of the same security. Settlement of the security purchase/sale transaction is done with cash on a net-basis.
 

F-65

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Non-hedging derivatives
The Company enters into interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) for residential mortgage loans, which commit the Company to lend funds to a potential borrower at a specific interest rate and within a specified period of time. IRLCs that relate to the origination of mortgage loans that will be held for sale are considered derivative financial instruments under applicable accounting guidance. Outstanding IRLCs expose the Company to the risk that the price of the mortgage loans underlying the commitments may decline due to increases in mortgage interest rates from inception of the rate lock to the funding of the loan.  The IRLCs are free-standing derivatives which are carried at fair value with changes recorded in noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Changes in the fair value of IRLCs subsequent to inception are based on changes in the fair value of the underlying loan resulting from the fulfillment of the commitment and changes in the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the commitment, which is affected primarily by changes in interest rates and the passage of time.

Amounts included in the Consolidated Statements of Income related to economic hedges and non-hedging derivatives were as follows:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
Economic hedges
 
 

 
 

Interest rate swap on industrial revenue bond:
 
 

 
 

Unrealized (loss) gain recognized in other non-interest income
 
$
(344
)
 
$
(1,333
)
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on loans with commercial loan customers:
 
 

 
 

Unrealized gain recognized in other non-interest income
 
(4,852
)
 
(4,514
)
 
 
 
 
 
Reverse interest rate swaps on loans with commercial loan customers:
 
 

 
 

Unrealized loss recognized in other non-interest income
 
4,852

 
4,514

 
 
 
 
 
Favorable change in credit valuation adjustment recognized in other non-interest income
 
(51
)
 
20

 
 
 
 
 
Risk Participation Agreements:
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized loss recognized in other non-interest income
 
(36
)
 
(91
)
 
 
 
 
 
Forward Commitments:
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain (loss) recognized in other non-interest income
 
(247
)
 
(510
)
Realized (loss) gain in other non-interest income
 
45

 
(1,494
)
 
 
 
 
 
Non-hedging derivatives
 
 

 
 

Interest rate lock commitments:
 
 

 
 

Unrealized gain recognized in other non-interest income
 
2,436

 
625

Realized gain (loss) in other non-interest income
 
$
1,899

 
$
3,938


F-66

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Assets and Liabilities Subject to Enforceable Master Netting Arrangements

Interest Rate Swap Agreements (“Swap Agreements”)
The Company enters into swap agreements to facilitate the risk management strategies for commercial banking customers. The Company mitigates this risk by entering into equal and offsetting swap agreements with highly rated third party financial institutions. The swap agreements are free-standing derivatives and are recorded at fair value in the Company’s consolidated statements of condition. The Company is party to master netting arrangements with its financial institution counterparties; however, the Company does not offset assets and liabilities under these arrangements for financial statement presentation purposes. The master netting arrangements provide for a single net settlement of all swap agreements, as well as collateral, in the event of default on, or termination of, any one contract. Collateral generally in the form of marketable securities is received or posted by the counterparty with net liability positions, respectively, in accordance with contract thresholds. The Company had net asset positions with its commercial banking counterparties totaling $17.1 million and $12.3 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The Company had net liability positions with its financial institution counterparties totaling $27.5 million and $18.2 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2015, the Company did not have a net liability position with its commercial banking counterparties, compared to a
$0.1 million liability at December 31, 2014. The collateral posted by the Company that covered liability positions was $27.5 million and $18.2 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
 
The following table presents the assets and liabilities subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:
 
Offsetting of Financial Assets and Derivative Assets
 
 
Gross
Amounts of
Recognized
Assets
 
Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Statements of
Condition
 
Net Amounts of Assets
Presented in the Statements of
Condition
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statements
of Condition
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial
Instruments
 
Cash
Collateral Received
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Amount
As of December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Institutional counterparties
 
$
40

 
$

 
$
40

 
$

 
$

 
$
40

Commercial counterparties
 
17,129

 

 
17,129

 

 

 
17,129

Total
 
$
17,169

 
$

 
$
17,169

 
$

 
$

 
$
17,169

 

Offsetting of Financial Liabilities and Derivative Liabilities
 
 
Gross
Amounts of
Recognized
Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Statements of
Condition
 
Net Amounts of Liabilities
Presented in the Statement of
Condition
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statements
of Condition
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial
Instruments
 
Cash
Collateral Received
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Amount
As of December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Institutional counterparties
 
$
(28,220
)
 
$

 
$
(28,220
)
 
$
18,500

 
$
9,720

 
$

Commercial counterparties
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
 
$
(28,220
)
 
$

 
$
(28,220
)
 
$
18,500

 
$
9,720

 
$


F-67

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Derivative Assets
 
 
Gross
Amounts of
Recognized
Assets
 
Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Statements of
Condition
 
Net Amounts of Assets
Presented in the Statements of
Condition
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statements
of Condition
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial
Instruments
 
Cash
Collateral Received
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Amount
As of December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Institutional counterparties
 
$
23

 
$

 
$
23

 
$

 
$

 
$
23

Commercial counterparties
 
12,270

 

 
12,270

 

 

 
12,270

Total
 
$
12,293

 
$

 
$
12,293

 
$

 
$

 
$
12,293



Offsetting of Financial Liabilities and Derivative Liabilities
 
 
Gross
Amounts of
Recognized
Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Statements of
Condition
 
Net Amounts of Liabilities
Presented in the Statement of
Condition
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statements
of Condition
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial
Instruments
 
Cash
Collateral Received
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Amount
As of December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Institutional counterparties
 
$
(18,232
)
 
$
58

 
$
(18,174
)
 
$
14,984

 
$
3,190

 
$

Commercial counterparties
 
(50
)
 

 
(50
)
 

 

 
(50
)
Total
 
$
(18,282
)
 
$
58

 
$
(18,224
)
 
$
14,984

 
$
3,190

 
$
(50
)


NOTE 17.                                       OTHER COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES
 
Credit Related Financial Instruments. The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
 
A summary of financial instruments outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk is as follows at year-end:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Commitments to originate new loans
 
$
102,145

 
$
67,817

Unused funds on commercial and other lines of credit
 
525,603

 
514,179

Unadvanced funds on home equity lines of credit
 
258,897

 
225,731

Unadvanced funds on construction and real estate loans
 
201,764

 
183,301

Standby letters of credit
 
12,775

 
12,462

Lease obligation
 
11,939

 
12,206

Total
 
$
1,113,123

 
$
1,015,696

 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.
 

F-68

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These letters of credit are primarily issued to support borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company considers standby letters of credit to be guarantees and the amount of the recorded liability related to such guarantees was not material at year-end 2015.
 
Operating Lease Commitments. Future minimum rental payments required under operating leases at year-end 2015 are as follows: 2016 — $7.8 million; 2017 — $6.4 million; 2018 — $5.5 million; 2019 — $4.8 million; 2020 — $4.3 million; and all years thereafter — $37.0 million. The leases contain options to extend for periods up to twenty years. The cost of such rental options is not included above. Total rent expense for the years 2015, 2014, and 2013 amounted to $7.5 million, $7.2 million, and $5.7 million, respectively.
 
Lease Obligations. Future obligations required under the capital lease at year-end 2015 are $715 thousand in 2016; $680 thousand in 2017; $647 thousand in 2018; $646 thousand in 2019; $644 thousand in 2020 and $6.2 million all years thereafter.  Amortization under the capital lease is included with premises and equipment depreciation and amortization expense.
Future obligations required under the financing lease at year-end 2015 are $80 thousand in 2016; $81 thousand in 2017; $86 thousand in 2018; $86 thousand in 2019; $86 thousand in 2020; and $1.7 million all years thereafter. Amortization under the financing lease is included with premises and equipment depreciation and amortization expense.
 
Employment and Change in Control Agreements. The Company and the Bank have entered into a three-year employment agreement with one senior executive.  The Company and the Bank also have change in control agreements with several officers which provide a severance payment in the event employment is terminated in conjunction with a defined change in control.
 
Legal Claims. Various legal claims arise from time to time in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, claims outstanding at year-end 2015 will have no material effect on the Company’s financial statements. 

F-69

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 18.             STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
 
Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if imposed, could have a direct material impact on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). As of year-end 2015 and 2014, the Bank and the Company met the capital adequacy requirements. Regulators may set higher expected capital requirements in some cases based on their examinations.
 
As of year-end 2015 and 2014, the Bank and the Company met the conditions to be classified as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables. The Company and Bank’s actual and required capital amounts were as follows:

F-70

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 
 
 
 
 
Minimum
Capital
Requirement
 
Minimum to be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
 
Actual
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Company (Consolidated)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets
 
$
686,489

 
11.91
%
 
$
461,231

 
8.00
%
 
$
576,539

 
10.00
%
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to risk weighted assets

 
573,033

 
9.80

 
259,443

 
4.50

 
374,750

 
6.50

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
 
573,033

 
9.94

 
345,924

 
6.00

 
461,231

 
8.00

Tier 1 capital to average assets
 
573,033

 
7.71

 
297,420

 
4.00

 
371,775

 
5.00

Bank
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets
 
$
642,866

 
11.16
%
 
$
460,882

 
8.00
%
 
$
576,103

 
10.00
%
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to risk weighted assets

 
569,131

 
9.88

 
259,246

 
4.50

 
374,467

 
6.50

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
 
569,131

 
9.88

 
345,662

 
6.00

 
460,882

 
8.00

Tier 1 capital to average assets
 
569,131

 
7.66

 
297,313

 
4.00

 
371,641

 
5.00

December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Company (Consolidated)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets
 
$
542,608

 
11.38
%
 
$
381,463

 
8.00
%
 
$
476,829

 
10.00
%
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to risk weighted assets

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
 
430,374

 
9.03

 
190,731

 
4.00

 
286,097

 
6.00

Tier 1 capital to average assets
 
430,374

 
7.01

 
245,558

 
4.00

 
306,947

 
5.00

Bank
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets
 
$
513,368

 
10.78
%
 
$
380,959

 
8.00
%
 
$
476,199

 
10.00
%
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to risk weighted assets

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
 
440,420

 
9.25

 
190,479

 
4.00

 
285,719

 
6.00

Tier 1 capital to average assets
 
440,420

 
7.18

 
245,494

 
4.00

 
306,867

 
5.00

A reconciliation of the Company’s year-end total stockholders’ equity to the Company’s regulatory capital is as follows:

F-71

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 
2015
 
2014
Total stockholders’ equity per consolidated financial statements
 
$
887,189

 
$
709,287

Adjustments for Bank Tier 1 Capital:
 
 

 
 

Net unrealized loss (gain) on available for sale securities
 
(4,058
)
 
(9,916
)
Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedges
 
5,108

 
3,338

Net unrealized loss on defined benefit postretirement plan
 
2,077

 

Qualifying restricted core capital elements
 
15,000

 
15,000

Disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets
 
(320,120
)
 
(276,270
)
Disallowed deferred taxes
 
(3,928
)
 
(11,065
)
Non-significant investments in tier 1 capital of unconsolidated financial institutions
 
(8,235
)
 

Total Bank Tier 1 Capital
 
$
573,033

 
$
430,374

 
 
 
 
 
Adjustments for total capital:
 
 

 
 

Qualifying subordinated debt
 
74,348

 
74,283

Includable allowances for loan losses
 
39,468

 
35,722

Net unrealized loss on available for sale securities includable in Tier 2 capital
 
968

 
2,229

Non-significant investments in tier 2 capital of unconsolidated financial institutions
 
(1,328
)
 

Total Bank capital per regulatory reporting
 
$
686,489

 
$
542,608


A reconciliation of the Company’s year-end total stockholders’ equity to the Bank’s regulatory capital is as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity per consolidated financial statements
 
$
887,189

 
$
709,287

Adjustments for Bank Tier 1 Capital:
 
 

 
 

Holding company equity adjustment
 
(8,386
)
 
1,868

Net unrealized loss (gain) on available for sale securities
 
(4,095
)
 
(9,912
)
Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedges
 
5,108

 
1,970

Net unrealized loss on defined benefit postretirement plan
 
2,077

 
1,368

Disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets
 
(299,619
)
 
(251,748
)
Disallowed deferred taxes
 
(9,807
)
 
(12,413
)
Non-significant investments in tier 1 capital of unconsolidated financial institutions
 
(3,336
)
 
N/A

Total Bank Tier 1 Capital
 
569,131

 
440,420

Adjustments for total capital:
 
 

 
 

Qualifying subordinated debt
 
35,000

 
35,000

Includable allowances for loan losses
 
39,468

 
35,722

Net unrealized loss on available for sale securities includible in Tier 2 capital
 
970

 
2,226

Non-significant investments in tier 2 capital of unconsolidated financial institutions
 
(1,703
)
 
N/A

Total Bank capital per regulatory reporting
 
$
642,866

 
$
513,368


Common stock
 
The Bank is subject to dividend restrictions imposed by various regulators, including a limitation on the total of all dividends that the Bank may pay to the Company in any calendar year. The total of all dividends shall not exceed the Bank’s net income for the current year (as defined by statute), plus the Bank’s net income retained for the two previous years, without regulatory approval. Dividends from the Bank are an important source of funds to the Company to make dividend payments on its common and preferred stock, to make payments on its borrowings, and for its other cash needs. The ability of the Company and the Bank to pay dividends is dependent on regulatory policies and regulatory capital requirements. The ability to pay such dividends in the future may be adversely affected by new legislation or regulations, or by changes in regulatory policies relating to capital, safety and soundness, and other regulatory concerns.
 

F-72

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The payment of dividends by the Company is subject to Delaware law, which generally limits dividends to an amount equal to an excess of the net assets of a company (the amount by which total assets exceed total liabilities) over statutory capital, or if there is no excess, to the Company’s net profits for the current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
Year-end components of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) are as follows:
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Other accumulated comprehensive income/(loss), before tax:
 
 

 
 

Net unrealized holding gain on AFS securities
 
$
6,316

 
$
15,993

Net loss on effective cash flow hedging derivatives
 
(8,532
)
 
(3,299
)
Net loss on terminated swap
 

 

Net unrealized holding (loss) on pension plans
 
(3,469
)
 
(2,291
)
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes related to items of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss):
 
 

 
 

Net unrealized holding (loss) on AFS securities
 
(2,437
)
 
(6,077
)
Net loss on effective cash flow hedging derivatives
 
3,424

 
1,330

Net loss on terminated swap
 

 

Net unrealized holding gain on pension plans
 
1,392

 
923

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
 
$
(3,305
)
 
$
6,579

 

The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013:
(In thousands)
 
Before Tax
 
Tax Effect
 
Net of Tax
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized holding loss on AFS securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period
 
$
(7,567
)
 
$
2,793

 
$
(4,774
)
Less: reclassification adjustment for (gains) realized in net income
 
(2,110
)
 
847

 
(1,263
)
Net unrealized holding loss on AFS securities
 
(9,677
)
 
3,640

 
(6,037
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss on cash flow hedging derivatives:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period
 
(5,232
)
 
2,094

 
(3,138
)
Less: reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income
 

 

 

Net loss on cash flow hedging derivatives
 
(5,232
)
 
2,094

 
(3,138
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss on terminated swap:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period
 

 

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income
 

 

 

Net loss on terminated swap
 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized holding loss on pension plans
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period
 
(1,436
)
 
572

 
(864
)
Less: reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income
 
259

 
(104
)
 
155

Net unrealized holding loss on pension plans
 
(1,177
)
 
468

 
(709
)
Other Comprehensive Income
 
$
(16,086
)
 
$
6,202

 
$
(9,884
)
 

F-73

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands)
 
Before Tax
 
Tax Effect
 
Net of Tax
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized holding gain on AFS securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized gain arising during the period
 
$
25,769

 
$
(9,791
)
 
$
15,978

Less: reclassification adjustment for (gains) realized in net income
 
(482
)
 
196

 
(286
)
Net unrealized holding gain on AFS securities
 
25,287

 
(9,595
)
 
15,692

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss on cash flow hedging derivatives:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period
 
(6,403
)
 
2,608

 
(3,795
)
Less: reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income
 
5,393

 
(2,201
)
 
3,192

Net loss on cash flow hedging derivatives
 
(1,010
)
 
407

 
(603
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss on terminated swap:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period
 

 

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income
 
3,237

 
(1,312
)
 
1,925

Net loss on terminated swap
 
3,237

 
(1,312
)
 
1,925

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized holding loss on pension plans
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period
 
(2,308
)
 
930

 
(1,378
)
Less: reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income
 

 

 

Net unrealized holding loss on pension plans
 
(2,308
)
 
930

 
(1,378
)
Other Comprehensive Income
 
$
25,206

 
$
(9,570
)
 
$
15,636

 
(In thousands)
 
Before Tax
 
Tax Effect
 
Net of Tax
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized holding loss on AFS securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period
 
$
(15,254
)
 
$
5,604

 
$
(9,650
)
Less: reclassification adjustment for (gains) realized in net income
 
(4,758
)
 
1,920

 
(2,838
)
Net unrealized holding loss on AFS securities
 
(20,012
)
 
7,524

 
(12,488
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gain on cash flow hedging derivatives:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized gain arising during the period
 
5,046

 
(2,014
)
 
3,032

Less: reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income
 
3,620

 
(1,460
)
 
2,160

Net gain on cash flow hedging derivatives
 
8,666

 
(3,474
)
 
5,192

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss on terminated swap:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized (loss) arising during the period
 

 

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income
 
942

 
(489
)
 
453

Net loss on terminated swap
 
942

 
(489
)
 
453

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized holding gain on pension plans
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net unrealized gain arising during the period
 
1,282

 
(517
)
 
765

Less: reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income
 

 

 

Net unrealized holding gain on pension plans
 
1,282

 
(517
)
 
765

Other Comprehensive Income
 
$
(9,122
)
 
$
3,044

 
$
(6,078
)
 

F-74

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013:
(in thousands)
 
Net unrealized
holding gain (loss)
on AFS
Securities
 
Net loss on
effective cash
flow hedging
derivatives
 
Net loss
on
terminated
swap
 
Net unrealized
holding gain (loss)
on
pension plans
 
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Balance at Beginning of Year
 
$
9,916

 
$
(1,969
)
 
$

 
$
(1,368
)
 
$
6,579

Other Comprehensive (Loss) before reclassifications
 
(4,774
)
 
(3,138
)
 

 
(864
)
 
(8,776
)
Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
(1,263
)
 

 

 
155

 
(1,108
)
Total Other Comprehensive Income
 
(6,037
)
 
(3,138
)
 

 
(709
)
 
(9,884
)
Balance at End of Period
 
$
3,880

 
$
(5,108
)
 
$

 
$
(2,077
)
 
$
(3,305
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Balance at Beginning of Year
 
$
(5,776
)
 
$
(1,366
)
 
$
(1,925
)
 
$
10

 
$
(9,057
)
Other Comprehensive Gain (Loss) before reclassifications
 
15,978

 
(3,795
)
 

 
(1,378
)
 
10,805

Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
(286
)
 
3,192

 
1,925

 

 
4,831

Total Other Comprehensive Loss
 
15,692

 
(603
)
 
1,925

 
(1,378
)
 
15,636

Balance at End of Period
 
$
9,916

 
$
(1,969
)
 
$

 
$
(1,368
)
 
$
6,579

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Balance at Beginning of Year
 
$
6,712

 
$
(6,558
)
 
$
(2,378
)
 
$
(755
)
 
$
(2,979
)
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Gain Before reclassifications
 
(9,650
)
 
3,032

 

 
765

 
(5,853
)
Amounts Reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
(2,838
)
 
2,160

 
453

 

 
(225
)
Total Other Comprehensive Income
 
(12,488
)
 
5,192

 
453

 
765

 
(6,078
)
Balance at End of Period
 
$
(5,776
)
 
$
(1,366
)
 
$
(1,925
)
 
$
10

 
$
(9,057
)

F-75

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Affected Line Item in the
Statement Where Net Income
Is Presented
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
(in thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Realized (gains) on AFS securities:
 
 
$
(2,110
)
 
$
(482
)
 
$
(4,758
)
 
Non-interest income
 
 
847

 
196

 
1,920

 
Tax expense
 
 
(1,263
)
 
(286
)
 
(2,838
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized losses on cash flow hedging derivatives:
 
 

 
5,393

 
3,620

 
Interest income
 
 

 
(2,201
)
 
(1,460
)
 
Tax expense
 
 

 
3,192

 
2,160

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of realized losses on terminated swap:
 
 

 
3,237

 
942

 
Interest income
 
 

 
(1,312
)
 
(489
)
 
Tax expense
 
 

 
1,925

 
453

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized losses on pension plans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
259

 

 

 
Non-interest expense
 
 
(104
)
 

 

 
Tax expense
 
 
155

 

 

 
 
Total reclassifications for the period
 
$
(1,108
)
 
$
4,831

 
$
(225
)
 
 
 

Earnings Per Common Share
 
Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock (such as stock options) were exercised or converted into additional common shares that would then share in the earnings of the entity. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year, plus an incremental number of common-equivalent shares computed using the treasury stock method.

F-76

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Earnings per common share has been computed based on the following (average diluted shares outstanding is calculated using the treasury stock method):
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
49,518

 
$
33,744

 
$
41,143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of common shares issued
 
30,074

 
26,525

 
26,525

Less: average number of treasury shares
 
1,215

 
1,386

 
1,424

Less: average number of unvested stock award shares
 
466

 
409

 
299

Average number of basic common shares outstanding
 
28,393

 
24,730

 
24,802

Plus: dilutive effect of unvested stock award shares
 
106

 
67

 
60

Plus: dilutive effect of stock options outstanding
 
65

 
57

 
103

Average number of diluted common shares outstanding
 
28,564

 
24,854

 
24,965

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earning per share
 
$
1.74

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per share
 
$
1.73

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.65

 
For the year ended 2015, 200 thousand options were anti-dilutive and therefore excluded from the earnings per share calculations. For the year ended 2014, 225 thousand options were anti-dilutive and therefore excluded from the earnings per share calculations. For the year ended 2013, 338 thousand options were anti-dilutive and therefore excluded from the earnings per share calculations. 


NOTE 19.                                       STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”) permits the granting of a combination of Restricted Stock awards and incentive and non-qualified stock options (“Stock Options”) to employees and directors. A total of 1.03 million shares was authorized under the Plan. Awards may be granted as either Restricted Stock or Stock Options provided that any shares that are granted as Restricted Stock are counted against the share limit set forth as (1) three for every one share of Restricted Stock granted and (2) one for every one share of Stock Option granted. As of year-end 2015, the Company had the ability to grant approximately 756 thousand shares under this plan.
 
The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) permits the granting of a combination of Restricted Stock awards and incentive and non-qualified stock options to employees and directors. A total of 1.4 million shares was authorized under the Plan. Awards may be granted as either Restricted Stock or Stock Options provided that any shares that are granted as Restricted Stock are counted against the share limit set forth as (1) three for every one share of Restricted Stock granted and (2) one for every one share of Stock Option granted. As of year-end 2015, the Company had the ability to grant approximately 5 thousand shares under this plan.

F-77

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A summary of activity in the Company’s stock compensation plans is shown below:
 
 
Non-vested Stock
Awards Outstanding
 
Stock Options Outstanding
(Shares in thousands)
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted- Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted- Average Exercise Price
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
424

 
$
24.33

 
282

 
$
20.72

Granted
 
226

 
26.66

 

 

Stock options exercised
 

 

 
(16
)
 
14.59

Stock awards vested
 
(142
)
 
23.83

 

 

Forfeited
 
(20
)
 
24.91

 

 

Expired
 

 

 
(1
)
 
25.93

Balance, December 31, 2015
 
488

 
$
25.09

 
265

 
$
21.11

Exercisable options, December 31, 2015
 
 

 
 

 
265

 
$
21.08


Stock Awards

The total compensation cost for stock awards recognized as expense was $4.7 million, $3.8 million, and $2.1 million, in the years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The total recognized tax benefit associated with this compensation cost was $1.9 million, $1.5 million, and $0.9 million, respectively.

The weighted average fair value of stock awards granted was $26.66, $24.60, and $24.49 in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Stock awards vest over periods up to five years and are valued at the closing price of the stock on the grant date.

The total fair value of stock awards vested during 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $3.4 million, $2.0 million, and $1.9 million respectively. The unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock awards was $7.0 million as of year-end 2015. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of two years.

Option Awards

Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant, and vest over periods up to five years. The options grant the holder the right to acquire a share of the Company’s common stock for each option held, and have a contractual life of ten years. As of year-end 2015, the weighted average remaining contractual term for options outstanding is two years.

The Company generally issues shares from treasury stock as options are exercised. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The expected dividend yield and expected term are based on management estimates. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility. The risk-free interest rates for the expected term are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The Company acquired options in the Beacon transaction in 2012, but did not grant additional options in 2015, 2014, or 2013.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $210.0 thousand, $1.2 million, and $2.9 million for the years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. There was no expense pertaining to options vesting in 2015. The expense pertaining to options vesting in the years 2014 and 2013 was $41 thousand and $860 thousand, respectively. There was no tax benefit associated with stock option expense in 2015. The total recognized tax benefit associated with stock option expense for 2014 and 2013 were $16 thousand and $347 thousand, respectively. There was no unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options as of year-ends 2015 and 2014.

F-78

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20.                                       FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities that are carried at fair value.
 
Recurring Fair Value Measurements of Financial Instruments
 
The following table summarizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of year-end 2015 and 2014 segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value. 
 
 
December 31, 2015
(In thousands)
 
Level 1
Inputs
 
Level 2
Inputs
 
Level 3
Inputs
 
Total
Fair Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading security
 
$

 
$

 
$
14,189

 
$
14,189

Available-for-sale securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 

 
104,561

 

 
104,561

Government guaranteed residential mortgage-backed securities
 

 
69,858

 

 
69,858

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
 

 
890,007

 

 
890,007

Corporate bonds
 

 
41,022

 

 
41,022

Trust preferred securities
 

 
11,901

 

 
11,901

Other bonds and obligations
 

 
3,141

 

 
3,141

Marketable equity securities
 
32,925

 
334

 
708

 
33,967

Loans held for sale
 

 
13,191

 

 
13,191

Derivative assets
 
45

 
17,130

 
332

 
17,507

Derivative liabilities
 

 
28,181

 

 
28,181

 
 
 
December 31, 2014
(In thousands)
 
Level 1
Inputs
 
Level 2
Inputs
 
Level 3
Inputs
 
Total
Fair Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading security
 
$

 
$

 
$
14,909

 
$
14,909

Available-for-sale securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Municipal bonds and obligations
 

 
133,699

 

 
133,699

Government guaranteed residential mortgage-backed securities
 

 
69,468

 

 
69,468

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
 

 
760,184

 

 
760,184

Corporate bonds
 

 
54,151

 

 
54,151

Trust preferred securities
 

 
14,667

 
1,548

 
16,215

Other bonds and obligations
 

 
3,159

 

 
3,159

Marketable equity securities
 
53,806

 
358

 
778

 
54,942

Loans held for sale
 

 
19,493

 

 
19,493

Derivative assets
 

 
12,328

 
625

 
12,953

Derivative liabilities
 
417

 
18,259

 
93

 
18,769

 
There were no transfers between Level 1, 2, and 3 during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.
 
Trading Security at Fair Value. The Company holds one security designated as a trading security. It is a tax advantaged economic development bond issued to the Company by a local nonprofit which provides wellness and health programs. The determination of the fair value for this security is determined based on a discounted cash flow methodology. Certain inputs to the fair value calculation are unobservable and there is little to no market activity in the security; therefore, the security meets

F-79

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

the definition of a Level 3 security. The discount rate used in the valuation of the security is sensitive to movements in the 3-month LIBOR rate.
 
Securities Available for Sale. AFS securities classified as Level 1 consist of publicly-traded equity securities for which the fair
values can be obtained through quoted market prices in active exchange markets. AFS securities classified as Level 2 include most of the Company’s debt securities. The pricing on Level 2 was primarily sourced from third party pricing services, overseen by management, and is based on models that consider standard input factors such as dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and condition, among other things. The Company owns one privately owned equity security classified as Level 3. The security’s fair value is determined through unobservable issuer-provided financial information and a pricing model utilizing peer data.
 
Loans held for sale. The Company elected the fair value option for all loans originated for sale (HFS) that were originated for sale on or after May 1, 2012. Loans HFS are classified as Level 2 as the fair value is based on input factors such as quoted prices for similar loans in active markets.
 
 
Aggregate
Fair Value
 
Aggregate
Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value
Less Aggregate
Unpaid Principal
December 31, 2015 (In thousands)
 
 
 
Loans Held for Sale
 
$
13,191

 
$
12,914

 
$
277

 
 
Aggregate
Fair Value
 
Aggregate
Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value
Less Aggregate
Unpaid Principal
December 31, 2014 (In thousands)
 
 
 
Loans Held for Sale
 
$
19,493

 
$
18,885

 
$
608

 
The changes in fair value of loans held for sale for years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were gains of $331 thousand and losses of $409 thousand, respectively. The changes in fair value are included in mortgage banking income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
Derivative Assets and Liabilities.
 
Interest Rate Swap. The valuation of the Company’s interest rate swaps is obtained from a third-party pricing service and is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. The pricing analysis is based on observable inputs for the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity and interest rate curves.
 
The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings.
 
Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. However, as of year-end 2015, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. As a result, the Company has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Interest Rate Lock Commitments. The Company enters into IRLCs for residential mortgage loans intended for sale, which commit the Company to lend funds to a potential borrower at a specific interest rate and within a specified period of time. The estimated fair value of commitments to originate residential mortgage loans for sale is based on quoted prices for similar loans in active markets. However, this value is adjusted by a factor which considers the likelihood that the loan in a lock position will ultimately close, and by the non-refundable costs of originating the loan. The closing ratio is derived from the Bank’s internal data and is adjusted using significant management judgment. The costs to originate are primarily based on the Company’s internal commission rates that are not observable. As such, IRLCs are classified as Level 3 measurements.
 
Forward Sale Commitments. The Company utilizes forward sale commitments as economic hedges against potential changes in the values of the IRLCs and loans originated for sale. To be announced (TBA) mortgage-backed securities forward commitment sales are used as hedging instruments, are classified as Level 1, and consist of publicly-traded debt securities for which identical fair values can be obtained through quoted market prices in active exchange markets. The fair values of the Company’s best

F-80

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

efforts and mandatory delivery loan sale commitments are determined similarly to the IRLCs using quoted prices in the market place that are observable. However, costs to originate and closing ratios included in the calculation are internally generated and are based on management’s judgment and prior experience, which are considered factors that are not observable. As such, best efforts and mandatory forward sale commitments are classified as Level 3 measurements.
 
The table below presents the changes in Level 3 assets that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis at year-end 2015 and 2014:
 
 
Assets (Liabilities)
(In thousands)
 
Trading
Security
 
Securities
Available
for Sale
 
Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments
 
Forward
Commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2013
 
$
14,840

 
$
1,964

 
$
258

 
$
19

Purchase of marketable equity security
 

 

 

 

Unrealized (loss) gain, net recognized in other non-interest income
 
610

 

 
3,804

 
(112
)
Unrealized gain included in accumulated other comprehensive loss
 

 
362

 

 

Paydown of trading security
 
(541
)
 

 

 

Transfers to held for sale loans
 

 

 
(3,437
)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2014
 
$
14,909

 
$
2,326

 
$
625

 
$
(93
)
Purchase of marketable equity security
 

 

 

 

Sale of AFS Security
 

 
(1,327
)
 

 

Unrealized (loss) gain, net recognized in other non-interest income
 
(150
)
 

 
4,364

 
102

Unrealized gain included in accumulated other comprehensive loss
 

 
(291
)
 

 

Paydown of trading security
 
(570
)
 

 

 

Transfers to held for sale loans
 

 

 
(4,666
)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2015
 
$
14,189

 
$
708

 
$
323

 
$
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gains (losses) relating to instruments still held at December 31, 2015
 
$
2,204

 
$
(61
)
 
$
323

 
$
9

Unrealized gains (losses) relating to instruments still held at December 31, 2014
 
$
2,355

 
$
(999
)
 
$
625

 
$
(93
)

F-81

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 recurring assets/(liabilities) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
 
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
 
 
Significant
Unobservable Input
Value
(In thousands)
 
December 31, 2015
 
Valuation Techniques
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
Assets
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading Security
 
$
14,189

 
Discounted Cash Flow
 
Discount Rate
 
2.49
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Available for Sale
 
708

 
Pricing Model
 
Median Peer Price/ Tangible Book Value Percentage Multiple
 
88.52
%
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward Commitments
 
9

 
Historical Trend
 
Closing Ratio
 
92.57
%
 
 
 
 
Pricing Model
 
Origination Costs, per loan
 
$
2,500

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Lock Commitment
 
323

 
Historical Trend
 
Closing Ratio
 
92.57
%
 
 
 
 
Pricing Model
 
Origination Costs, per loan
 
$
2,500

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
15,229

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
 
 
Significant
Unobservable Input
Value
(In thousands)
 
December 31, 2014
 
Valuation Techniques
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
Assets
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading Security
 
$
14,909

 
Discounted Cash Flow
 
Discount Rate
 
2.60
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Available for Sale
 
2,326

 
Discounted Cash Flow
 
Discount Rate
Credit Spread
 
13.74%
11.06%

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward Commitments
 
(93
)
 
Historical Trend
 
Closing Ratios
 
91.07%

 
 
 
 
Pricing Model
 
Origination Costs, per loan
 
$
2,500

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Lock Commitment
 
625

 
Historical Trend
 
Closing Ratios
 
91.07
%
 
 
 
 
Pricing Model
 
Origination Costs, per loan
 
$
2,500

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
17,767

 
 
 
 
 
 


F-82

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
The Company is required, on a non-recurring basis, to adjust the carrying value or provide valuation allowances for certain assets using fair value measurements in accordance with GAAP. The following is a summary of applicable non-recurring fair value measurements. There are no liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis.
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2015
 
Fair Value Measurement Date as of December 31, 2015
(In thousands)
 
Level 3
Inputs
 
Total
Losses (Gains)
 
Level 3
Inputs
Assets
 
 

 
 

 
 
Impaired loans
 
$
11,657

 
$
5,837

 
December 2015
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights
 
5,187

 

 
November 2015
Other real estate owned
 
1,725

 
(75
)
 
February 2014 - October 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
18,569

 
$
5,762

 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2014
 
Fair Value Measurement Date as of December 31, 2014
(In thousands)
 
Level 3
Inputs
 
Total
Losses
 
Level 3
Inputs
Assets
 
 

 
 

 
 
Impaired loans
 
$
5,820

 
$
278

 
December 2014
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights
 
3,757

 

 
November 2014
Other real estate owned
 
2,049

 
231

 
March 2013 - August 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
11,626

 
$
509

 
 

F-83

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 non-recurring assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
(in thousands)
 
December 31, 2015
 
Valuation Techniques
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
Range (Weighted Average) (a)
Assets
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans
 
$
11,657

 
Fair value of collateral
 
Loss severity
 
.05% to 29.50% (7.55%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Appraised value
 
$46.3 to $1962.0 ($999.7)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights
 
5,187

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Constant prepayment rate (CPR)
 
7.17% to 12.06% (10.02%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Discount rate
 
10.00% to 15.00 (10.88%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned
 
1,725

 
Fair value of collateral
 
Appraised value
 
$39 to $1,200.0 ($919.9)
Total
 
$
18,569

 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)         Where dollar amounts are disclosed, the amounts represent the lowest and highest fair value of the respective assets in the population except for adjustments for market/property conditions, which represents the range of adjustments to individuals properties.  
 
(in thousands)
 
December 31, 2014
 
Valuation Techniques
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
Range (Weighted Average) (a)
Assets
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans
 
$
5,820

 
Fair value of collateral
 
Loss severity
 
.31% to 38.7% (12.65%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Appraised value
 
$5 to $1,600.0 ($912.7)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights
 
3,757

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Constant prepayment rate (CPR)
 
7.83% to 19.00% (9.92%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Discount rate
 
10.00% to 13.00% (10.43%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned
 
2,049

 
Fair value of collateral
 
Appraised value
 
$57 to $700.0 ($462.6)
Total Assets
 
$
11,626

 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)   Where dollar amounts are disclosed, the amounts represent the lowest and highest fair value of the respective assets in the population except for adjustments for market/property conditions, which represents the range of adjustments to individuals properties.
 
There were no Level 1 or Level 2 nonrecurring fair value measurements for year-end 2015 and 2014.
 
Impaired Loans. Loans are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Periodically, the Company records non-recurring adjustments to the carrying value of loans based on fair value measurements for partial charge-offs of the uncollectible portions of those loans. Non-recurring adjustments can also include certain impairment amounts for collateral-dependent loans calculated when establishing the allowance for credit losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and, as a result, the carrying value of the loan less the calculated valuation amount does not necessarily represent the fair value of the loan. Real estate collateral is typically valued using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace. However, the choice of observable data is subject to significant judgment, and there are often adjustments based on judgment in order to make observable data comparable and to consider the impact of time, the condition of properties, interest rates, and other market factors on current values. Additionally, commercial real estate appraisals frequently involve discounting of projected cash flows, which relies inherently on unobservable data. Therefore, real estate collateral related nonrecurring fair value measurement adjustments have generally been classified as Level 3. Estimates of fair value for other collateral that supports commercial loans are generally based on assumptions not observable in the marketplace and therefore such valuations have been classified as Level 3.

F-84

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Capitalized mortgage loan servicing rightsA loan servicing right asset represents the amount by which the present value of the estimated future net cash flows to be received from servicing loans exceed adequate compensation for performing the servicing. The fair value of servicing rights is estimated using a present value cash flow model. The most important assumptions used in the valuation model are the anticipated rate of the loan prepayments and discount rates. Adjustments are only recorded when the discounted cash flows derived from the valuation model are less than the carrying value of the asset. Although some assumptions in determining fair value are based on standards used by market participants, some are based on unobservable inputs and therefore are classified in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.
 
Other real estate owned (“OREO”). OREO results from the foreclosure process on residential or commercial loans issued by the Bank. Upon assuming the real estate, the Company records the property at the fair value of the asset less the estimated sales costs. Thereafter, OREO properties are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less the estimated sales costs. OREO fair values are primarily determined based on Level 3 data including sales comparables and appraisals.
 
Summary of Estimated Fair Values of Financial Instruments
 
The estimated fair values, and related carrying amounts, of the Company’s financial instruments follow. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments are excluded from disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented herein may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Assets
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
103,562

 
$
103,562

 
$
103,562

 
$

 
$

Trading security
 
14,189

 
14,189

 

 

 
14,189

Securities available for sale
 
1,154,457

 
1,154,457

 
32,925

 
1,120,824

 
708

Securities held to maturity
 
131,652

 
136,904

 

 

 
136,904

Restricted equity securities
 
71,018

 
71,018

 

 
71,018

 

Net loans
 
5,685,928

 
5,727,570

 

 

 
5,727,570

Loans held for sale
 
13,191

 
13,191

 

 
13,191

 

Accrued interest receivable
 
20,940

 
20,940

 

 
20,940

 

Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance policies
 
125,233

 
125,233

 

 
125,233

 

Derivative assets
 
17,507

 
17,507

 
45

 
17,130

 
332

Assets held for sale
 
278

 
278

 

 
278

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Liabilities
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total deposits
 
5,589,135

 
5,582,835

 

 
5,582,835

 

Short-term debt
 
1,071,200

 
1,071,044

 

 
1,071,044

 

Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
103,135

 
103,397

 

 
103,397

 

Subordinated notes
 
89,812

 
93,291

 

 
93,291

 

Derivative liabilities
 
28,181

 
28,181

 

 
28,181

 

Liabilities held for sale
 

 

 

 

 

 

F-85

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Assets
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
71,754

 
$
71,754

 
$
71,754

 
$

 
$

Trading security
 
14,909

 
14,909

 

 

 
14,909

Securities available for sale
 
1,091,818

 
1,091,818

 
53,806

 
1,035,686

 
2,326

Securities held to maturity
 
43,347

 
44,997

 

 

 
44,997

Restricted equity securities
 
55,720

 
55,720

 

 
55,720

 

Net loans
 
4,644,938

 
4,695,256

 

 

 
4,695,256

Loans held for sale
 
19,493

 
19,493

 

 
19,493

 

Accrued interest receivable
 
17,274

 
17,274

 

 
17,274

 

Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance policies
 
104,588

 
104,588

 

 
104,588

 

Derivative assets
 
12,953

 
12,953

 

 
12,328

 
625

Assets held for sale
 
1,280

 
1,280

 

 
1,280

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Liabilities
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total deposits
 
4,654,679

 
4,655,234

 

 
4,655,234

 

Short-term debt
 
900,900

 
900,983

 

 
900,983

 

Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
61,676

 
63,283

 

 
63,283

 

Subordinated notes
 
89,747

 
93,441

 

 
93,441

 

Derivative liabilities
 
18,769

 
18,769

 
417

 
18,259

 
93

Liabilities held for sale
 

 

 

 

 


Other than as discussed above, the following methods and assumptions were used by management to estimate the fair value of significant classes of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value.

Cash and cash equivalents. Carrying value is assumed to represent fair value for cash and cash equivalents that have original maturities of ninety days or less.

Restricted equity securities. Carrying value approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the issuers.

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies. Carrying value approximates fair value.

Loans, net. The carrying value of the loans in the loan portfolio is based on their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, the unamortized balance of any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and the unamortized balance of any premiums or discounts on loans purchased or acquired through mergers. The fair value of the loans is estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current interest rates at which similar loans with similar terms would be made to borrowers of similar credit quality.

Accrued interest receivable. Carrying value approximates fair value.

Deposits. The fair value of demand, non-interest bearing checking, savings and money market deposits is determined as the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of time deposits is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using market rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Borrowed funds. The fair value of borrowed funds is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using market rates for similar borrowings. Such funds include all categories of debt and debentures in the table above.

Subordinated notes. The Company utilizes a pricing service along with internal models to estimate the valuation of its junior subordinated debentures. The junior subordinated debentures re-price every ninety days.

Off-balance-sheet financial instruments. Off-balance-sheet financial instruments include standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees and commitments considered immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

F-86

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 21.                                       CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY
 
Condensed financial information pertaining only to the Parent, Berkshire Hills Bancorp, is as follows. Investment in subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 includes $35 million of intercompany subordinated notes.
 
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
 
 
December 31,
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
Assets
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
Cash due from Berkshire Bank
 
$
36,082

 
$
30,533

Investment in subsidiaries
 
931,171

 
736,908

Other assets
 
11,734

 
43,023

Total assets
 
$
978,987

 
$
810,464

 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
Short term debt
 
$

 
$
10,000

Subordinated notes
 
89,812

 
89,748

Accrued expenses
 
1,986

 
1,429

Stockholders’ equity
 
887,189

 
709,287

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
978,987

 
$
810,464

 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Income:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Dividends from subsidiaries
 
$
34,000

 
$
12,000

 
$
29,500

Other
 
2,763

 
2,317

 
2,317

Total income
 
36,763

 
14,317

 
31,817

Interest expense
 
5,674

 
5,847

 
6,199

Operating expenses
 
3,670

 
2,286

 
2,346

Total expense
 
9,344

 
8,133

 
8,545

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
 
27,419

 
6,184

 
23,272

Income tax benefit
 
(2,518
)
 
(2,330
)
 
(2,457
)
Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
 
29,937

 
8,514

 
25,729

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
 
19,581

 
25,230

 
15,414

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
49,518

 
$
33,744

 
$
41,143

 

F-87

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands) 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
 
$
49,518

 
$
33,744

 
$
41,143

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used) provided by operating activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
 
(19,581
)
 
(25,230
)
 
(15,414
)
Other, net
 
10,904

 
3,247

 
763

Net cash provided by operating activities
 
40,841

 
11,761

 
26,492

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Acquisitions, net of cash paid
 
(3,293
)
 

 

Purchase of securities
 
(18
)
 

 
(770
)
Other, net
 

 

 
588

Net cash (used) provided by investing activities
 
(3,311
)
 

 
(182
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Proceed from issuance of short term debt
 

 

 

Proceed from issuance of long term debt
 

 

 

Net proceeds from common stock
 

 

 
3,045

Net proceeds from reissuance of treasury stock
 
240

 
1,064

 

Payment to repurchase common stock
 
(550
)
 
(2,468
)
 
(12,249
)
Common stock cash dividends paid
 
(21,903
)
 
(18,075
)
 
(18,118
)
Other, net
 
(9,768
)
 
(1,903
)
 
1,513

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
 
(31,981
)
 
(21,382
)
 
(25,809
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
 
5,549

 
(9,621
)
 
501

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
 
30,533

 
40,154

 
39,653

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
 
$
36,082

 
$
30,533

 
$
40,154


F-88

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 22.                                       QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
Quarterly results of operations were as follows:
 
 
2015
 
2014
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
First Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
First Quarter
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and dividend income
 
$
68,424

 
$
65,452

 
$
60,403

 
$
52,751

 
$
54,016

 
$
52,056

 
$
51,175

 
$
49,795

Interest expense
 
9,676

 
8,481

 
7,766

 
7,258

 
7,369

 
7,107

 
6,846

 
7,029

Net interest income
 
58,748

 
56,971

 
52,637

 
45,493

 
46,647

 
44,949

 
44,329

 
42,766

Non-interest income
 
12,248

 
12,698

 
16,780

 
12,562

 
14,200

 
14,641

 
14,506

 
4,423

Total revenue
 
70,996

 
69,669

 
69,417

 
58,055

 
60,847

 
59,590

 
58,835

 
47,189

Provision for loan losses
 
4,431

 
4,240

 
4,204

 
3,851

 
3,898

 
3,685

 
3,989

 
3,396

Non-interest expense
 
48,279

 
49,378

 
54,025

 
45,148

 
41,676

 
39,687

 
39,263

 
45,360

Income before income taxes
 
18,286

 
16,051

 
11,188

 
9,056

 
15,273

 
16,218

 
15,583

 
(1,567
)
Income tax expense
 
2,273

 
1,350

 
1,144

 
297

 
3,875

 
4,230

 
4,119

 
(461
)
Net income from continuing operations
 
16,013

 
14,701

 
10,044

 
8,759

 
11,398

 
11,988

 
11,464

 
(1,106
)
Net income
 
$
16,013

 
$
14,701

 
$
10,044

 
$
8,759

 
$
11,398

 
$
11,988

 
$
11,464

 
$
(1,106
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
 
$
0.53

 
$
0.49

 
$
0.35

 
$
0.35

 
$
0.46

 
$
0.48

 
$
0.46

 
$
(0.04
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per share
 
$
0.52

 
$
0.49

 
$
0.35

 
$
0.35

 
$
0.46

 
$
0.48

 
$
0.46

 
$
(0.04
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
 
30,500

 
29,893

 
28,301

 
24,803

 
24,758

 
24,747

 
24,715

 
24,698

Diluted
 
30,694

 
30,069

 
28,461

 
24,955

 
24,912

 
24,861

 
24,809

 
24,698

 
A correction was identified in 2014 for prior period interest income earned on loans acquired in bank acquisitions, which was deemed to be immaterial in relation to quarterly results. The correction for fiscal year 2014 is included in first quarter 2014 financial results.

F-89

Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 23.                                       NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
Presented below is net interest income after provision for loan losses for the three years ended 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively: 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Net interest income
 
213,849

 
178,691

 
168,752

Provision for loan losses
 
16,726

 
14,968

 
11,378

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
 
197,123

 
163,723

 
157,374

Total non-interest income
 
54,288

 
47,770

 
58,232

Total non-interest expense
 
196,829

 
165,986

 
157,359

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
 
54,582

 
45,507

 
58,247

Income tax expense
 
5,064

 
11,763

 
17,104

Net income
 
$
49,518

 
$
33,744

 
$
41,143



NOTE 24.                                       SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On October 27, 2015, the Company entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with 44 Business Capital, LLC and
Parke Bank. The Company will acquire the business model of 44 Business Capital and certain other assets of Parke Bank's SBA
7(a) loan program operations. The Company will also purchase certain small business loans from Parke Bank.

The transaction is subject to the receipt of required regulatory approval and is expected to be completed during the first six months of 2016. This purchase and assumption agreement had no effect on the Company’s financial statements for the periods presented.

F-90